U.S. patent application number 16/582500 was filed with the patent office on 2020-11-12 for avatar integration with multiple applications.
The applicant listed for this patent is Apple Inc.. Invention is credited to Guillaume Pierre Andre BARLIER, Aurelio GUZMAN, Jason RICKWALD, Nicolas SCAPEL, Marcel VAN OS.
Application Number | 20200358725 16/582500 |
Document ID | / |
Family ID | 1000004412352 |
Filed Date | 2020-11-12 |
![](/patent/app/20200358725/US20200358725A1-20201112-D00000.png)
![](/patent/app/20200358725/US20200358725A1-20201112-D00001.png)
![](/patent/app/20200358725/US20200358725A1-20201112-D00002.png)
![](/patent/app/20200358725/US20200358725A1-20201112-D00003.png)
![](/patent/app/20200358725/US20200358725A1-20201112-D00004.png)
![](/patent/app/20200358725/US20200358725A1-20201112-D00005.png)
![](/patent/app/20200358725/US20200358725A1-20201112-D00006.png)
![](/patent/app/20200358725/US20200358725A1-20201112-D00007.png)
![](/patent/app/20200358725/US20200358725A1-20201112-D00008.png)
![](/patent/app/20200358725/US20200358725A1-20201112-D00009.png)
![](/patent/app/20200358725/US20200358725A1-20201112-D00010.png)
View All Diagrams
United States Patent
Application |
20200358725 |
Kind Code |
A1 |
SCAPEL; Nicolas ; et
al. |
November 12, 2020 |
AVATAR INTEGRATION WITH MULTIPLE APPLICATIONS
Abstract
The present disclosure generally relates to user interfaces for
displaying and using avatars. In some embodiments, avatars are used
to generate stickers for sending in a content-creation user
interface. In some embodiments, avatars are used to generate a
representation of a contactable user in a contactable user editing
user interface. In some embodiments, a user interface can be used
to create and edit an avatar. In some embodiments, a user interface
can be used to display an avatar that is responsive to detected
changes in pose of a face of a user. In some embodiments, contact
information is transmitted or received.
Inventors: |
SCAPEL; Nicolas; (Sunnyvale,
CA) ; GUZMAN; Aurelio; (San Mateo, CA) ;
RICKWALD; Jason; (Santa Cruz, CA) ; VAN OS;
Marcel; (San Francisco, CA) ; BARLIER; Guillaume
Pierre Andre; (San Mateo, CA) |
|
Applicant: |
Name |
City |
State |
Country |
Type |
Apple Inc. |
Cupertino |
CA |
US |
|
|
Family ID: |
1000004412352 |
Appl. No.: |
16/582500 |
Filed: |
September 25, 2019 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
|
|
62843967 |
May 6, 2019 |
|
|
|
62855891 |
May 31, 2019 |
|
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
1/1 |
Current CPC
Class: |
G06F 3/0482 20130101;
G06T 13/80 20130101; G06F 3/04817 20130101; H04L 51/10 20130101;
H04L 51/046 20130101 |
International
Class: |
H04L 12/58 20060101
H04L012/58; G06T 13/80 20060101 G06T013/80 |
Claims
1-21. (canceled)
22. An electronic device, comprising: a display device; an input
device; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more
programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors,
the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying,
via the display device, an avatar editing user interface including:
an avatar including a respective avatar feature, the respective
avatar feature having a first pose; and an avatar option selection
region including a plurality of avatar feature options
corresponding to a set of candidate values for a characteristic of
an avatar feature and having an appearance based on the avatar;
detecting, via the input device, a request to display options for
editing the respective avatar feature; and in response to detecting
the request, updating the avatar option selection region to display
avatar feature options corresponding to a set of candidate values
for a characteristic of the respective avatar feature, including
concurrently displaying: a first set of avatar feature options
corresponding to candidate values for a first characteristic of the
respective avatar feature, wherein the first set of avatar feature
options includes: a representation of a first option for the
respective avatar feature in which the respective avatar feature
has a second pose; a representation of a first alternative for the
first option for the respective avatar feature in which the
respective avatar feature has the second pose; and a representation
of a second alternative for the first option for the respective
avatar feature in which the respective avatar feature has the
second pose, wherein the second alternative for the first option is
different from the first alternative for the first option; and a
second set of avatar feature options corresponding to candidate
values for a second characteristic of the respective avatar feature
different from the first characteristic, wherein the second set of
avatar feature options includes: a representation of a second
option for the respective avatar feature in which the respective
avatar feature has a third pose that is different from the second
pose; a representation of a first alternative for the second option
for the respective avatar feature in which the respective avatar
feature has the third pose that is different from the second pose;
and a representation of a second alternative for the second option
for the respective avatar feature in which the respective avatar
feature has the third pose that is different from the second pose,
wherein the second alternative for the second option is different
from the first alternative for the second option.
23. (canceled)
24. The electronic device of claim 22, wherein the representation
of the first alternative for the first option, the representation
of the second alternative for the first option, the representation
of the first alternative for the second option, and the
representation of the second alternative for the second option each
have an appearance that is based on an appearance of the
avatar.
25. The electronic device of claim 22, wherein: the first option
corresponds to an option for editing a first portion of the
respective avatar feature; the second pose increases a degree of
visibility of the first portion of the respective avatar feature;
the second option corresponds to an option for editing a second
portion of the respective avatar feature that is different from the
first portion; and the third pose increases a degree of visibility
of the second portion of the respective avatar feature.
26. The electronic device of claim 25, wherein: the first portion
has a first degree of visibility when the respective avatar feature
has the first pose, and the degree of visibility of the first
portion is greater in the second pose than the first degree of
visibility of the first portion in the first pose; and the second
portion has a second degree of visibility when the respective
avatar feature has the first pose, and the degree of visibility of
the second portion is greater in the third pose than the second
degree of visibility of the second portion in the first pose.
27. The electronic device of claim 25, wherein: the first portion
has a third degree of visibility when the respective avatar feature
has the third pose, and the degree of visibility of the first
portion is greater in the second pose than the third degree of
visibility of the first portion in the third pose; and the second
portion has a fourth degree of visibility when the respective
avatar feature has the second pose, and the degree of visibility of
the second portion is greater in the third pose than the fourth
degree of visibility of the second portion in the second pose.
28. The electronic device of claim 22, wherein: the respective
avatar feature is an avatar mouth; the first option is a piercing
option for an avatar tongue; and the second pose is a pose in which
the avatar mouth is displayed with the avatar tongue extending from
the avatar mouth.
29. The electronic device of claim 22, wherein: the respective
avatar feature is an avatar mouth; the second option is an avatar
teeth option; and the third pose is a pose in which the avatar
mouth is displayed with avatar lips positioned to reveal avatar
teeth.
30. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one
or more programs configured to be executed by one or more
processors of an electronic device with a display device and an
input device, the one or more programs including instructions for:
displaying, via the display device, an avatar editing user
interface including: an avatar including a respective avatar
feature, the respective avatar feature having a first pose; and an
avatar option selection region including a plurality of avatar
feature options corresponding to a set of candidate values for a
characteristic of an avatar feature and having an appearance based
on the avatar; detecting, via the input device, a request to
display options for editing the respective avatar feature; and in
response to detecting the request, updating the avatar option
selection region to display avatar feature options corresponding to
a set of candidate values for a characteristic of the respective
avatar feature, including concurrently displaying: a first set of
avatar feature options corresponding to candidate values for a
first characteristic of the respective avatar feature, wherein the
first set of avatar feature options includes: a representation of a
first option for the respective avatar feature in which the
respective avatar feature has a second pose; a representation of a
first alternative for the first option for the respective avatar
feature in which the respective avatar feature has the second pose;
and a representation of a second alternative for the first option
for the respective avatar feature in which the respective avatar
feature has the second pose, wherein the second alternative for the
first option is different from the first alternative for the first
option; and a second set of avatar feature options corresponding to
candidate values for a second characteristic of the respective
avatar feature different from the first characteristic, wherein the
second set of avatar feature options includes: a representation of
a second option for the respective avatar feature in which the
respective avatar feature has a third pose that is different from
the second pose; a representation of a first alternative for the
second option for the respective avatar feature in which the
respective avatar feature has the third pose that is different from
the second pose; and a representation of a second alternative for
the second option for the respective avatar feature in which the
respective avatar feature has the third pose that is different from
the second pose, wherein the second alternative for the second
option is different from the first alternative for the second
option.
31. A method, comprising: at an electronic device having a display
device and an input device: displaying, via the display device, an
avatar editing user interface including: an avatar including a
respective avatar feature, the respective avatar feature having a
first pose; and an avatar option selection region including a
plurality of avatar feature options corresponding to a set of
candidate values for a characteristic of an avatar feature and
having an appearance based on the avatar; detecting, via the input
device, a request to display options for editing the respective
avatar feature; and in response to detecting the request, updating
the avatar option selection region to display avatar feature
options corresponding to a set of candidate values for a
characteristic of the respective avatar feature, including
concurrently displaying: a first set of avatar feature options
corresponding to candidate values for a first characteristic of the
respective avatar feature, wherein the first set of avatar feature
options includes: a representation of a first option for the
respective avatar feature in which the respective avatar feature
has a second pose; a representation of a first alternative for the
first option for the respective avatar feature in which the
respective avatar feature has the second pose; and a representation
of a second alternative for the first option for the respective
avatar feature in which the respective avatar feature has the
second pose, wherein the second alternative for the first option is
different from the first alternative for the first option; and a
second set of avatar feature options corresponding to candidate
values for a second characteristic of the respective avatar feature
different from the first characteristic, wherein the second set of
avatar feature options includes: a representation of a second
option for the respective avatar feature in which the respective
avatar feature has a third pose that is different from the second
pose; a representation of a first alternative for the second option
for the respective avatar feature in which the respective avatar
feature has the third pose that is different from the second pose;
and a representation of a second alternative for the second option
for the respective avatar feature in which the respective avatar
feature has the third pose that is different from the second pose,
wherein the second alternative for the second option is different
from the first alternative for the second option.
32. The electronic device of claim 22, the electronic device
includes a camera and wherein the first pose of the respective
avatar feature is determined based on a pose of a physical feature
of a face detected in a field of view of the camera.
33. The electronic device of claim 22, the one or more programs
further including instructions for: while displaying the first set
of avatar feature options and the second set of avatar feature
options: detecting, via the input device, a selection of one of the
first set of avatar feature options and a selection of one of the
second set of avatar feature options; and in response to detecting
the selection of one of the first set of avatar feature options and
the selection of one of the second set of avatar feature options,
updating an appearance of the respective avatar feature, including:
displaying, via the display device, the respective avatar feature
having a first value of the first characteristic that is determined
based on the selected one of the first set of avatar feature
options; and displaying, via the display device, the respective
avatar feature having a first value of the second characteristic
that is determined based on the selected one of the second set of
avatar feature options.
34. The computer-readable storage medium of claim 30, wherein the
representation of the first alternative for the first option, the
representation of the second alternative for the first option, the
representation of the first alternative for the second option, and
the representation of the second alternative for the second option
each have an appearance that is based on an appearance of the
avatar.
35. The computer-readable storage medium of claim 30, wherein: the
first option corresponds to an option for editing a first portion
of the respective avatar feature; the second pose increases a
degree of visibility of the first portion of the respective avatar
feature; the second option corresponds to an option for editing a
second portion of the respective avatar feature that is different
from the first portion; and the third pose increases a degree of
visibility of the second portion of the respective avatar
feature.
36. The computer-readable storage medium of claim 35, wherein: the
first portion has a first degree of visibility when the respective
avatar feature has the first pose, and the degree of visibility of
the first portion is greater in the second pose than the first
degree of visibility of the first portion in the first pose; and
the second portion has a second degree of visibility when the
respective avatar feature has the first pose, and the degree of
visibility of the second portion is greater in the third pose than
the second degree of visibility of the second portion in the first
pose.
37. The computer-readable storage medium of claim 35, wherein: the
first portion has a third degree of visibility when the respective
avatar feature has the third pose, and the degree of visibility of
the first portion is greater in the second pose than the third
degree of visibility of the first portion in the third pose; and
the second portion has a fourth degree of visibility when the
respective avatar feature has the second pose, and the degree of
visibility of the second portion is greater in the third pose than
the fourth degree of visibility of the second portion in the second
pose.
38. The computer-readable storage medium of claim 30, wherein: the
respective avatar feature is an avatar mouth; the first option is a
piercing option for an avatar tongue; and the second pose is a pose
in which the avatar mouth is displayed with the avatar tongue
extending from the avatar mouth.
39. The computer-readable storage medium of claim 30, wherein: the
respective avatar feature is an avatar mouth; the second option is
an avatar teeth option; and the third pose is a pose in which the
avatar mouth is displayed with avatar lips positioned to reveal
avatar teeth.
40. The computer-readable storage medium of claim 30, wherein the
electronic includes a camera and wherein the first pose of the
respective avatar feature is determined based on a pose of a
physical feature of a face detected in a field of view of the
camera.
41. The computer-readable storage medium of claim 30, the one or
more programs further including instructions for: while displaying
the first set of avatar feature options and the second set of
avatar feature options: detecting, via the input device, a
selection of one of the first set of avatar feature options and a
selection of one of the second set of avatar feature options; and
in response to detecting the selection of one of the first set of
avatar feature options and the selection of one of the second set
of avatar feature options, updating an appearance of the respective
avatar feature, including: displaying, via the display device, the
respective avatar feature having a first value of the first
characteristic that is determined based on the selected one of the
first set of avatar feature options; and displaying, via the
display device, the respective avatar feature having a first value
of the second characteristic that is determined based on the
selected one of the second set of avatar feature options.
42. The method of claim 31, wherein the representation of the first
alternative for the first option, the representation of the second
alternative for the first option, the representation of the first
alternative for the second option, and the representation of the
second alternative for the second option each have an appearance
that is based on an appearance of the avatar.
43. The method of claim 31, wherein: the first option corresponds
to an option for editing a first portion of the respective avatar
feature; the second pose increases a degree of visibility of the
first portion of the respective avatar feature; the second option
corresponds to an option for editing a second portion of the
respective avatar feature that is different from the first portion;
and the third pose increases a degree of visibility of the second
portion of the respective avatar feature.
44. The method of claim 43, wherein: the first portion has a first
degree of visibility when the respective avatar feature has the
first pose, and the degree of visibility of the first portion is
greater in the second pose than the first degree of visibility of
the first portion in the first pose; and the second portion has a
second degree of visibility when the respective avatar feature has
the first pose, and the degree of visibility of the second portion
is greater in the third pose than the second degree of visibility
of the second portion in the first pose.
45. The method of claim 43, wherein: the first portion has a third
degree of visibility when the respective avatar feature has the
third pose, and the degree of visibility of the first portion is
greater in the second pose than the third degree of visibility of
the first portion in the third pose; and the second portion has a
fourth degree of visibility when the respective avatar feature has
the second pose, and the degree of visibility of the second portion
is greater in the third pose than the fourth degree of visibility
of the second portion in the second pose.
46. The method of claim 31, wherein: the respective avatar feature
is an avatar mouth; the first option is a piercing option for an
avatar tongue; and the second pose is a pose in which the avatar
mouth is displayed with the avatar tongue extending from the avatar
mouth.
47. The method of claim 31, wherein: the respective avatar feature
is an avatar mouth; the second option is an avatar teeth option;
and the third pose is a pose in which the avatar mouth is displayed
with avatar lips positioned to reveal avatar teeth.
48. The method of claim 31, wherein the electronic device includes
a camera and wherein the first pose of the respective avatar
feature is determined based on a pose of a physical feature of a
face detected in a field of view of the camera.
49. The method of claim 31, further comprising: while displaying
the first set of avatar feature options and the second set of
avatar feature options: detecting, via the input device, a
selection of one of the first set of avatar feature options and a
selection of one of the second set of avatar feature options; and
in response to detecting the selection of one of the first set of
avatar feature options and the selection of one of the second set
of avatar feature options, updating an appearance of the respective
avatar feature, including: displaying, via the display device, the
respective avatar feature having a first value of the first
characteristic that is determined based on the selected one of the
first set of avatar feature options; and displaying, via the
display device, the respective avatar feature having a first value
of the second characteristic that is determined based on the
selected one of the second set of avatar feature options.
Description
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional
Application No. 62/843,967, entitled "AVATAR INTEGRATION WITH
MULTIPLE APPLICATIONS," filed on May 6, 2019, and U.S. Provisional
Application No. 62/855,891, entitled "AVATAR INTEGRATION WITH
MULTIPLE APPLICATIONS," filed on May 31, 2019, the contents of
which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
FIELD
[0002] The present disclosure relates generally to computer user
interfaces, and more specifically to techniques for displaying
avatars in various application user interfaces.
BACKGROUND
[0003] Multimedia content, such as emojis, stickers, and virtual
avatars, are sometimes used in various application user interfaces.
The emojis, stickers, and virtual avatars represent a variety of
people, objects, actions, and/or other things. Individuals' contact
information, such as their name and photo representation, are used
in messaging applications.
BRIEF SUMMARY
[0004] Some techniques for displaying and using avatars in various
application user interfaces using electronic devices, however, are
generally cumbersome and inefficient. For example, some existing
techniques use a complex and time-consuming user interface, which
may include multiple key presses or keystrokes. Existing techniques
require more time than necessary, wasting user time and device
energy. This latter consideration is particularly important in
battery-operated devices.
[0005] Accordingly, the present technique provides electronic
devices with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for
displaying avatars in various application user interfaces. Such
methods and interfaces optionally complement or replace other
methods for displaying avatars in various application user
interfaces. Such methods and interfaces reduce the cognitive burden
on a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interface. For
battery-operated computing devices, such methods and interfaces
conserve power and increase the time between battery charges.
[0006] Example methods are described herein. An example method
includes, at an electronic device having a display device and an
input device: receiving a request, via the one or more input
devices, to display a sticker user interface; and in response to
receiving the request to display the sticker user interface,
displaying, via the display device, a sticker user interface that
includes representations of a plurality of sets of stickers based
on user-created avatars, including: in accordance with a
determination that the user has created a first set of two or more
user-created avatars including a first avatar and a second avatar,
displaying representations of a first plurality of sets of stickers
wherein the representations of the first plurality of sets of
stickers includes a representation of a set of stickers based on
the first avatar and a representation of a set of stickers based on
the second avatar; and in accordance with a determination that the
user has created a second set of two or more user-created avatars
including a third avatar not included in the first set of two or
more user-created avatars, displaying representations of a second
plurality of sets of stickers that is different from the
representations of the first plurality of sets of stickers, wherein
the representations of the second plurality of sets of stickers
includes a representation of a set of stickers based on the third
avatar that was not included in the representations of the first
plurality of sets of stickers.
[0007] Example non-transitory computer-readable storage media are
described herein. An example non-transitory computer-readable
storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be
executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a
display device and an input device, the one or more programs
including instructions for: receiving a request, via the one or
more input devices, to display a sticker user interface; and in
response to receiving the request to display the sticker user
interface, displaying, via the display device, a sticker user
interface that includes representations of a plurality of sets of
stickers based on user-created avatars, including: in accordance
with a determination that the user has created a first set of two
or more user-created avatars including a first avatar and a second
avatar, displaying representations of a first plurality of sets of
stickers wherein the representations of the first plurality of sets
of stickers includes a representation of a set of stickers based on
the first avatar and a representation of a set of stickers based on
the second avatar; and in accordance with a determination that the
user has created a second set of two or more user-created avatars
including a third avatar not included in the first set of two or
more user-created avatars, displaying representations of a second
plurality of sets of stickers that is different from the
representations of the first plurality of sets of stickers, wherein
the representations of the second plurality of sets of stickers
includes a representation of a set of stickers based on the third
avatar that was not included in the representations of the first
plurality of sets of stickers.
[0008] Example transitory computer-readable storage media are
described herein. An example transitory computer-readable storage
medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one
or more processors of an electronic device with a display device
and an input device, the one or more programs including
instructions for: receiving a request, via the one or more input
devices, to display a sticker user interface; and in response to
receiving the request to display the sticker user interface,
displaying, via the display device, a sticker user interface that
includes representations of a plurality of sets of stickers based
on user-created avatars, including: in accordance with a
determination that the user has created a first set of two or more
user-created avatars including a first avatar and a second avatar,
displaying representations of a first plurality of sets of stickers
wherein the representations of the first plurality of sets of
stickers includes a representation of a set of stickers based on
the first avatar and a representation of a set of stickers based on
the second avatar; and in accordance with a determination that the
user has created a second set of two or more user-created avatars
including a third avatar not included in the first set of two or
more user-created avatars, displaying representations of a second
plurality of sets of stickers that is different from the
representations of the first plurality of sets of stickers, wherein
the representations of the second plurality of sets of stickers
includes a representation of a set of stickers based on the third
avatar that was not included in the representations of the first
plurality of sets of stickers.
[0009] An example electronic device is described herein. An example
electronic device includes a display device; an input device; one
or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs
configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or
more programs including instructions for: receiving a request, via
the one or more input devices, to display a sticker user interface;
and in response to receiving the request to display the sticker
user interface, displaying, via the display device, a sticker user
interface that includes representations of a plurality of sets of
stickers based on user-created avatars, including: in accordance
with a determination that the user has created a first set of two
or more user-created avatars including a first avatar and a second
avatar, displaying representations of a first plurality of sets of
stickers wherein the representations of the first plurality of sets
of stickers includes a representation of a set of stickers based on
the first avatar and a representation of a set of stickers based on
the second avatar; and in accordance with a determination that the
user has created a second set of two or more user-created avatars
including a third avatar not included in the first set of two or
more user-created avatars, displaying representations of a second
plurality of sets of stickers that is different from the
representations of the first plurality of sets of stickers, wherein
the representations of the second plurality of sets of stickers
includes a representation of a set of stickers based on the third
avatar that was not included in the representations of the first
plurality of sets of stickers.
[0010] An example electronic device is described herein. An example
electronic device includes a display device; an input device; means
for receiving a request, via the one or more input devices, to
display a sticker user interface; and means for, in response to
receiving the request to display the sticker user interface,
displaying, via the display device, a sticker user interface that
includes representations of a plurality of sets of stickers based
on user-created avatars, including: in accordance with a
determination that the user has created a first set of two or more
user-created avatars including a first avatar and a second avatar,
displaying representations of a first plurality of sets of stickers
wherein the representations of the first plurality of sets of
stickers includes a representation of a set of stickers based on
the first avatar and a representation of a set of stickers based on
the second avatar; and in accordance with a determination that the
user has created a second set of two or more user-created avatars
including a third avatar not included in the first set of two or
more user-created avatars, displaying representations of a second
plurality of sets of stickers that is different from the
representations of the first plurality of sets of stickers, wherein
the representations of the second plurality of sets of stickers
includes a representation of a set of stickers based on the third
avatar that was not included in the representations of the first
plurality of sets of stickers.
[0011] An example method is described herein. An example method
includes, at an electronic device having a display device and one
or more input devices: displaying, via the display device, a
contactable user editing user interface, the contactable user
editing user interface including: one or more representation
options for a contactable user including an avatar representation
option; detecting, via the one or more input devices, a selection
of the avatar representation option; in response to detecting
selection of the avatar representation option, initiating a process
for selecting an avatar to use as a representation of the
contactable user in the contactable user interface; as a part of
the process for selecting the avatar to use as a representation of
the contactable user in the contactable user interface, receiving a
sequence of one or more inputs, via the one or more input devices,
that correspond to selection of a simulated three-dimensional
avatar; and in response to selection of the simulated
three-dimensional avatar, displaying, via the display device, a
posing user interface that includes one or more controls for
selecting a pose of the simulated three-dimensional avatar from a
plurality of different poses.
[0012] An example non-transitory computer-readable storage medium
is described herein. An example non-transitory computer-readable
storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be
executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a
display device and one or more input devices, the one or more
programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display
device, a contactable user editing user interface, the contactable
user editing user interface including: one or more representation
options for a contactable user including an avatar representation
option; detecting, via the one or more input devices, a selection
of the avatar representation option; in response to detecting
selection of the avatar representation option, initiating a process
for selecting an avatar to use as a representation of the
contactable user in the contactable user interface; as a part of
the process for selecting the avatar to use as a representation of
the contactable user in the contactable user interface, receiving a
sequence of one or more inputs, via the one or more input devices,
that correspond to selection of a simulated three-dimensional
avatar; and in response to selection of the simulated
three-dimensional avatar, displaying, via the display device, a
posing user interface that includes one or more controls for
selecting a pose of the simulated three-dimensional avatar from a
plurality of different poses.
[0013] An example transitory computer-readable storage medium is
described herein. An example transitory computer-readable storage
medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one
or more processors of an electronic device with a display device
and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including
instructions for: displaying, via the display device, a contactable
user editing user interface, the contactable user editing user
interface including: one or more representation options for a
contactable user including an avatar representation option;
detecting, via the one or more input devices, a selection of the
avatar representation option; in response to detecting selection of
the avatar representation option, initiating a process for
selecting an avatar to use as a representation of the contactable
user in the contactable user interface; as a part of the process
for selecting the avatar to use as a representation of the
contactable user in the contactable user interface, receiving a
sequence of one or more inputs, via the one or more input devices,
that correspond to selection of a simulated three-dimensional
avatar; and in response to selection of the simulated
three-dimensional avatar, displaying, via the display device, a
posing user interface that includes one or more controls for
selecting a pose of the simulated three-dimensional avatar from a
plurality of different poses.
[0014] An example electronic device is described herein. An example
electronic device includes a display device; one or more input
devices; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more
programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors,
the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying,
via the display device, a contactable user editing user interface,
the contactable user editing user interface including: one or more
representation options for a contactable user including an avatar
representation option; detecting, via the one or more input
devices, a selection of the avatar representation option; in
response to detecting selection of the avatar representation
option, initiating a process for selecting an avatar to use as a
representation of the contactable user in the contactable user
interface; as a part of the process for selecting the avatar to use
as a representation of the contactable user in the contactable user
interface, receiving a sequence of one or more inputs, via the one
or more input devices, that correspond to selection of a simulated
three-dimensional avatar; and in response to selection of the
simulated three-dimensional avatar, displaying, via the display
device, a posing user interface that includes one or more controls
for selecting a pose of the simulated three-dimensional avatar from
a plurality of different poses.
[0015] An example electronic device is described herein. An example
electronic device includes a display device; one or more input
devices; means for displaying, via the display device, a
contactable user editing user interface, the contactable user
editing user interface including: one or more representation
options for a contactable user including an avatar representation
option; means for detecting, via the one or more input devices, a
selection of the avatar representation option; means for, in
response to detecting selection of the avatar representation
option, initiating a process for selecting an avatar to use as a
representation of the contactable user in the contactable user
interface; means for, as a part of the process for selecting the
avatar to use as a representation of the contactable user in the
contactable user interface, receiving a sequence of one or more
inputs, via the one or more input devices, that correspond to
selection of a simulated three-dimensional avatar; and means for,
in response to selection of the simulated three-dimensional avatar,
displaying, via the display device, a posing user interface that
includes one or more controls for selecting a pose of the simulated
three-dimensional avatar from a plurality of different poses.
[0016] An example method is described herein. An example method
includes, at an electronic device having a display device and an
input device, displaying, via the display device, an avatar editing
user interface including: an avatar including a first feature, the
first feature having a first color pattern generated with a first
set of colors including a first color in a first region of the
first color pattern; a set of color options for the first feature;
and a plurality of color pattern options for the first feature
including a second color pattern option that is different from the
first color pattern; while the first feature is displayed with the
first color pattern generated with the first set of colors
including the first color in the first region of the first color
pattern, detecting, via the input device, a selection of a color
option in the set of color options that corresponds to a second
color; in response to detecting the selection: changing an
appearance of one or more color pattern options in the plurality of
color pattern options having a first portion corresponding to the
set of color options, wherein changing the appearance includes
changing a portion of the second color pattern option from a
respective color to the second color; and maintaining display of
the avatar including the first feature, the first feature having
the first color pattern; detecting a selection of a respective
color pattern option of the color pattern options having the
changed appearance; and in response to detecting the selection of
the respective color pattern option and while the second color is
selected for the set of color options: changing an appearance of
the first feature of the avatar to have an appearance generated
based on the respective color pattern option with the second color
applied to a portion of the respective color pattern option.
[0017] An example non-transitory computer-readable storage medium
is described herein. An example non-transitory computer-readable
storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be
executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a
display device and an input device, the one or more programs
including instructions for displaying, via the display device, an
avatar editing user interface including: an avatar including a
first feature, the first feature having a first color pattern
generated with a first set of colors including a first color in a
first region of the first color pattern; a set of color options for
the first feature; and a plurality of color pattern options for the
first feature including a second color pattern option that is
different from the first color pattern; while the first feature is
displayed with the first color pattern generated with the first set
of colors including the first color in the first region of the
first color pattern, detecting, via the input device, a selection
of a color option in the set of color options that corresponds to a
second color; in response to detecting the selection: changing an
appearance of one or more color pattern options in the plurality of
color pattern options having a first portion corresponding to the
set of color options, wherein changing the appearance includes
changing a portion of the second color pattern option from a
respective color to the second color; and maintaining display of
the avatar including the first feature, the first feature having
the first color pattern; detecting a selection of a respective
color pattern option of the color pattern options having the
changed appearance; and in response to detecting the selection of
the respective color pattern option and while the second color is
selected for the set of color options: changing an appearance of
the first feature of the avatar to have an appearance generated
based on the respective color pattern option with the second color
applied to a portion of the respective color pattern option.
[0018] An example transitory computer-readable storage medium is
described herein. An example transitory computer-readable storage
medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one
or more processors of an electronic device with a display device
and an input device, the one or more programs including
instructions for displaying, via the display device, an avatar
editing user interface including: an avatar including a first
feature, the first feature having a first color pattern generated
with a first set of colors including a first color in a first
region of the first color pattern; a set of color options for the
first feature; and a plurality of color pattern options for the
first feature including a second color pattern option that is
different from the first color pattern; while the first feature is
displayed with the first color pattern generated with the first set
of colors including the first color in the first region of the
first color pattern, detecting, via the input device, a selection
of a color option in the set of color options that corresponds to a
second color; in response to detecting the selection: changing an
appearance of one or more color pattern options in the plurality of
color pattern options having a first portion corresponding to the
set of color options, wherein changing the appearance includes
changing a portion of the second color pattern option from a
respective color to the second color; and maintaining display of
the avatar including the first feature, the first feature having
the first color pattern; detecting a selection of a respective
color pattern option of the color pattern options having the
changed appearance; and in response to detecting the selection of
the respective color pattern option and while the second color is
selected for the set of color options: changing an appearance of
the first feature of the avatar to have an appearance generated
based on the respective color pattern option with the second color
applied to a portion of the respective color pattern option.
[0019] An example electronic device is described herein. An example
electronic device includes a display device; an input device; one
or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs
configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or
more programs including instructions for displaying, via the
display device, an avatar editing user interface including: an
avatar including a first feature, the first feature having a first
color pattern generated with a first set of colors including a
first color in a first region of the first color pattern; a set of
color options for the first feature; and a plurality of color
pattern options for the first feature including a second color
pattern option that is different from the first color pattern;
while the first feature is displayed with the first color pattern
generated with the first set of colors including the first color in
the first region of the first color pattern, detecting, via the
input device, a selection of a color option in the set of color
options that corresponds to a second color; in response to
detecting the selection: changing an appearance of one or more
color pattern options in the plurality of color pattern options
having a first portion corresponding to the set of color options,
wherein changing the appearance includes changing a portion of the
second color pattern option from a respective color to the second
color; and maintaining display of the avatar including the first
feature, the first feature having the first color pattern;
detecting a selection of a respective color pattern option of the
color pattern options having the changed appearance; and in
response to detecting the selection of the respective color pattern
option and while the second color is selected for the set of color
options: changing an appearance of the first feature of the avatar
to have an appearance generated based on the respective color
pattern option with the second color applied to a portion of the
respective color pattern option.
[0020] An example electronic device is described herein. An example
electronic device includes a display device; an input device; means
for displaying, via the display device, an avatar editing user
interface including: an avatar including a first feature, the first
feature having a first color pattern generated with a first set of
colors including a first color in a first region of the first color
pattern; a set of color options for the first feature; and a
plurality of color pattern options for the first feature including
a second color pattern option that is different from the first
color pattern; means for, while the first feature is displayed with
the first color pattern generated with the first set of colors
including the first color in the first region of the first color
pattern, detecting, via the input device, a selection of a color
option in the set of color options that corresponds to a second
color; means for, in response to detecting the selection: changing
an appearance of one or more color pattern options in the plurality
of color pattern options having a first portion corresponding to
the set of color options, wherein changing the appearance includes
changing a portion of the second color pattern option from a
respective color to the second color; and maintaining display of
the avatar including the first feature, the first feature having
the first color pattern; means for detecting a selection of a
respective color pattern option of the color pattern options having
the changed appearance; and means for, in response to detecting the
selection of the respective color pattern option and while the
second color is selected for the set of color options: changing an
appearance of the first feature of the avatar to have an appearance
generated based on the respective color pattern option with the
second color applied to a portion of the respective color pattern
option.
[0021] An example method is described herein. An example method
includes, at an electronic device having a display device and an
input device, displaying, via the display device, an avatar editing
user interface including: an avatar, the respective avatar feature
having a first pose; and an avatar option selection region
including a plurality of avatar feature options corresponding to a
set of candidate values for a characteristic of an avatar feature
and having an appearance based on the avatar; detecting, via the
input device, a request to display options for editing the
respective avatar feature; and in response to detecting the
request, updating the avatar option selection region to display
avatar feature options corresponding to a set of candidate values
for a characteristic of the respective avatar feature, including
concurrently displaying: a representation of a first option for the
respective avatar feature in which the respective avatar feature
has a second pose; and a representation of a second option for the
respective avatar feature in which the respective avatar feature
has a third pose that is different from the second pose.
[0022] An example non-transitory computer-readable storage medium
is described herein. An example non-transitory computer-readable
storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be
executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a
display device and an input device, the one or more programs
including instructions for displaying, via the display device, an
avatar editing user interface including: an avatar, the respective
avatar feature having a first pose; and an avatar option selection
region including a plurality of avatar feature options
corresponding to a set of candidate values for a characteristic of
an avatar feature and having an appearance based on the avatar;
detecting, via the input device, a request to display options for
editing the respective avatar feature; and in response to detecting
the request, updating the avatar option selection region to display
avatar feature options corresponding to a set of candidate values
for a characteristic of the respective avatar feature, including
concurrently displaying: a representation of a first option for the
respective avatar feature in which the respective avatar feature
has a second pose; and a representation of a second option for the
respective avatar feature in which the respective avatar feature
has a third pose that is different from the second pose.
[0023] An example transitory computer-readable storage medium is
described herein. An example transitory computer-readable storage
medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one
or more processors of an electronic device with a display device
and an input device, the one or more programs including
instructions for displaying, via the display device, an avatar
editing user interface including: an avatar, the respective avatar
feature having a first pose; and an avatar option selection region
including a plurality of avatar feature options corresponding to a
set of candidate values for a characteristic of an avatar feature
and having an appearance based on the avatar; detecting, via the
input device, a request to display options for editing the
respective avatar feature; and in response to detecting the
request, updating the avatar option selection region to display
avatar feature options corresponding to a set of candidate values
for a characteristic of the respective avatar feature, including
concurrently displaying: a representation of a first option for the
respective avatar feature in which the respective avatar feature
has a second pose; and a representation of a second option for the
respective avatar feature in which the respective avatar feature
has a third pose that is different from the second pose.
[0024] An example electronic device is described herein. An example
electronic device includes a display device; an input device; one
or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs
configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or
more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the
display device, an avatar editing user interface including: an
avatar, the respective avatar feature having a first pose; and an
avatar option selection region including a plurality of avatar
feature options corresponding to a set of candidate values for a
characteristic of an avatar feature and having an appearance based
on the avatar; detecting, via the input device, a request to
display options for editing the respective avatar feature; and in
response to detecting the request, updating the avatar option
selection region to display avatar feature options corresponding to
a set of candidate values for a characteristic of the respective
avatar feature, including concurrently displaying: a representation
of a first option for the respective avatar feature in which the
respective avatar feature has a second pose; and a representation
of a second option for the respective avatar feature in which the
respective avatar feature has a third pose that is different from
the second pose.
[0025] An example electronic device is described herein. An example
electronic device includes a display device; an input device; means
for displaying, via the display device, an avatar editing user
interface including: an avatar, the respective avatar feature
having a first pose; and an avatar option selection region
including a plurality of avatar feature options corresponding to a
set of candidate values for a characteristic of an avatar feature
and having an appearance based on the avatar; means for detecting,
via the input device, a request to display options for editing the
respective avatar feature; and means for, in response to detecting
the request, updating the avatar option selection region to display
avatar feature options corresponding to a set of candidate values
for a characteristic of the respective avatar feature, including
concurrently displaying: a representation of a first option for the
respective avatar feature in which the respective avatar feature
has a second pose; and a representation of a second option for the
respective avatar feature in which the respective avatar feature
has a third pose that is different from the second pose.
[0026] An example method is described herein. An example method
incudes, at an electronic device having a display device and one or
more cameras, displaying, via the display device, a virtual avatar
having one or more avatar features that change appearance in
response to detected changes in pose of a face in a field of view
of the one or more cameras, including a first avatar feature with a
first appearance that is modified in response to detected changes
in pose of the face in the field of view of the one or more
cameras; while the face is detected in the field of view of the one
or more cameras, the face including one or more detected facial
features, detecting movement of one or more facial features of the
face; in response to detecting the movement of the one or more
facial features: in accordance with a determination that the
detected movement of the one or more facial features causes first
pose criteria to be met, modifying the virtual avatar to display
the first avatar feature with a second appearance, different from
the first appearance, that is modified in response to detected
changes in pose of the face in the field of view of the one or more
cameras; in accordance with a determination that the detected
movement of the one or more facial features causes second pose
criteria, that is different from the first pose criteria, to be
met, modifying the virtual avatar to display the first avatar
feature with a third appearance, different from the first
appearance and the second appearance, that is modified in response
to detected changes in pose of the face in the field of view of the
one or more cameras; and in accordance with a determination that
the detected movement of the one or more facial features meets
criteria for maintaining display of the first avatar feature with
the first appearance, modifying the virtual avatar to display the
first avatar feature by modifying the first appearance of the first
avatar feature in response to detected changes in pose of the face
in the field of view of the one or more cameras.
[0027] An example non-transitory computer-readable storage medium
is described herein. An example non-transitory computer-readable
storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be
executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a
display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs
including instructions for: displaying, via the display device, a
virtual avatar having one or more avatar features that change
appearance in response to detected changes in pose of a face in a
field of view of the one or more cameras, including a first avatar
feature with a first appearance that is modified in response to
detected changes in pose of the face in the field of view of the
one or more cameras; while the face is detected in the field of
view of the one or more cameras, the face including one or more
detected facial features, detecting movement of one or more facial
features of the face; in response to detecting the movement of the
one or more facial features: in accordance with a determination
that the detected movement of the one or more facial features
causes first pose criteria to be met, modifying the virtual avatar
to display the first avatar feature with a second appearance,
different from the first appearance, that is modified in response
to detected changes in pose of the face in the field of view of the
one or more cameras; in accordance with a determination that the
detected movement of the one or more facial features causes second
pose criteria, that is different from the first pose criteria, to
be met, modifying the virtual avatar to display the first avatar
feature with a third appearance, different from the first
appearance and the second appearance, that is modified in response
to detected changes in pose of the face in the field of view of the
one or more cameras; and in accordance with a determination that
the detected movement of the one or more facial features meets
criteria for maintaining display of the first avatar feature with
the first appearance, modifying the virtual avatar to display the
first avatar feature by modifying the first appearance of the first
avatar feature in response to detected changes in pose of the face
in the field of view of the one or more cameras.
[0028] An example transitory computer-readable storage medium is
described herein. An example transitory computer-readable storage
medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one
or more processors of an electronic device with a display device
and one or more cameras, the one or more programs including
instructions for: displaying, via the display device, a virtual
avatar having one or more avatar features that change appearance in
response to detected changes in pose of a face in a field of view
of the one or more cameras, including a first avatar feature with a
first appearance that is modified in response to detected changes
in pose of the face in the field of view of the one or more
cameras; while the face is detected in the field of view of the one
or more cameras, the face including one or more detected facial
features, detecting movement of one or more facial features of the
face; in response to detecting the movement of the one or more
facial features: in accordance with a determination that the
detected movement of the one or more facial features causes first
pose criteria to be met, modifying the virtual avatar to display
the first avatar feature with a second appearance, different from
the first appearance, that is modified in response to detected
changes in pose of the face in the field of view of the one or more
cameras; in accordance with a determination that the detected
movement of the one or more facial features causes second pose
criteria, that is different from the first pose criteria, to be
met, modifying the virtual avatar to display the first avatar
feature with a third appearance, different from the first
appearance and the second appearance, that is modified in response
to detected changes in pose of the face in the field of view of the
one or more cameras; and in accordance with a determination that
the detected movement of the one or more facial features meets
criteria for maintaining display of the first avatar feature with
the first appearance, modifying the virtual avatar to display the
first avatar feature by modifying the first appearance of the first
avatar feature in response to detected changes in pose of the face
in the field of view of the one or more cameras.
[0029] An example electronic device is described herein. An example
electronic device includes a display device; one or more cameras;
one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs
configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or
more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the
display device, a virtual avatar having one or more avatar features
that change appearance in response to detected changes in pose of a
face in a field of view of the one or more cameras, including a
first avatar feature with a first appearance that is modified in
response to detected changes in pose of the face in the field of
view of the one or more cameras; while the face is detected in the
field of view of the one or more cameras, the face including one or
more detected facial features, detecting movement of one or more
facial features of the face; in response to detecting the movement
of the one or more facial features: in accordance with a
determination that the detected movement of the one or more facial
features causes first pose criteria to be met, modifying the
virtual avatar to display the first avatar feature with a second
appearance, different from the first appearance, that is modified
in response to detected changes in pose of the face in the field of
view of the one or more cameras; in accordance with a determination
that the detected movement of the one or more facial features
causes second pose criteria, that is different from the first pose
criteria, to be met, modifying the virtual avatar to display the
first avatar feature with a third appearance, different from the
first appearance and the second appearance, that is modified in
response to detected changes in pose of the face in the field of
view of the one or more cameras; and in accordance with a
determination that the detected movement of the one or more facial
features meets criteria for maintaining display of the first avatar
feature with the first appearance, modifying the virtual avatar to
display the first avatar feature by modifying the first appearance
of the first avatar feature in response to detected changes in pose
of the face in the field of view of the one or more cameras.
[0030] An example electronic device is described herein. An example
electronic device includes a display device; one or more cameras;
means for displaying, via the display device, a virtual avatar
having one or more avatar features that change appearance in
response to detected changes in pose of a face in a field of view
of the one or more cameras, including a first avatar feature with a
first appearance that is modified in response to detected changes
in pose of the face in the field of view of the one or more
cameras; means for, while the face is detected in the field of view
of the one or more cameras, the face including one or more detected
facial features, detecting movement of one or more facial features
of the face; means for, in response to detecting the movement of
the one or more facial features: in accordance with a determination
that the detected movement of the one or more facial features
causes first pose criteria to be met, modifying the virtual avatar
to display the first avatar feature with a second appearance,
different from the first appearance, that is modified in response
to detected changes in pose of the face in the field of view of the
one or more cameras; in accordance with a determination that the
detected movement of the one or more facial features causes second
pose criteria, that is different from the first pose criteria, to
be met, modifying the virtual avatar to display the first avatar
feature with a third appearance, different from the first
appearance and the second appearance, that is modified in response
to detected changes in pose of the face in the field of view of the
one or more cameras; and in accordance with a determination that
the detected movement of the one or more facial features meets
criteria for maintaining display of the first avatar feature with
the first appearance, modifying the virtual avatar to display the
first avatar feature by modifying the first appearance of the first
avatar feature in response to detected changes in pose of the face
in the field of view of the one or more cameras.
[0031] An example method is described herein. An example method
includes, at an electronic device having a display device and one
or more input devices: displaying, via the display device, a
content creation user interface; while displaying the content
creation user interface, receiving, via the one or more input
devices, a request to display a first display region, the first
display region including a plurality of graphical objects that
correspond to predefined content for insertion into the content
creation user interface, wherein displaying the first display
region includes: in response to receiving the request, displaying,
via the display device, the first display region including a first
subset of graphical objects that have an appearance based on a set
of avatars available at the electronic device, including: in
accordance with a determination that the set of avatars includes an
avatar of a first type, displaying one of the graphical objects in
the first subset having an appearance based on the avatar of the
first type; and in accordance with a determination that the set of
avatars does not include any avatars of the first type, displaying
the graphical objects in the first subset having an appearance
based on an avatar of a second type different from the first type,
without displaying one of the graphical objects in the first subset
having an appearance based on the avatar of the first type.
[0032] An example non-transitory computer-readable storage medium
is described herein. An example non-transitory computer-readable
storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be
executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a
display device and one or more input devices, the one or more
programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display
device, a content creation user interface; while displaying the
content creation user interface, receiving, via the one or more
input devices, a request to display a first display region, the
first display region including a plurality of graphical objects
that correspond to predefined content for insertion into the
content creation user interface, wherein displaying the first
display region includes: in response to receiving the request,
displaying, via the display device, the first display region
including a first subset of graphical objects that have an
appearance based on a set of avatars available at the electronic
device, including: in accordance with a determination that the set
of avatars includes an avatar of a first type, displaying one of
the graphical objects in the first subset having an appearance
based on the avatar of the first type; and in accordance with a
determination that the set of avatars does not include any avatars
of the first type, displaying the graphical objects in the first
subset having an appearance based on an avatar of a second type
different from the first type, without displaying one of the
graphical objects in the first subset having an appearance based on
the avatar of the first type.
[0033] An example transitory computer-readable storage medium is
described herein. An example transitory computer-readable storage
medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one
or more processors of an electronic device with a display device
and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including
instructions for: displaying, via the display device, a content
creation user interface; while displaying the content creation user
interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request
to display a first display region, the first display region
including a plurality of graphical objects that correspond to
predefined content for insertion into the content creation user
interface, wherein displaying the first display region includes: in
response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display
device, the first display region including a first subset of
graphical objects that have an appearance based on a set of avatars
available at the electronic device, including: in accordance with a
determination that the set of avatars includes an avatar of a first
type, displaying one of the graphical objects in the first subset
having an appearance based on the avatar of the first type; and in
accordance with a determination that the set of avatars does not
include any avatars of the first type, displaying the graphical
objects in the first subset having an appearance based on an avatar
of a second type different from the first type, without displaying
one of the graphical objects in the first subset having an
appearance based on the avatar of the first type.
[0034] An example electronic device is described herein. An example
electronic device includes a display device; one or more input
devices; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more
programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors,
the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying,
via the display device, a content creation user interface; while
displaying the content creation user interface, receiving, via the
one or more input devices, a request to display a first display
region, the first display region including a plurality of graphical
objects that correspond to predefined content for insertion into
the content creation user interface, wherein displaying the first
display region includes: in response to receiving the request,
displaying, via the display device, the first display region
including a first subset of graphical objects that have an
appearance based on a set of avatars available at the electronic
device, including: in accordance with a determination that the set
of avatars includes an avatar of a first type, displaying one of
the graphical objects in the first subset having an appearance
based on the avatar of the first type; and in accordance with a
determination that the set of avatars does not include any avatars
of the first type, displaying the graphical objects in the first
subset having an appearance based on an avatar of a second type
different from the first type, without displaying one of the
graphical objects in the first subset having an appearance based on
the avatar of the first type.
[0035] An example electronic device is described herein. An example
electronic device includes a display device; one or more input
devices; means for displaying, via the display device, a content
creation user interface; means for, while displaying the content
creation user interface, receiving, via the one or more input
devices, a request to display a first display region, the first
display region including a plurality of graphical objects that
correspond to predefined content for insertion into the content
creation user interface, wherein displaying the first display
region includes: in response to receiving the request, displaying,
via the display device, the first display region including a first
subset of graphical objects that have an appearance based on a set
of avatars available at the electronic device, including: means
for, in accordance with a determination that the set of avatars
includes an avatar of a first type, displaying one of the graphical
objects in the first subset having an appearance based on the
avatar of the first type; and means for, in accordance with a
determination that the set of avatars does not include any avatars
of the first type, displaying the graphical objects in the first
subset having an appearance based on an avatar of a second type
different from the first type, without displaying one of the
graphical objects in the first subset having an appearance based on
the avatar of the first type.
[0036] Exemplary methods are disclosed herein. An example method
includes, at an electronic device with one or more communication
devices, wherein a user is associated with the electronic device,
receiving a request to transmit a first message to a set of
contactable users, the set of contactable users including a first
contactable user; and in response to receiving the request to
transmit the first message: in accordance with a determination that
a set of sharing criteria is satisfied for the first contactable
user, the set of sharing criteria including a first sharing
criterion that is satisfied when the first contactable user
corresponds to an approved recipient: transmitting, via the one or
more communication devices, to the first contactable user: the
first message, and contact information of the user associated with
the electronic device; and in accordance with a determination that
the set of sharing criteria is not satisfied for the first
contactable user: transmitting, to the first contactable user, via
the one or more communication devices, the first message without
transmitting the contact information of the user associated with
the electronic device.
[0037] Exemplary non-transitory computer-readable storage media are
described herein. An example non-transitory computer-readable
storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be
executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with one
or more communication devices, wherein a user is associated with
the electronic device and the one or more programs include
instructions for: receiving a request to transmit a first message
to a set of contactable users, the set of contactable users
including a first contactable user; and in response to receiving
the request to transmit the first message: in accordance with a
determination that a set of sharing criteria is satisfied for the
first contactable user, the set of sharing criteria including a
first sharing criterion that is satisfied when the first
contactable user corresponds to an approved recipient:
transmitting, via the one or more communication devices, to the
first contactable user: the first message, and contact information
of the user associated with the electronic device; and in
accordance with a determination that the set of sharing criteria is
not satisfied for the first contactable user: transmitting, to the
first contactable user, via the one or more communication devices,
the first message without transmitting the contact information of
the user associated with the electronic device.
[0038] Exemplary transitory computer-readable storage media are
described herein. An example transitory computer-readable storage
medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one
or more processors of an electronic device with one or more
communication devices, wherein a user is associated with the
electronic device and the one or more programs include instructions
for: receiving a request to transmit a first message to a set of
contactable users, the set of contactable users including a first
contactable user; and in response to receiving the request to
transmit the first message: in accordance with a determination that
a set of sharing criteria is satisfied for the first contactable
user, the set of sharing criteria including a first sharing
criterion that is satisfied when the first contactable user
corresponds to an approved recipient: transmitting, via the one or
more communication devices, to the first contactable user: the
first message, and contact information of the user associated with
the electronic device; and in accordance with a determination that
the set of sharing criteria is not satisfied for the first
contactable user: transmitting, to the first contactable user, via
the one or more communication devices, the first message without
transmitting the contact information of the user associated with
the electronic device.
[0039] Exemplary electronic devices are described herein. An
example electronic device includes one or more communication
devices; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more
programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors,
wherein a user is associated with the electronic device and the one
or more programs include instructions for: receiving a request to
transmit a first message to a set of contactable users, the set of
contactable users including a first contactable user; and in
response to receiving the request to transmit the first message: in
accordance with a determination that a set of sharing criteria is
satisfied for the first contactable user, the set of sharing
criteria including a first sharing criterion that is satisfied when
the first contactable user corresponds to an approved recipient:
transmitting, via the one or more communication devices, to the
first contactable user: the first message, and contact information
of the user associated with the electronic device; and in
accordance with a determination that the set of sharing criteria is
not satisfied for the first contactable user: transmitting, to the
first contactable user, via the one or more communication devices,
the first message without transmitting the contact information of
the user associated with the electronic device.
[0040] Exemplary electronic devices are described herein. An
example electronic device includes one or more communication
devices, wherein a user is associated with the electronic device;
means for receiving a request to transmit a first message to a set
of contactable users, the set of contactable users including a
first contactable user; and means for, in response to receiving the
request to transmit the first message: in accordance with a
determination that a set of sharing criteria is satisfied for the
first contactable user, the set of sharing criteria including a
first sharing criterion that is satisfied when the first
contactable user corresponds to an approved recipient:
transmitting, via the one or more communication devices, to the
first contactable user: the first message, and contact information
of the user associated with the electronic device; and in
accordance with a determination that the set of sharing criteria is
not satisfied for the first contactable user: transmitting, to the
first contactable user, via the one or more communication devices,
the first message without transmitting the contact information of
the user associated with the electronic device.
[0041] Exemplary methods are disclosed herein. An example method
includes, at an electronic device with a display device and with
one or more communication devices: receiving, via the one or more
communication devices, a first message; subsequent to receiving the
first message, receiving a request to display the first message;
and in response to receiving the request to display the first
message: in accordance with a determination that a set of prompting
criteria is satisfied for a first contactable user, wherein the set
of prompting criteria includes a first prompting criterion that is
satisfied when updated contact information corresponding to the
first contactable user has been received, concurrently displaying,
on the display device: the first message, and a visual indication
that updated contact information is available for the first
contactable user; and in accordance with a determination that the
set of prompting criteria is not satisfied for the first
contactable user, displaying, on the display device: the first
message without displaying the visual indication that updated
contact information is available for the first contactable
user.
[0042] Exemplary non-transitory computer-readable storage media are
described herein. An example non-transitory computer-readable
storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be
executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a
display device and one or more communication devices, the one or
more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or
more communication devices, a first message; subsequent to
receiving the first message, receiving a request to display the
first message; and in response to receiving the request to display
the first message: in accordance with a determination that a set of
prompting criteria is satisfied for a first contactable user,
wherein the set of prompting criteria includes a first prompting
criterion that is satisfied when updated contact information
corresponding to the first contactable user has been received,
concurrently displaying, on the display device: the first message,
and a visual indication that updated contact information is
available for the first contactable user; and in accordance with a
determination that the set of prompting criteria is not satisfied
for the first contactable user, displaying, on the display device:
the first message without displaying the visual indication that
updated contact information is available for the first contactable
user.
[0043] Exemplary transitory computer-readable storage media are
described herein. An example transitory computer-readable storage
medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one
or more processors of an electronic device with a display device
and one or more communication devices, the one or more programs
including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more
communication devices, a first message; subsequent to receiving the
first message, receiving a request to display the first message;
and in response to receiving the request to display the first
message: in accordance with a determination that a set of prompting
criteria is satisfied for a first contactable user, wherein the set
of prompting criteria includes a first prompting criterion that is
satisfied when updated contact information corresponding to the
first contactable user has been received, concurrently displaying,
on the display device: the first message, and a visual indication
that updated contact information is available for the first
contactable user; and in accordance with a determination that the
set of prompting criteria is not satisfied for the first
contactable user, displaying, on the display device: the first
message without displaying the visual indication that updated
contact information is available for the first contactable
user.
[0044] Exemplary electronic devices are described herein. An
example device includes a display device; one or more communication
devices; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more
programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors,
the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via
the one or more communication devices, a first message; subsequent
to receiving the first message, receiving a request to display the
first message; and in response to receiving the request to display
the first message: in accordance with a determination that a set of
prompting criteria is satisfied for a first contactable user,
wherein the set of prompting criteria includes a first prompting
criterion that is satisfied when updated contact information
corresponding to the first contactable user has been received,
concurrently displaying, on the display device: the first message,
and a visual indication that updated contact information is
available for the first contactable user; and in accordance with a
determination that the set of prompting criteria is not satisfied
for the first contactable user, displaying, on the display device:
the first message without displaying the visual indication that
updated contact information is available for the first contactable
user.
[0045] Exemplary electronic devices are described herein. An
example device includes a display device; one or more communication
devices; means for receiving, via the one or more communication
devices, a first message; means for, subsequent to receiving the
first message, receiving a request to display the first message;
and means for, in response to receiving the request to display the
first message: in accordance with a determination that a set of
prompting criteria is satisfied for a first contactable user,
wherein the set of prompting criteria includes a first prompting
criterion that is satisfied when updated contact information
corresponding to the first contactable user has been received,
concurrently displaying, on the display device: the first message,
and a visual indication that updated contact information is
available for the first contactable user; and in accordance with a
determination that the set of prompting criteria is not satisfied
for the first contactable user, displaying, on the display device:
the first message without displaying the visual indication that
updated contact information is available for the first contactable
user.
[0046] Executable instructions for performing these functions are,
optionally, included in a non-transitory computer-readable storage
medium or other computer program product configured for execution
by one or more processors. Executable instructions for performing
these functions are, optionally, included in a transitory
computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product
configured for execution by one or more processors.
[0047] Thus, devices are provided with faster, more efficient
methods and interfaces for displaying avatars in various
application user interfaces, thereby increasing the effectiveness,
efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods
and interfaces may complement or replace other methods for
displaying avatars in various application user interfaces.
DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
[0048] For a better understanding of the various described
embodiments, reference should be made to the Description of
Embodiments below, in conjunction with the following drawings in
which like reference numerals refer to corresponding parts
throughout the figures.
[0049] FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustrating a portable
multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display in accordance
with some embodiments.
[0050] FIG. 1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components
for event handling in accordance with some embodiments.
[0051] FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device having a
touch screen in accordance with some embodiments.
[0052] FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction
device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance
with some embodiments.
[0053] FIG. 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu
of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance
with some embodiments.
[0054] FIG. 4B illustrates an exemplary user interface for a
multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface that is
separate from the display in accordance with some embodiments.
[0055] FIG. 5A illustrates a personal electronic device in
accordance with some embodiments.
[0056] FIG. 5B is a block diagram illustrating a personal
electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
[0057] FIGS. 6A-6V illustrate exemplary user interfaces for
displaying avatars in a stickers application user interface and an
avatar keyboard application user interface in accordance with some
embodiments.
[0058] FIG. 7 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for
displaying avatars in a stickers application user interface in
accordance with some embodiments.
[0059] FIG. 8 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for
displaying avatars in an avatar keyboard application user interface
in accordance with some embodiments.
[0060] FIGS. 9A-9AG illustrate exemplary user interfaces for
displaying avatars in a contacts application user interface in
accordance with some embodiments.
[0061] FIG. 10 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for
displaying avatars in a contacts application user interface in
accordance with some embodiments.
[0062] FIGS. 11A-11AD illustrate exemplary user interfaces for
displaying avatars in an avatar editing application user interface
in accordance with some embodiments.
[0063] FIG. 12 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for
displaying avatars in an avatar editing application user interface
in accordance with some embodiments.
[0064] FIG. 13 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for
displaying avatars in an avatar editing application user interface
in accordance with some embodiments.
[0065] FIGS. 14A-14E illustrate exemplary user interfaces for
displaying a virtual avatar in accordance with some
embodiments.
[0066] FIG. 15 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for
displaying a virtual avatar in accordance with some
embodiments.
[0067] FIGS. 16A-16X illustrate exemplary devices and user
interfaces for sharing contact information, in accordance with some
embodiments.
[0068] FIG. 17 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for
providing contact information using an electronic device in
accordance with some embodiments.
[0069] FIG. 18 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for
receiving contact information using an electronic device in
accordance with some embodiments.
DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS
[0070] The following description sets forth exemplary methods,
parameters, and the like. It should be recognized, however, that
such description is not intended as a limitation on the scope of
the present disclosure but is instead provided as a description of
exemplary embodiments.
[0071] There is a need for electronic devices that provide
efficient methods and interfaces for displaying avatars in various
application user interfaces. For example, existing applications
display avatars, but often the processes for displaying the avatars
are cumbersome and inefficient. Moreover, such processes do not
provide a seamless integration of the avatar with other user
interfaces. Disclosed herein are techniques for displaying avatars
in various application user interfaces. Such techniques can reduce
the cognitive burden on a user who uses avatars in various
application user interfaces, thereby enhancing productivity.
Further, such techniques can reduce processor and battery power
otherwise wasted on redundant user inputs.
[0072] Below, FIGS. 1A-1B, 2, 3, 4A-4B, and 5A-5B provide a
description of exemplary devices for displaying avatars in various
application user interfaces. FIGS. 6A-6V illustrate exemplary user
interfaces for displaying avatars in a stickers application user
interface and an avatar keyboard application user interface in
accordance with some embodiments. FIG. 7 is a flow diagram
illustrating a method for displaying avatars in a stickers
application user interface in accordance with some embodiments.
FIG. 8 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for displaying
avatars in an avatar keyboard application user interface in
accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS.
6A-6V are used to illustrate the processes described below,
including the processes in FIGS. 7 and 8. FIGS. 9A-9AG illustrate
exemplary user interfaces for displaying avatars in a contacts
application user interface in accordance with some embodiments.
FIG. 10 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for displaying
avatars in a contacts application user interface in accordance with
some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 9A-9AG are used to
illustrate the processes described below, including the processes
in FIG. 10. FIGS. 11A-11AD illustrate exemplary user interfaces for
displaying avatars in an avatar editing application user interface
in accordance with some embodiments. FIG. 12 is a flow diagram
illustrating a method for displaying avatars in an avatar editing
application user interface in accordance with some embodiments.
FIG. 13 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for displaying
avatars in an avatar editing application user interface in
accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS.
11A-11AD are used to illustrate the processes below, including the
processes in FIGS. 12 and 13. FIGS. 14A-14E illustrate exemplary
user interfaces for displaying a virtual avatar in accordance with
some embodiments. FIG. 15 is a flow diagram illustrating a method
for displaying a virtual avatar in accordance with some
embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 14A-14E are used to
illustrate the processes below, including the processes in FIG. 15.
FIGS. 16A-16X illustrate exemplary devices and user interfaces for
sharing contact information, in accordance with some embodiments.
FIG. 17 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for providing
contact information using an electronic device in accordance with
some embodiments. FIG. 18 is a flow diagram illustrating a method
for receiving contact information using an electronic device in
accordance with some embodiments. The exemplary devices and user
interfaces in FIGS. 16A-16X are used to illustrate the processes
below, including the processes in FIGS. 17 and 18.
[0073] Although the following description uses terms "first,"
"second," etc. to describe various elements, these elements should
not be limited by the terms. These terms are only used to
distinguish one element from another. For example, a first touch
could be termed a second touch, and, similarly, a second touch
could be termed a first touch, without departing from the scope of
the various described embodiments. The first touch and the second
touch are both touches, but they are not the same touch.
[0074] The terminology used in the description of the various
described embodiments herein is for the purpose of describing
particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. As
used in the description of the various described embodiments and
the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an," and "the" are
intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context
clearly indicates otherwise. It will also be understood that the
term "and/or" as used herein refers to and encompasses any and all
possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed
items. It will be further understood that the terms "includes,"
"including," "comprises," and/or "comprising," when used in this
specification, specify the presence of stated features, integers,
steps, operations, elements, and/or components, but do not preclude
the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers,
steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof.
[0075] The term "if" is, optionally, construed to mean "when" or
"upon" or "in response to determining" or "in response to
detecting," depending on the context. Similarly, the phrase "if it
is determined" or "if [a stated condition or event] is detected"
is, optionally, construed to mean "upon determining" or "in
response to determining" or "upon detecting [the stated condition
or event]" or "in response to detecting [the stated condition or
event]," depending on the context.
[0076] Embodiments of electronic devices, user interfaces for such
devices, and associated processes for using such devices are
described. In some embodiments, the device is a portable
communications device, such as a mobile telephone, that also
contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player
functions. Exemplary embodiments of portable multifunction devices
include, without limitation, the iPhone.RTM., iPod Touch.RTM., and
iPad.RTM. devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. Other
portable electronic devices, such as laptops or tablet computers
with touch-sensitive surfaces (e.g., touch screen displays and/or
touchpads), are, optionally, used. It should also be understood
that, in some embodiments, the device is not a portable
communications device, but is a desktop computer with a
touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch screen display and/or a
touchpad).
[0077] In the discussion that follows, an electronic device that
includes a display and a touch-sensitive surface is described. It
should be understood, however, that the electronic device
optionally includes one or more other physical user-interface
devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse, and/or a
joystick.
[0078] The device typically supports a variety of applications,
such as one or more of the following: a drawing application, a
presentation application, a word processing application, a website
creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet
application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video
conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant
messaging application, a workout support application, a photo
management application, a digital camera application, a digital
video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital
music player application, and/or a digital video player
application.
[0079] The various applications that are executed on the device
optionally use at least one common physical user-interface device,
such as the touch-sensitive surface. One or more functions of the
touch-sensitive surface as well as corresponding information
displayed on the device are, optionally, adjusted and/or varied
from one application to the next and/or within a respective
application. In this way, a common physical architecture (such as
the touch-sensitive surface) of the device optionally supports the
variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and
transparent to the user.
[0080] Attention is now directed toward embodiments of portable
devices with touch-sensitive displays. FIG. 1A is a block diagram
illustrating portable multifunction device 100 with touch-sensitive
display system 112 in accordance with some embodiments.
Touch-sensitive display 112 is sometimes called a "touch screen"
for convenience and is sometimes known as or called a
"touch-sensitive display system." Device 100 includes memory 102
(which optionally includes one or more computer-readable storage
mediums), memory controller 122, one or more processing units
(CPUs) 120, peripherals interface 118, RF circuitry 108, audio
circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, input/output (I/O)
subsystem 106, other input control devices 116, and external port
124. Device 100 optionally includes one or more optical sensors
164. Device 100 optionally includes one or more contact intensity
sensors 165 for detecting intensity of contacts on device 100
(e.g., a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display
system 112 of device 100). Device 100 optionally includes one or
more tactile output generators 167 for generating tactile outputs
on device 100 (e.g., generating tactile outputs on a
touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 112
of device 100 or touchpad 355 of device 300). These components
optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or
signal lines 103.
[0081] As used in the specification and claims, the term
"intensity" of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the
force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a
finger contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute
(proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the
touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of a contact has a range of
values that includes at least four distinct values and more
typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., at least
256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (or
measured) using various approaches and various sensors or
combinations of sensors. For example, one or more force sensors
underneath or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are,
optionally, used to measure force at various points on the
touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, force
measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a
weighted average) to determine an estimated force of a contact.
Similarly, a pressure-sensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally,
used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch-sensitive
surface. Alternatively, the size of the contact area detected on
the touch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance
of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or
changes thereto, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive
surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto are,
optionally, used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the
contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations,
the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are used
directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been
exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units
corresponding to the substitute measurements). In some
implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or
pressure are converted to an estimated force or pressure, and the
estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an
intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity
threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure).
Using the intensity of a contact as an attribute of a user input
allows for user access to additional device functionality that may
otherwise not be accessible by the user on a reduced-size device
with limited real estate for displaying affordances (e.g., on a
touch-sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (e.g., via a
touch-sensitive display, a touch-sensitive surface, or a
physical/mechanical control such as a knob or a button).
[0082] As used in the specification and claims, the term "tactile
output" refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a
previous position of the device, physical displacement of a
component (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to
another component (e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of
the component relative to a center of mass of the device that will
be detected by a user with the user's sense of touch. For example,
in situations where the device or the component of the device is in
contact with a surface of a user that is sensitive to touch (e.g.,
a finger, palm, or other part of a user's hand), the tactile output
generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the
user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in
physical characteristics of the device or the component of the
device. For example, movement of a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a
touch-sensitive display or trackpad) is, optionally, interpreted by
the user as a "down click" or "up click" of a physical actuator
button. In some cases, a user will feel a tactile sensation such as
an "down click" or "up click" even when there is no movement of a
physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive
surface that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user's
movements. As another example, movement of the touch-sensitive
surface is, optionally, interpreted or sensed by the user as
"roughness" of the touch-sensitive surface, even when there is no
change in smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. While such
interpretations of touch by a user will be subject to the
individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many
sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a large majority of
users. Thus, when a tactile output is described as corresponding to
a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an "up click," a
"down click," "roughness"), unless otherwise stated, the generated
tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device
or a component thereof that will generate the described sensory
perception for a typical (or average) user.
[0083] It should be appreciated that device 100 is only one example
of a portable multifunction device, and that device 100 optionally
has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or
more components, or optionally has a different configuration or
arrangement of the components. The various components shown in FIG.
1A are implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both
hardware and software, including one or more signal processing
and/or application-specific integrated circuits.
[0084] Memory 102 optionally includes high-speed random access
memory and optionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as
one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or
other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Memory controller
122 optionally controls access to memory 102 by other components of
device 100.
[0085] Peripherals interface 118 can be used to couple input and
output peripherals of the device to CPU 120 and memory 102. The one
or more processors 120 run or execute various software programs
and/or sets of instructions stored in memory 102 to perform various
functions for device 100 and to process data. In some embodiments,
peripherals interface 118, CPU 120, and memory controller 122 are,
optionally, implemented on a single chip, such as chip 104. In some
other embodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate
chips.
[0086] RF (radio frequency) circuitry 108 receives and sends RF
signals, also called electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108
converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and
communicates with communications networks and other communications
devices via the electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108
optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these
functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF
transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more
oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a
subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth. RF
circuitry 108 optionally communicates with networks, such as the
Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet
and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a
wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area
network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication. The RF
circuitry 108 optionally includes well-known circuitry for
detecting near field communication (NFC) fields, such as by a
short-range communication radio. The wireless communication
optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards,
protocols, and technologies, including but not limited to Global
System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM
Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA),
high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only
(EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term
evolution (LTE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code
division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access
(CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Bluetooth
Low Energy (BTLE), Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a,
IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.11n, and/or IEEE 802.11ac),
voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e-mail
(e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office
protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging and
presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant
Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), Instant
Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message
Service (SMS), or any other suitable communication protocol,
including communication protocols not yet developed as of the
filing date of this document.
[0087] Audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, and microphone 113 provide
an audio interface between a user and device 100. Audio circuitry
110 receives audio data from peripherals interface 118, converts
the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the
electrical signal to speaker 111. Speaker 111 converts the
electrical signal to human-audible sound waves. Audio circuitry 110
also receives electrical signals converted by microphone 113 from
sound waves. Audio circuitry 110 converts the electrical signal to
audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface
118 for processing. Audio data is, optionally, retrieved from
and/or transmitted to memory 102 and/or RF circuitry 108 by
peripherals interface 118. In some embodiments, audio circuitry 110
also includes a headset jack (e.g., 212, FIG. 2). The headset jack
provides an interface between audio circuitry 110 and removable
audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a
headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears)
and input (e.g., a microphone).
[0088] I/O subsystem 106 couples input/output peripherals on device
100, such as touch screen 112 and other input control devices 116,
to peripherals interface 118. I/O subsystem 106 optionally includes
display controller 156, optical sensor controller 158, depth camera
controller 169, intensity sensor controller 159, haptic feedback
controller 161, and one or more input controllers 160 for other
input or control devices. The one or more input controllers 160
receive/send electrical signals from/to other input control devices
116. The other input control devices 116 optionally include
physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials,
slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth. In some
alternate embodiments, input controller(s) 160 are, optionally,
coupled to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, an infrared
port, a USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse. The one or
more buttons (e.g., 208, FIG. 2) optionally include an up/down
button for volume control of speaker 111 and/or microphone 113. The
one or more buttons optionally include a push button (e.g., 206,
FIG. 2).
[0089] A quick press of the push button optionally disengages a
lock of touch screen 112 or optionally begins a process that uses
gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device, as described in
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/322,549, "Unlocking a Device by
Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image," filed Dec. 23, 2005, U.S.
Pat. No. 7,657,849, which is hereby incorporated by reference in
its entirety. A longer press of the push button (e.g., 206)
optionally turns power to device 100 on or off. The functionality
of one or more of the buttons are, optionally, user-customizable.
Touch screen 112 is used to implement virtual or soft buttons and
one or more soft keyboards.
[0090] Touch-sensitive display 112 provides an input interface and
an output interface between the device and a user. Display
controller 156 receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to
touch screen 112. Touch screen 112 displays visual output to the
user. The visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons,
video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed
"graphics"). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output
optionally corresponds to user-interface objects.
[0091] Touch screen 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor, or
set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic
and/or tactile contact. Touch screen 112 and display controller 156
(along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in
memory 102) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the
contact) on touch screen 112 and convert the detected contact into
interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft
keys, icons, web pages, or images) that are displayed on touch
screen 112. In an exemplary embodiment, a point of contact between
touch screen 112 and the user corresponds to a finger of the
user.
[0092] Touch screen 112 optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal
display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display)
technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although
other display technologies are used in other embodiments. Touch
screen 112 and display controller 156 optionally detect contact and
any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch
sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but
not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface
acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor
arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of
contact with touch screen 112. In an exemplary embodiment,
projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as
that found in the iPhone.RTM. and iPod Touch.RTM. from Apple Inc.
of Cupertino, Calif.
[0093] A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch
screen 112 is, optionally, analogous to the multi-touch sensitive
touchpads described in the following U.S. Pat. No. 6,323,846
(Westerman et al.), U.S. Pat. No. 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.),
and/or U.S. Pat. No. 6,677,932 (Westerman), and/or U.S. Patent
Publication 2002/0015024A1, each of which is hereby incorporated by
reference in its entirety. However, touch screen 112 displays
visual output from device 100, whereas touch-sensitive touchpads do
not provide visual output.
[0094] A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch
screen 112 is described in the following applications: (1) U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 11/381,313, "Multipoint Touch Surface
Controller," filed May 2, 2006; (2) U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 10/840,862, "Multipoint Touchscreen," filed May 6, 2004; (3)
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/903,964, "Gestures For Touch
Sensitive Input Devices," filed Jul. 30, 2004; (4) U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 11/048,264, "Gestures For Touch Sensitive
Input Devices," filed Jan. 31, 2005; (5) U.S. patent application
Ser. No. 11/038,590, "Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For
Touch Sensitive Input Devices," filed Jan. 18, 2005; (6) U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 11/228,758, "Virtual Input Device
Placement On A Touch Screen User Interface," filed Sep. 16, 2005;
(7) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,700, "Operation Of A
Computer With A Touch Screen Interface," filed Sep. 16, 2005; (8)
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,737, "Activating Virtual
Keys Of A Touch-Screen Virtual Keyboard," filed Sep. 16, 2005; and
(9) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/367,749, "Multi-Functional
Hand-Held Device," filed Mar. 3, 2006. All of these applications
are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
[0095] Touch screen 112 optionally has a video resolution in excess
of 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video
resolution of approximately 160 dpi. The user optionally makes
contact with touch screen 112 using any suitable object or
appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth. In some
embodiments, the user interface is designed to work primarily with
finger-based contacts and gestures, which can be less precise than
stylus-based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on
the touch screen. In some embodiments, the device translates the
rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or
command for performing the actions desired by the user.
[0096] In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device
100 optionally includes a touchpad for activating or deactivating
particular functions. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a
touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen,
does not display visual output. The touchpad is, optionally, a
touch-sensitive surface that is separate from touch screen 112 or
an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch
screen.
[0097] Device 100 also includes power system 162 for powering the
various components. Power system 162 optionally includes a power
management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery,
alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure
detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status
indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other
components associated with the generation, management and
distribution of power in portable devices.
[0098] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more optical
sensors 164. FIG. 1A shows an optical sensor coupled to optical
sensor controller 158 in I/O subsystem 106. Optical sensor 164
optionally includes charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary
metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors. Optical sensor
164 receives light from the environment, projected through one or
more lenses, and converts the light to data representing an image.
In conjunction with imaging module 143 (also called a camera
module), optical sensor 164 optionally captures still images or
video. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the
back of device 100, opposite touch screen display 112 on the front
of the device so that the touch screen display is enabled for use
as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition. In some
embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the front of the
device so that the user's image is, optionally, obtained for video
conferencing while the user views the other video conference
participants on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the
position of optical sensor 164 can be changed by the user (e.g., by
rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a
single optical sensor 164 is used along with the touch screen
display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image
acquisition.
[0099] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more depth camera
sensors 175. FIG. 1A shows a depth camera sensor coupled to depth
camera controller 169 in I/O subsystem 106. Depth camera sensor 175
receives data from the environment to create a three dimensional
model of an object (e.g., a face) within a scene from a viewpoint
(e.g., a depth camera sensor). In some embodiments, in conjunction
with imaging module 143 (also called a camera module), depth camera
sensor 175 is optionally used to determine a depth map of different
portions of an image captured by the imaging module 143. In some
embodiments, a depth camera sensor is located on the front of
device 100 so that the user's image with depth information is,
optionally, obtained for video conferencing while the user views
the other video conference participants on the touch screen display
and to capture selfies with depth map data. In some embodiments,
the depth camera sensor 175 is located on the back of device, or on
the back and the front of the device 100. In some embodiments, the
position of depth camera sensor 175 can be changed by the user
(e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing)
so that a depth camera sensor 175 is used along with the touch
screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video
image acquisition.
[0100] In some embodiments, a depth map (e.g., depth map image)
contains information (e.g., values) that relates to the distance of
objects in a scene from a viewpoint (e.g., a camera, an optical
sensor, a depth camera sensor). In one embodiment of a depth map,
each depth pixel defines the position in the viewpoint's Z-axis
where its corresponding two-dimensional pixel is located. In some
embodiments, a depth map is composed of pixels wherein each pixel
is defined by a value (e.g., 0-255). For example, the "0" value
represents pixels that are located at the most distant place in a
"three dimensional" scene and the "255" value represents pixels
that are located closest to a viewpoint (e.g., a camera, an optical
sensor, a depth camera sensor) in the "three dimensional" scene. In
other embodiments, a depth map represents the distance between an
object in a scene and the plane of the viewpoint. In some
embodiments, the depth map includes information about the relative
depth of various features of an object of interest in view of the
depth camera (e.g., the relative depth of eyes, nose, mouth, ears
of a user's face). In some embodiments, the depth map includes
information that enables the device to determine contours of the
object of interest in a z direction.
[0101] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more contact
intensity sensors 165. FIG. 1A shows a contact intensity sensor
coupled to intensity sensor controller 159 in I/O subsystem 106.
Contact intensity sensor 165 optionally includes one or more
piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric
force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors,
capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors
(e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact
on a touch-sensitive surface). Contact intensity sensor 165
receives contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information
or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment. In some
embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is collocated
with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,
touch-sensitive display system 112). In some embodiments, at least
one contact intensity sensor is located on the back of device 100,
opposite touch screen display 112, which is located on the front of
device 100.
[0102] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more proximity
sensors 166. FIG. 1A shows proximity sensor 166 coupled to
peripherals interface 118. Alternately, proximity sensor 166 is,
optionally, coupled to input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106.
Proximity sensor 166 optionally performs as described in U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 11/241,839, "Proximity Detector In
Handheld Device"; Ser. No. 11/240,788, "Proximity Detector In
Handheld Device"; Ser. No. 11/620,702, "Using Ambient Light Sensor
To Augment Proximity Sensor Output"; Ser. No. 11/586,862,
"Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable
Devices"; and Ser. No. 11/638,251, "Methods And Systems For
Automatic Configuration Of Peripherals," which are hereby
incorporated by reference in their entirety. In some embodiments,
the proximity sensor turns off and disables touch screen 112 when
the multifunction device is placed near the user's ear (e.g., when
the user is making a phone call).
[0103] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more tactile
output generators 167. FIG. 1A shows a tactile output generator
coupled to haptic feedback controller 161 in I/O subsystem 106.
Tactile output generator 167 optionally includes one or more
electroacoustic devices such as speakers or other audio components
and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear
motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer,
piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator, or other tactile
output generating component (e.g., a component that converts
electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device). Contact
intensity sensor 165 receives tactile feedback generation
instructions from haptic feedback module 133 and generates tactile
outputs on device 100 that are capable of being sensed by a user of
device 100. In some embodiments, at least one tactile output
generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive
surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112) and, optionally,
generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface
vertically (e.g., in/out of a surface of device 100) or laterally
(e.g., back and forth in the same plane as a surface of device
100). In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator
sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch screen
display 112, which is located on the front of device 100.
[0104] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more
accelerometers 168. FIG. 1A shows accelerometer 168 coupled to
peripherals interface 118. Alternately, accelerometer 168 is,
optionally, coupled to an input controller 160 in I/O subsystem
106. Accelerometer 168 optionally performs as described in U.S.
Patent Publication No. 20050190059, "Acceleration-based Theft
Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices," and U.S. Patent
Publication No. 20060017692, "Methods And Apparatuses For Operating
A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer," both of which are
incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. In some
embodiments, information is displayed on the touch screen display
in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data
received from the one or more accelerometers. Device 100 optionally
includes, in addition to accelerometer(s) 168, a magnetometer and a
GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver for
obtaining information concerning the location and orientation
(e.g., portrait or landscape) of device 100.
[0105] In some embodiments, the software components stored in
memory 102 include operating system 126, communication module (or
set of instructions) 128, contact/motion module (or set of
instructions) 130, graphics module (or set of instructions) 132,
text input module (or set of instructions) 134, Global Positioning
System (GPS) module (or set of instructions) 135, and applications
(or sets of instructions) 136. Furthermore, in some embodiments,
memory 102 (FIG. 1A) or 370 (FIG. 3) stores device/global internal
state 157, as shown in FIGS. 1A and 3. Device/global internal state
157 includes one or more of: active application state, indicating
which applications, if any, are currently active; display state,
indicating what applications, views or other information occupy
various regions of touch screen display 112; sensor state,
including information obtained from the device's various sensors
and input control devices 116; and location information concerning
the device's location and/or attitude.
[0106] Operating system 126 (e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X,
iOS, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks)
includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling
and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage
device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates
communication between various hardware and software components.
[0107] Communication module 128 facilitates communication with
other devices over one or more external ports 124 and also includes
various software components for handling data received by RF
circuitry 108 and/or external port 124. External port 124 (e.g.,
Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling
directly to other devices or indirectly over a network (e.g., the
Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). In some embodiments, the external
port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as,
or similar to and/or compatible with, the 30-pin connector used on
iPod.RTM. (trademark of Apple Inc.) devices.
[0108] Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects contact with
touch screen 112 (in conjunction with display controller 156) and
other touch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click
wheel). Contact/motion module 130 includes various software
components for performing various operations related to detection
of contact, such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g.,
detecting a finger-down event), determining an intensity of the
contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute
for the force or pressure of the contact), determining if there is
movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the
touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more
finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased
(e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact).
Contact/motion module 130 receives contact data from the
touch-sensitive surface. Determining movement of the point of
contact, which is represented by a series of contact data,
optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity
(magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in
magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These
operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts (e.g., one
finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g.,
"multitouch"/multiple finger contacts). In some embodiments,
contact/motion module 130 and display controller 156 detect contact
on a touchpad.
[0109] In some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 uses a set of
one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation
has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has
"clicked" on an icon). In some embodiments, at least a subset of
the intensity thresholds are determined in accordance with software
parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by
the activation thresholds of particular physical actuators and can
be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of device 100).
For example, a mouse "click" threshold of a trackpad or touch
screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined
threshold values without changing the trackpad or touch screen
display hardware. Additionally, in some implementations, a user of
the device is provided with software settings for adjusting one or
more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting
individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality of
intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click "intensity"
parameter).
[0110] Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects a gesture input
by a user. Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have
different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings,
and/or intensities of detected contacts). Thus, a gesture is,
optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern. For
example, detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a
finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event
at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the
finger-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon). As another
example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive
surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by
detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequently
followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event.
[0111] Graphics module 132 includes various known software
components for rendering and displaying graphics on touch screen
112 or other display, including components for changing the visual
impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast, or
other visual property) of graphics that are displayed. As used
herein, the term "graphics" includes any object that can be
displayed to a user, including, without limitation, text, web
pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys),
digital images, videos, animations, and the like.
[0112] In some embodiments, graphics module 132 stores data
representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally,
assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module 132 receives, from
applications etc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be
displayed along with, if necessary, coordinate data and other
graphic property data, and then generates screen image data to
output to display controller 156.
[0113] Haptic feedback module 133 includes various software
components for generating instructions used by tactile output
generator(s) 167 to produce tactile outputs at one or more
locations on device 100 in response to user interactions with
device 100.
[0114] Text input module 134, which is, optionally, a component of
graphics module 132, provides soft keyboards for entering text in
various applications (e.g., contacts 137, e-mail 140, IM 141,
browser 147, and any other application that needs text input).
[0115] GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and
provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to
telephone 138 for use in location-based dialing; to camera 143 as
picture/video metadata; and to applications that provide
location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page
widgets, and map/navigation widgets).
[0116] Applications 136 optionally include the following modules
(or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof: [0117]
Contacts module 137 (sometimes called an address book or contact
list); [0118] Telephone module 138; [0119] Video conference module
139; [0120] E-mail client module 140; [0121] Instant messaging (IM)
module 141; [0122] Workout support module 142; [0123] Camera module
143 for still and/or video images; [0124] Image management module
144; [0125] Video player module; [0126] Music player module; [0127]
Browser module 147; [0128] Calendar module 148; [0129] Widget
modules 149, which optionally include one or more of: weather
widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget 149-3, alarm
clock widget 149-4, dictionary widget 149-5, and other widgets
obtained by the user, as well as user-created widgets 149-6; [0130]
Widget creator module 150 for making user-created widgets 149-6;
[0131] Search module 151; [0132] Video and music player module 152,
which merges video player module and music player module; [0133]
Notes module 153; [0134] Map module 154; and/or [0135] Online video
module 155.
[0136] Examples of other applications 136 that are, optionally,
stored in memory 102 include other word processing applications,
other image editing applications, drawing applications,
presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption,
digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice
replication.
[0137] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller
156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input
module 134, contacts module 137 are, optionally, used to manage an
address book or contact list (e.g., stored in application internal
state 192 of contacts module 137 in memory 102 or memory 370),
including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s)
from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail
address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name;
associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names;
providing telephone numbers or e-mail addresses to initiate and/or
facilitate communications by telephone 138, video conference module
139, e-mail 140, or IM 141; and so forth.
[0138] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110,
speaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller
156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input
module 134, telephone module 138 are optionally, used to enter a
sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access
one or more telephone numbers in contacts module 137, modify a
telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone
number, conduct a conversation, and disconnect or hang up when the
conversation is completed. As noted above, the wireless
communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications
standards, protocols, and technologies.
[0139] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110,
speaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller
156, optical sensor 164, optical sensor controller 158,
contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module
134, contacts module 137, and telephone module 138, video
conference module 139 includes executable instructions to initiate,
conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or
more other participants in accordance with user instructions.
[0140] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112,
display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module
132, and text input module 134, e-mail client module 140 includes
executable instructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail
in response to user instructions. In conjunction with image
management module 144, e-mail client module 140 makes it very easy
to create and send e-mails with still or video images taken with
camera module 143.
[0141] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112,
display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module
132, and text input module 134, the instant messaging module 141
includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters
corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered
characters, to transmit a respective instant message (for example,
using a Short Message Service (SMS) or Multimedia Message Service
(MMS) protocol for telephony-based instant messages or using XMPP,
SIMPLE, or IMPS for Internet-based instant messages), to receive
instant messages, and to view received instant messages. In some
embodiments, transmitted and/or received instant messages
optionally include graphics, photos, audio files, video files
and/or other attachments as are supported in an MMS and/or an
Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS). As used herein, "instant
messaging" refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages
sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages
sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS).
[0142] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112,
display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module
132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, map module 154, and
music player module, workout support module 142 includes executable
instructions to create workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or
calorie burning goals); communicate with workout sensors (sports
devices); receive workout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to
monitor a workout; select and play music for a workout; and
display, store, and transmit workout data.
[0143] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller
156, optical sensor(s) 164, optical sensor controller 158,
contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and image
management module 144, camera module 143 includes executable
instructions to capture still images or video (including a video
stream) and store them into memory 102, modify characteristics of a
still image or video, or delete a still image or video from memory
102.
[0144] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller
156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input
module 134, and camera module 143, image management module 144
includes executable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit),
or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital
slide show or album), and store still and/or video images.
[0145] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112,
display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module
132, and text input module 134, browser module 147 includes
executable instructions to browse the Internet in accordance with
user instructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and
displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments
and other files linked to web pages.
[0146] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112,
display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module
132, text input module 134, e-mail client module 140, and browser
module 147, calendar module 148 includes executable instructions to
create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated
with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to-do lists, etc.) in
accordance with user instructions.
[0147] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112,
display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module
132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, widget modules
149 are mini-applications that are, optionally, downloaded and used
by a user (e.g., weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2,
calculator widget 149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, and dictionary
widget 149-5) or created by the user (e.g., user-created widget
149-6). In some embodiments, a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext
Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a
JavaScript file. In some embodiments, a widget includes an XML
(Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g.,
Yahoo! Widgets).
[0148] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112,
display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module
132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, the widget
creator module 150 are, optionally, used by a user to create
widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into
a widget).
[0149] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller
156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input
module 134, search module 151 includes executable instructions to
search for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in
memory 102 that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or
more user-specified search terms) in accordance with user
instructions.
[0150] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller
156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, audio
circuitry 110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, and browser module
147, video and music player module 152 includes executable
instructions that allow the user to download and play back recorded
music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats,
such as MP3 or AAC files, and executable instructions to display,
present, or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on touch screen 112
or on an external, connected display via external port 124). In
some embodiments, device 100 optionally includes the functionality
of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.).
[0151] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller
156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input
module 134, notes module 153 includes executable instructions to
create and manage notes, to-do lists, and the like in accordance
with user instructions.
[0152] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112,
display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module
132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, and browser module 147,
map module 154 are, optionally, used to receive, display, modify,
and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving
directions, data on stores and other points of interest at or near
a particular location, and other location-based data) in accordance
with user instructions.
[0153] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller
156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, audio
circuitry 110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, text input module
134, e-mail client module 140, and browser module 147, online video
module 155 includes instructions that allow the user to access,
browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and/or download), play back
(e.g., on the touch screen or on an external, connected display via
external port 124), send an e-mail with a link to a particular
online video, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more
file formats, such as H.264. In some embodiments, instant messaging
module 141, rather than e-mail client module 140, is used to send a
link to a particular online video. Additional description of the
online video application can be found in U.S. Provisional Patent
Application No. 60/936,562, "Portable Multifunction Device, Method,
and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos," filed Jun.
20, 2007, and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/968,067,
"Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User
Interface for Playing Online Videos," filed Dec. 31, 2007, the
contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their
entirety.
[0154] Each of the above-identified modules and applications
corresponds to a set of executable instructions for performing one
or more functions described above and the methods described in this
application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other
information processing methods described herein). These modules
(e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate
software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets
of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged
in various embodiments. For example, video player module is,
optionally, combined with music player module into a single module
(e.g., video and music player module 152, FIG. 1A). In some
embodiments, memory 102 optionally stores a subset of the modules
and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 102
optionally stores additional modules and data structures not
described above.
[0155] In some embodiments, device 100 is a device where operation
of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed
exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad. By using a
touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input control device
for operation of device 100, the number of physical input control
devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on device 100
is, optionally, reduced.
[0156] The predefined set of functions that are performed
exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad optionally
include navigation between user interfaces. In some embodiments,
the touchpad, when touched by the user, navigates device 100 to a
main, home, or root menu from any user interface that is displayed
on device 100. In such embodiments, a "menu button" is implemented
using a touchpad. In some other embodiments, the menu button is a
physical push button or other physical input control device instead
of a touchpad.
[0157] FIG. 1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components
for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. In some
embodiments, memory 102 (FIG. 1A) or 370 (FIG. 3) includes event
sorter 170 (e.g., in operating system 126) and a respective
application 136-1 (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications
137-151, 155, 380-390).
[0158] Event sorter 170 receives event information and determines
the application 136-1 and application view 191 of application 136-1
to which to deliver the event information. Event sorter 170
includes event monitor 171 and event dispatcher module 174. In some
embodiments, application 136-1 includes application internal state
192, which indicates the current application view(s) displayed on
touch-sensitive display 112 when the application is active or
executing. In some embodiments, device/global internal state 157 is
used by event sorter 170 to determine which application(s) is (are)
currently active, and application internal state 192 is used by
event sorter 170 to determine application views 191 to which to
deliver event information.
[0159] In some embodiments, application internal state 192 includes
additional information, such as one or more of: resume information
to be used when application 136-1 resumes execution, user interface
state information that indicates information being displayed or
that is ready for display by application 136-1, a state queue for
enabling the user to go back to a prior state or view of
application 136-1, and a redo/undo queue of previous actions taken
by the user.
[0160] Event monitor 171 receives event information from
peripherals interface 118. Event information includes information
about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on touch-sensitive display
112, as part of a multi-touch gesture). Peripherals interface 118
transmits information it receives from I/O subsystem 106 or a
sensor, such as proximity sensor 166, accelerometer(s) 168, and/or
microphone 113 (through audio circuitry 110). Information that
peripherals interface 118 receives from I/O subsystem 106 includes
information from touch-sensitive display 112 or a touch-sensitive
surface.
[0161] In some embodiments, event monitor 171 sends requests to the
peripherals interface 118 at predetermined intervals. In response,
peripherals interface 118 transmits event information. In other
embodiments, peripherals interface 118 transmits event information
only when there is a significant event (e.g., receiving an input
above a predetermined noise threshold and/or for more than a
predetermined duration).
[0162] In some embodiments, event sorter 170 also includes a hit
view determination module 172 and/or an active event recognizer
determination module 173.
[0163] Hit view determination module 172 provides software
procedures for determining where a sub-event has taken place within
one or more views when touch-sensitive display 112 displays more
than one view. Views are made up of controls and other elements
that a user can see on the display.
[0164] Another aspect of the user interface associated with an
application is a set of views, sometimes herein called application
views or user interface windows, in which information is displayed
and touch-based gestures occur. The application views (of a
respective application) in which a touch is detected optionally
correspond to programmatic levels within a programmatic or view
hierarchy of the application. For example, the lowest level view in
which a touch is detected is, optionally, called the hit view, and
the set of events that are recognized as proper inputs are,
optionally, determined based, at least in part, on the hit view of
the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture.
[0165] Hit view determination module 172 receives information
related to sub-events of a touch-based gesture. When an application
has multiple views organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination
module 172 identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the
hierarchy which should handle the sub-event. In most circumstances,
the hit view is the lowest level view in which an initiating
sub-event occurs (e.g., the first sub-event in the sequence of
sub-events that form an event or potential event). Once the hit
view is identified by the hit view determination module 172, the
hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same
touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit
view.
[0166] Active event recognizer determination module 173 determines
which view or views within a view hierarchy should receive a
particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active
event recognizer determination module 173 determines that only the
hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In
other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173
determines that all views that include the physical location of a
sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines
that all actively involved views should receive a particular
sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touch
sub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with one
particular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain
as actively involved views.
[0167] Event dispatcher module 174 dispatches the event information
to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer 180). In embodiments
including active event recognizer determination module 173, event
dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to an event
recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination
module 173. In some embodiments, event dispatcher module 174 stores
in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a
respective event receiver 182.
[0168] In some embodiments, operating system 126 includes event
sorter 170. Alternatively, application 136-1 includes event sorter
170. In yet other embodiments, event sorter 170 is a stand-alone
module, or a part of another module stored in memory 102, such as
contact/motion module 130.
[0169] In some embodiments, application 136-1 includes a plurality
of event handlers 190 and one or more application views 191, each
of which includes instructions for handling touch events that occur
within a respective view of the application's user interface. Each
application view 191 of the application 136-1 includes one or more
event recognizers 180. Typically, a respective application view 191
includes a plurality of event recognizers 180. In other
embodiments, one or more of event recognizers 180 are part of a
separate module, such as a user interface kit or a higher level
object from which application 136-1 inherits methods and other
properties. In some embodiments, a respective event handler 190
includes one or more of: data updater 176, object updater 177, GUI
updater 178, and/or event data 179 received from event sorter 170.
Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176,
object updater 177, or GUI updater 178 to update the application
internal state 192. Alternatively, one or more of the application
views 191 include one or more respective event handlers 190. Also,
in some embodiments, one or more of data updater 176, object
updater 177, and GUI updater 178 are included in a respective
application view 191.
[0170] A respective event recognizer 180 receives event information
(e.g., event data 179) from event sorter 170 and identifies an
event from the event information. Event recognizer 180 includes
event receiver 182 and event comparator 184. In some embodiments,
event recognizer 180 also includes at least a subset of: metadata
183, and event delivery instructions 188 (which optionally include
sub-event delivery instructions).
[0171] Event receiver 182 receives event information from event
sorter 170. The event information includes information about a
sub-event, for example, a touch or a touch movement. Depending on
the sub-event, the event information also includes additional
information, such as location of the sub-event. When the sub-event
concerns motion of a touch, the event information optionally also
includes speed and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments,
events include rotation of the device from one orientation to
another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape
orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes
corresponding information about the current orientation (also
called device attitude) of the device.
[0172] Event comparator 184 compares the event information to
predefined event or sub-event definitions and, based on the
comparison, determines an event or sub-event, or determines or
updates the state of an event or sub-event. In some embodiments,
event comparator 184 includes event definitions 186. Event
definitions 186 contain definitions of events (e.g., predefined
sequences of sub-events), for example, event 1 (187-1), event 2
(187-2), and others. In some embodiments, sub-events in an event
(187) include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touch movement,
touch cancellation, and multiple touching. In one example, the
definition for event 1 (187-1) is a double tap on a displayed
object. The double tap, for example, comprises a first touch (touch
begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first
liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase, a second touch
(touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase,
and a second liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase. In
another example, the definition for event 2 (187-2) is a dragging
on a displayed object. The dragging, for example, comprises a touch
(or contact) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a
movement of the touch across touch-sensitive display 112, and
liftoff of the touch (touch end). In some embodiments, the event
also includes information for one or more associated event handlers
190.
[0173] In some embodiments, event definition 187 includes a
definition of an event for a respective user-interface object. In
some embodiments, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to
determine which user-interface object is associated with a
sub-event. For example, in an application view in which three
user-interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display
112, when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display 112, event
comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which of the three
user-interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If
each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler
190, the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to
determine which event handler 190 should be activated. For example,
event comparator 184 selects an event handler associated with the
sub-event and the object triggering the hit test.
[0174] In some embodiments, the definition for a respective event
(187) also includes delayed actions that delay delivery of the
event information until after it has been determined whether the
sequence of sub-events does or does not correspond to the event
recognizer's event type.
[0175] When a respective event recognizer 180 determines that the
series of sub-events do not match any of the events in event
definitions 186, the respective event recognizer 180 enters an
event impossible, event failed, or event ended state, after which
it disregards subsequent sub-events of the touch-based gesture. In
this situation, other event recognizers, if any, that remain active
for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of an
ongoing touch-based gesture.
[0176] In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180
includes metadata 183 with configurable properties, flags, and/or
lists that indicate how the event delivery system should perform
sub-event delivery to actively involved event recognizers. In some
embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags,
and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers interact, or are
enabled to interact, with one another. In some embodiments,
metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists
that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in
the view or programmatic hierarchy.
[0177] In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180
activates event handler 190 associated with an event when one or
more particular sub-events of an event are recognized. In some
embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 delivers event
information associated with the event to event handler 190.
Activating an event handler 190 is distinct from sending (and
deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view. In some
embodiments, event recognizer 180 throws a flag associated with the
recognized event, and event handler 190 associated with the flag
catches the flag and performs a predefined process.
[0178] In some embodiments, event delivery instructions 188 include
sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information
about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the
sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event
handlers associated with the series of sub-events or to actively
involved views. Event handlers associated with the series of
sub-events or with actively involved views receive the event
information and perform a predetermined process.
[0179] In some embodiments, data updater 176 creates and updates
data used in application 136-1. For example, data updater 176
updates the telephone number used in contacts module 137, or stores
a video file used in video player module. In some embodiments,
object updater 177 creates and updates objects used in application
136-1. For example, object updater 177 creates a new user-interface
object or updates the position of a user-interface object. GUI
updater 178 updates the GUI. For example, GUI updater 178 prepares
display information and sends it to graphics module 132 for display
on a touch-sensitive display.
[0180] In some embodiments, event handler(s) 190 includes or has
access to data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater
178. In some embodiments, data updater 176, object updater 177, and
GUI updater 178 are included in a single module of a respective
application 136-1 or application view 191. In other embodiments,
they are included in two or more software modules.
[0181] It shall be understood that the foregoing discussion
regarding event handling of user touches on touch-sensitive
displays also applies to other forms of user inputs to operate
multifunction devices 100 with input devices, not all of which are
initiated on touch screens. For example, mouse movement and mouse
button presses, optionally coordinated with single or multiple
keyboard presses or holds; contact movements such as taps, drags,
scrolls, etc. on touchpads; pen stylus inputs; movement of the
device; oral instructions; detected eye movements; biometric
inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally utilized as
inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to be
recognized.
[0182] FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device 100
having a touch screen 112 in accordance with some embodiments. The
touch screen optionally displays one or more graphics within user
interface (UI) 200. In this embodiment, as well as others described
below, a user is enabled to select one or more of the graphics by
making a gesture on the graphics, for example, with one or more
fingers 202 (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more
styluses 203 (not drawn to scale in the figure). In some
embodiments, selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user
breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In some embodiments,
the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one or more
swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward),
and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right,
upward and/or downward) that has made contact with device 100. In
some implementations or circumstances, inadvertent contact with a
graphic does not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture
that sweeps over an application icon optionally does not select the
corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to
selection is a tap.
[0183] Device 100 optionally also include one or more physical
buttons, such as "home" or menu button 204. As described
previously, menu button 204 is, optionally, used to navigate to any
application 136 in a set of applications that are, optionally,
executed on device 100. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the
menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI displayed on
touch screen 112.
[0184] In some embodiments, device 100 includes touch screen 112,
menu button 204, push button 206 for powering the device on/off and
locking the device, volume adjustment button(s) 208, subscriber
identity module (SIM) card slot 210, headset jack 212, and
docking/charging external port 124. Push button 206 is, optionally,
used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the
button and holding the button in the depressed state for a
predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the
button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval
has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock
process. In an alternative embodiment, device 100 also accepts
verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions
through microphone 113. Device 100 also, optionally, includes one
or more contact intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensity of
contacts on touch screen 112 and/or one or more tactile output
generators 167 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device
100.
[0185] FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction
device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance
with some embodiments. Device 300 need not be portable. In some
embodiments, device 300 is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a
tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device,
an educational device (such as a child's learning toy), a gaming
system, or a control device (e.g., a home or industrial
controller). Device 300 typically includes one or more processing
units (CPUs) 310, one or more network or other communications
interfaces 360, memory 370, and one or more communication buses 320
for interconnecting these components. Communication buses 320
optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) that
interconnects and controls communications between system
components. Device 300 includes input/output (I/O) interface 330
comprising display 340, which is typically a touch screen display.
I/O interface 330 also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse
(or other pointing device) 350 and touchpad 355, tactile output
generator 357 for generating tactile outputs on device 300 (e.g.,
similar to tactile output generator(s) 167 described above with
reference to FIG. 1A), sensors 359 (e.g., optical, acceleration,
proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contact intensity sensors
similar to contact intensity sensor(s) 165 described above with
reference to FIG. 1A). Memory 370 includes high-speed random access
memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM, or other random access solid
state memory devices; and optionally includes non-volatile memory,
such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk
storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid
state storage devices. Memory 370 optionally includes one or more
storage devices remotely located from CPU(s) 310. In some
embodiments, memory 370 stores programs, modules, and data
structures analogous to the programs, modules, and data structures
stored in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 (FIG.
1A), or a subset thereof. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores
additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in
memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100. For example,
memory 370 of device 300 optionally stores drawing module 380,
presentation module 382, word processing module 384, website
creation module 386, disk authoring module 388, and/or spreadsheet
module 390, while memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100
(FIG. 1A) optionally does not store these modules.
[0186] Each of the above-identified elements in FIG. 3 is,
optionally, stored in one or more of the previously mentioned
memory devices. Each of the above-identified modules corresponds to
a set of instructions for performing a function described above.
The above-identified modules or programs (e.g., sets of
instructions) need not be implemented as separate software
programs, procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these
modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in
various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 370 optionally
stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified
above. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores additional modules
and data structures not described above.
[0187] Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user
interfaces that are, optionally, implemented on, for example,
portable multifunction device 100.
[0188] FIG. 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu
of applications on portable multifunction device 100 in accordance
with some embodiments. Similar user interfaces are, optionally,
implemented on device 300. In some embodiments, user interface 400
includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
[0189] Signal strength indicator(s) 402 for wireless
communication(s), such as cellular and Wi-Fi signals; [0190] Time
404; [0191] Bluetooth indicator 405; [0192] Battery status
indicator 406; [0193] Tray 408 with icons for frequently used
applications, such as: [0194] Icon 416 for telephone module 138,
labeled "Phone," which optionally includes an indicator 414 of the
number of missed calls or voicemail messages; [0195] Icon 418 for
e-mail client module 140, labeled "Mail," which optionally includes
an indicator 410 of the number of unread e-mails; [0196] Icon 420
for browser module 147, labeled "Browser;" and [0197] Icon 422 for
video and music player module 152, also referred to as iPod
(trademark of Apple Inc.) module 152, labeled "iPod;" and [0198]
Icons for other applications, such as: [0199] Icon 424 for IM
module 141, labeled "Messages;" [0200] Icon 426 for calendar module
148, labeled "Calendar;" [0201] Icon 428 for image management
module 144, labeled "Photos;" [0202] Icon 430 for camera module
143, labeled "Camera;" [0203] Icon 432 for online video module 155,
labeled "Online Video;" [0204] Icon 434 for stocks widget 149-2,
labeled "Stocks;" [0205] Icon 436 for map module 154, labeled
"Maps;" [0206] Icon 438 for weather widget 149-1, labeled
"Weather;" [0207] Icon 440 for alarm clock widget 149-4, labeled
"Clock;" [0208] Icon 442 for workout support module 142, labeled
"Workout Support;" [0209] Icon 444 for notes module 153, labeled
"Notes;" and [0210] Icon 446 for a settings application or module,
labeled "Settings," which provides access to settings for device
100 and its various applications 136.
[0211] It should be noted that the icon labels illustrated in FIG.
4A are merely exemplary. For example, icon 422 for video and music
player module 152 is labeled "Music" or "Music Player." Other
labels are, optionally, used for various application icons. In some
embodiments, a label for a respective application icon includes a
name of an application corresponding to the respective application
icon. In some embodiments, a label for a particular application
icon is distinct from a name of an application corresponding to the
particular application icon.
[0212] FIG. 4B illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device
(e.g., device 300, FIG. 3) with a touch-sensitive surface 451
(e.g., a tablet or touchpad 355, FIG. 3) that is separate from the
display 450 (e.g., touch screen display 112). Device 300 also,
optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors (e.g.,
one or more of sensors 359) for detecting intensity of contacts on
touch-sensitive surface 451 and/or one or more tactile output
generators 357 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device
300.
[0213] Although some of the examples that follow will be given with
reference to inputs on touch screen display 112 (where the
touch-sensitive surface and the display are combined), in some
embodiments, the device detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface
that is separate from the display, as shown in FIG. 4B. In some
embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 451 in FIG. 4B) has
a primary axis (e.g., 452 in FIG. 4B) that corresponds to a primary
axis (e.g., 453 in FIG. 4B) on the display (e.g., 450). In
accordance with these embodiments, the device detects contacts
(e.g., 460 and 462 in FIG. 4B) with the touch-sensitive surface 451
at locations that correspond to respective locations on the display
(e.g., in FIG. 4B, 460 corresponds to 468 and 462 corresponds to
470). In this way, user inputs (e.g., contacts 460 and 462, and
movements thereof) detected by the device on the touch-sensitive
surface (e.g., 451 in FIG. 4B) are used by the device to manipulate
the user interface on the display (e.g., 450 in FIG. 4B) of the
multifunction device when the touch-sensitive surface is separate
from the display. It should be understood that similar methods are,
optionally, used for other user interfaces described herein.
[0214] Additionally, while the following examples are given
primarily with reference to finger inputs (e.g., finger contacts,
finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures), it should be
understood that, in some embodiments, one or more of the finger
inputs are replaced with input from another input device (e.g., a
mouse-based input or stylus input). For example, a swipe gesture
is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click (e.g., instead of a
contact) followed by movement of the cursor along the path of the
swipe (e.g., instead of movement of the contact). As another
example, a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click
while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture
(e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to
detect the contact). Similarly, when multiple user inputs are
simultaneously detected, it should be understood that multiple
computer mice are, optionally, used simultaneously, or a mouse and
finger contacts are, optionally, used simultaneously.
[0215] FIG. 5A illustrates exemplary personal electronic device
500. Device 500 includes body 502. In some embodiments, device 500
can include some or all of the features described with respect to
devices 100 and 300 (e.g., FIGS. 1A-4B). In some embodiments,
device 500 has touch-sensitive display screen 504, hereafter touch
screen 504. Alternatively, or in addition to touch screen 504,
device 500 has a display and a touch-sensitive surface. As with
devices 100 and 300, in some embodiments, touch screen 504 (or the
touch-sensitive surface) optionally includes one or more intensity
sensors for detecting intensity of contacts (e.g., touches) being
applied. The one or more intensity sensors of touch screen 504 (or
the touch-sensitive surface) can provide output data that
represents the intensity of touches. The user interface of device
500 can respond to touches based on their intensity, meaning that
touches of different intensities can invoke different user
interface operations on device 500.
[0216] Exemplary techniques for detecting and processing touch
intensity are found, for example, in related applications:
International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/040061,
titled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying
User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application," filed May
8, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2013/169849, and
International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/069483,
titled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for
Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships,"
filed Nov. 11, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No.
WO/2014/105276, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference
in their entirety.
[0217] In some embodiments, device 500 has one or more input
mechanisms 506 and 508. Input mechanisms 506 and 508, if included,
can be physical. Examples of physical input mechanisms include push
buttons and rotatable mechanisms. In some embodiments, device 500
has one or more attachment mechanisms. Such attachment mechanisms,
if included, can permit attachment of device 500 with, for example,
hats, eyewear, earrings, necklaces, shirts, jackets, bracelets,
watch straps, chains, trousers, belts, shoes, purses, backpacks,
and so forth. These attachment mechanisms permit device 500 to be
worn by a user.
[0218] FIG. 5B depicts exemplary personal electronic device 500. In
some embodiments, device 500 can include some or all of the
components described with respect to FIGS. 1A, 1B, and 3. Device
500 has bus 512 that operatively couples I/O section 514 with one
or more computer processors 516 and memory 518. I/O section 514 can
be connected to display 504, which can have touch-sensitive
component 522 and, optionally, intensity sensor 524 (e.g., contact
intensity sensor). In addition, I/O section 514 can be connected
with communication unit 530 for receiving application and operating
system data, using Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, near field communication
(NFC), cellular, and/or other wireless communication techniques.
Device 500 can include input mechanisms 506 and/or 508. Input
mechanism 506 is, optionally, a rotatable input device or a
depressible and rotatable input device, for example. Input
mechanism 508 is, optionally, a button, in some examples.
[0219] Input mechanism 508 is, optionally, a microphone, in some
examples. Personal electronic device 500 optionally includes
various sensors, such as GPS sensor 532, accelerometer 534,
directional sensor 540 (e.g., compass), gyroscope 536, motion
sensor 538, and/or a combination thereof, all of which can be
operatively connected to I/O section 514.
[0220] Memory 518 of personal electronic device 500 can include one
or more non-transitory computer-readable storage mediums, for
storing computer-executable instructions, which, when executed by
one or more computer processors 516, for example, can cause the
computer processors to perform the techniques described below,
including processes 700, 800, 1000, 1200, 1300, 1500, 1700, and
1800 (FIGS. 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 15, 17, and 18). A computer-readable
storage medium can be any medium that can tangibly contain or store
computer-executable instructions for use by or in connection with
the instruction execution system, apparatus, or device. In some
examples, the storage medium is a transitory computer-readable
storage medium. In some examples, the storage medium is a
non-transitory computer-readable storage medium. The non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium can include, but is not limited
to, magnetic, optical, and/or semiconductor storages. Examples of
such storage include magnetic disks, optical discs based on CD,
DVD, or Blu-ray technologies, as well as persistent solid-state
memory such as flash, solid-state drives, and the like. Personal
electronic device 500 is not limited to the components and
configuration of FIG. 5B, but can include other or additional
components in multiple configurations.
[0221] As used here, the term "affordance" refers to a
user-interactive graphical user interface object that is,
optionally, displayed on the display screen of devices 100, 300,
and/or 500 (FIGS. 1A, 3, and 5A-5B). For example, an image (e.g.,
icon), a button, and text (e.g., hyperlink) each optionally
constitute an affordance.
[0222] As used herein, the term "focus selector" refers to an input
element that indicates a current part of a user interface with
which a user is interacting. In some implementations that include a
cursor or other location marker, the cursor acts as a "focus
selector" so that when an input (e.g., a press input) is detected
on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad 355 in FIG. 3 or
touch-sensitive surface 451 in FIG. 4B) while the cursor is over a
particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider,
or other user interface element), the particular user interface
element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some
implementations that include a touch screen display (e.g.,
touch-sensitive display system 112 in FIG. 1A or touch screen 112
in FIG. 4A) that enables direct interaction with user interface
elements on the touch screen display, a detected contact on the
touch screen acts as a "focus selector" so that when an input
(e.g., a press input by the contact) is detected on the touch
screen display at a location of a particular user interface element
(e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element),
the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance
with the detected input. In some implementations, focus is moved
from one region of a user interface to another region of the user
interface without corresponding movement of a cursor or movement of
a contact on a touch screen display (e.g., by using a tab key or
arrow keys to move focus from one button to another button); in
these implementations, the focus selector moves in accordance with
movement of focus between different regions of the user interface.
Without regard to the specific form taken by the focus selector,
the focus selector is generally the user interface element (or
contact on a touch screen display) that is controlled by the user
so as to communicate the user's intended interaction with the user
interface (e.g., by indicating, to the device, the element of the
user interface with which the user is intending to interact). For
example, the location of a focus selector (e.g., a cursor, a
contact, or a selection box) over a respective button while a press
input is detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad
or touch screen) will indicate that the user is intending to
activate the respective button (as opposed to other user interface
elements shown on a display of the device).
[0223] As used in the specification and claims, the term
"characteristic intensity" of a contact refers to a characteristic
of the contact based on one or more intensities of the contact. In
some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is based on multiple
intensity samples. The characteristic intensity is, optionally,
based on a predefined number of intensity samples, or a set of
intensity samples collected during a predetermined time period
(e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds) relative to a
predefined event (e.g., after detecting the contact, prior to
detecting liftoff of the contact, before or after detecting a start
of movement of the contact, prior to detecting an end of the
contact, before or after detecting an increase in intensity of the
contact, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in intensity
of the contact). A characteristic intensity of a contact is,
optionally, based on one or more of: a maximum value of the
intensities of the contact, a mean value of the intensities of the
contact, an average value of the intensities of the contact, a top
10 percentile value of the intensities of the contact, a value at
the half maximum of the intensities of the contact, a value at the
90 percent maximum of the intensities of the contact, or the like.
In some embodiments, the duration of the contact is used in
determining the characteristic intensity (e.g., when the
characteristic intensity is an average of the intensity of the
contact over time). In some embodiments, the characteristic
intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensity thresholds
to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user. For
example, the set of one or more intensity thresholds optionally
includes a first intensity threshold and a second intensity
threshold. In this example, a contact with a characteristic
intensity that does not exceed the first threshold results in a
first operation, a contact with a characteristic intensity that
exceeds the first intensity threshold and does not exceed the
second intensity threshold results in a second operation, and a
contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the second
threshold results in a third operation. In some embodiments, a
comparison between the characteristic intensity and one or more
thresholds is used to determine whether or not to perform one or
more operations (e.g., whether to perform a respective operation or
forgo performing the respective operation), rather than being used
to determine whether to perform a first operation or a second
operation.
[0224] In some embodiments, a portion of a gesture is identified
for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity. For
example, a touch-sensitive surface optionally receives a continuous
swipe contact transitioning from a start location and reaching an
end location, at which point the intensity of the contact
increases. In this example, the characteristic intensity of the
contact at the end location is, optionally, based on only a portion
of the continuous swipe contact, and not the entire swipe contact
(e.g., only the portion of the swipe contact at the end location).
In some embodiments, a smoothing algorithm is, optionally, applied
to the intensities of the swipe contact prior to determining the
characteristic intensity of the contact. For example, the smoothing
algorithm optionally includes one or more of: an unweighted
sliding-average smoothing algorithm, a triangular smoothing
algorithm, a median filter smoothing algorithm, and/or an
exponential smoothing algorithm. In some circumstances, these
smoothing algorithms eliminate narrow spikes or dips in the
intensities of the swipe contact for purposes of determining a
characteristic intensity.
[0225] The intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface
is, optionally, characterized relative to one or more intensity
thresholds, such as a contact-detection intensity threshold, a
light press intensity threshold, a deep press intensity threshold,
and/or one or more other intensity thresholds. In some embodiments,
the light press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at
which the device will perform operations typically associated with
clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some
embodiments, the deep press intensity threshold corresponds to an
intensity at which the device will perform operations that are
different from operations typically associated with clicking a
button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, when
a contact is detected with a characteristic intensity below the
light press intensity threshold (e.g., and above a nominal
contact-detection intensity threshold below which the contact is no
longer detected), the device will move a focus selector in
accordance with movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive
surface without performing an operation associated with the light
press intensity threshold or the deep press intensity threshold.
Generally, unless otherwise stated, these intensity thresholds are
consistent between different sets of user interface figures.
[0226] An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from
an intensity below the light press intensity threshold to an
intensity between the light press intensity threshold and the deep
press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a "light
press" input. An increase of characteristic intensity of the
contact from an intensity below the deep press intensity threshold
to an intensity above the deep press intensity threshold is
sometimes referred to as a "deep press" input. An increase of
characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the
contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity between the
contact-detection intensity threshold and the light press intensity
threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting the contact on the
touch-surface. A decrease of characteristic intensity of the
contact from an intensity above the contact-detection intensity
threshold to an intensity below the contact-detection intensity
threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting liftoff of the
contact from the touch-surface. In some embodiments, the
contact-detection intensity threshold is zero. In some embodiments,
the contact-detection intensity threshold is greater than zero.
[0227] In some embodiments described herein, one or more operations
are performed in response to detecting a gesture that includes a
respective press input or in response to detecting the respective
press input performed with a respective contact (or a plurality of
contacts), where the respective press input is detected based at
least in part on detecting an increase in intensity of the contact
(or plurality of contacts) above a press-input intensity threshold.
In some embodiments, the respective operation is performed in
response to detecting the increase in intensity of the respective
contact above the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., a "down
stroke" of the respective press input). In some embodiments, the
press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective
contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent
decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input
intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in
response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the
respective contact below the press-input threshold (e.g., an "up
stroke" of the respective press input).
[0228] In some embodiments, the device employs intensity hysteresis
to avoid accidental inputs sometimes termed "jitter," where the
device defines or selects a hysteresis intensity threshold with a
predefined relationship to the press-input intensity threshold
(e.g., the hysteresis intensity threshold is X intensity units
lower than the press-input intensity threshold or the hysteresis
intensity threshold is 75%, 90%, or some reasonable proportion of
the press-input intensity threshold). Thus, in some embodiments,
the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective
contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent
decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity
threshold that corresponds to the press-input intensity threshold,
and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting
the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact
below the hysteresis intensity threshold (e.g., an "up stroke" of
the respective press input). Similarly, in some embodiments, the
press input is detected only when the device detects an increase in
intensity of the contact from an intensity at or below the
hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity at or above the
press-input intensity threshold and, optionally, a subsequent
decrease in intensity of the contact to an intensity at or below
the hysteresis intensity, and the respective operation is performed
in response to detecting the press input (e.g., the increase in
intensity of the contact or the decrease in intensity of the
contact, depending on the circumstances).
[0229] For ease of explanation, the descriptions of operations
performed in response to a press input associated with a
press-input intensity threshold or in response to a gesture
including the press input are, optionally, triggered in response to
detecting either: an increase in intensity of a contact above the
press-input intensity threshold, an increase in intensity of a
contact from an intensity below the hysteresis intensity threshold
to an intensity above the press-input intensity threshold, a
decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input
intensity threshold, and/or a decrease in intensity of the contact
below the hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to the
press-input intensity threshold. Additionally, in examples where an
operation is described as being performed in response to detecting
a decrease in intensity of a contact below the press-input
intensity threshold, the operation is, optionally, performed in
response to detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact below
a hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to, and lower than,
the press-input intensity threshold.
[0230] Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user
interfaces ("UI") and associated processes that are implemented on
an electronic device, such as portable multifunction device 100,
device 300, or device 500.
[0231] FIGS. 6A-6V illustrate exemplary user interfaces for
displaying avatars in a stickers application user interface and an
avatar keyboard application user interface, in accordance with some
embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to
illustrate the processes described below, including the processes
in FIGS. 7 and 8.
[0232] FIGS. 6A-6V illustrate exemplary user inputs and
corresponding changes to one or more user interfaces, which can be
displayed on an electronic device, such as electronic device 600
shown in FIG. 6A. Device 600 includes display 601, which in some
cases is a touch-sensitive display, and camera 602, which, in some
embodiments, includes an image sensor that is capable of capturing
data representing a portion of the light spectrum (e.g., visible
light, infrared light, or ultraviolet light). In some embodiments,
camera 602 includes multiple image sensors and/or other types of
sensors. In addition to capturing data representing sensed light,
in some embodiments, camera 602 is capable of capturing other types
of data, such as depth data. For example, in some embodiments,
camera 602 also captures depth data using techniques based on
speckle, time-of-flight, parallax, or focus. Image data that device
600 captures using camera 602 includes data corresponding to a
portion of the light spectrum for a scene within the field of view
of the camera. Additionally, in some embodiments, the captured
image data also includes depth data for the light data. In some
other embodiments, the captured image data contains data sufficient
to determine or generate depth data for the data for the portion of
the light spectrum. In some embodiments, device 600 includes one or
more features of devices 100, 300, or 500.
[0233] In some examples, electronic device 600 includes a depth
camera, such as an infrared camera, a thermographic camera, or a
combination thereof. In some examples, the device further includes
a light-emitting device (e.g., light projector), such an IR flood
light, a structured light projector, or a combination thereof. The
light-emitting device is, optionally, used to illuminate the
subject during capture of the image by a visible light camera and a
depth camera (e.g., an IR camera) and the information from the
depth camera and the visible light camera are used to determine a
depth map of different portions of subject captured by the visible
light camera. In some embodiments, the lighting effects described
herein are displayed using disparity information from two cameras
(e.g., two visual light cameras) for rear facing images and using
depth information from a depth camera combined with image data from
a visual light camera for front facing images (e.g., selfie
images). In some embodiments, the same user interface is used when
the two visual light cameras are used to determine the depth
information and when the depth camera is used to determine the
depth information, providing the user with a consistent experience,
even when using dramatically different technologies to determine
the information that is used when generating the lighting effects.
In some embodiments, while displaying the camera user interface
with one of the lighting effects applied, the device detects
selection of a camera switching affordance and switches from the
front facing cameras (e.g., a depth camera and a visible light
camera) to the rear facing cameras (e.g., two visible light cameras
that are spaced apart from each other) (or vice versa) while
maintaining display of the user interface controls for applying the
lighting effect and replacing display of the field of view of the
front facing cameras to the field of view of the rear facing
cameras (or vice versa).
[0234] In FIG. 6A, device 600 displays messaging user interface
603, which is a user interface of a messaging application.
Messaging user interface 603 includes message region 603-1 for
displaying messages communicated between parties of a message
conversation, message compose region 603-2 for displaying content
being composed for communication in the message conversation, and
keyboard region 603-3 for displaying various keyboard interfaces.
In the embodiments illustrated in FIGS. 6A-6H, the messages
correspond to a message conversation with first recipient
607-1.
[0235] In FIG. 6A, device 600 detects input 604 (e.g., a tap
gesture) on affordance 606 and, in response, displays avatar
keyboard 605 in keyboard region 603-3, as shown in FIG. 6B.
[0236] Avatar keyboard 605 includes various graphical objects that
can be selected for communicating in message user interface 603.
Avatar keyboard 605 includes emoji region 608 displaying a set of
emojis 609 that can be selected for communicating in message user
interface 603, and sticker region 610 displaying stickers 612 and
sticker application affordance 614, which, when selected, displays
sticker user interface 615 (shown in FIG. 6C).
[0237] As shown in FIG. 6B, sticker region 610 includes stickers
612, which can be selected for communicating in message user
interface 603. The stickers displayed in sticker region 610 each
have an appearance that is based on various avatars that are
available at device 600. The stickers also include a pose or
expression of the avatar upon which the sticker's appearance is
based. For example, monkey sticker 612-1 is displayed having an
appearance of a monkey avatar having a surprised expression, poop
sticker 612-2 is displayed having an appearance of a poop avatar
with heart eyes, and robot sticker 612-3 is displayed having an
appearance of a robot avatar in a neutral pose.
[0238] In some embodiments, device 600 selectively displays various
stickers 612 in sticker region 610 based on a number of factors.
For example, in some embodiments, device 600 selectively displays
individual stickers based on a history of usage such as, for
example, stickers that have been recently created (e.g.,
recommended/proposed stickers for an avatar that was recently
created) and stickers that are frequently or recently used by the
user. In some embodiments, device 600 selectively displays
different stickers 612 so that a variety of sticker poses are
represented in sticker region 610.
[0239] Device 600 also selectively displays various stickers 612 in
sticker region 610 based on the types of avatars available at
device 600. For example, different types of avatars can include
avatars that are based on a non-human character, based on a human
character, user-created (e.g., created and/or customizable by the
user), or predefined (e.g., not created or customizable by the
user). In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 6B, monkey sticker
612-1, poop sticker 612-2, and robot sticker 612-3 each have an
appearance based on a predefined avatar that is a non-human
character.
[0240] Device 600 displays stickers 612 for avatars that are
available at device 600. Therefore, if a particular avatar is not
available at device 600, sticker region 610 does not include
stickers for that avatar. For example, in FIG. 6B, device does not
include any user-created avatars or avatars based on a human
character and, therefore, does not display any stickers for such
avatars. As discussed in greater detail below, when such an avatar
is available at device 600, sticker region 610 displays one or more
stickers for the avatar.
[0241] Sticker region 610 also includes sticker application
affordance 614. Sticker application affordance 614 has an
appearance that includes representations of various stickers. For
example, in FIG. 6B, sticker application affordance 614 includes
representations 614-1 of different stickers. Device 600 displays
selectively displays various sticker representations in sticker
application affordance 614 based on a number of factors. For
example, in some embodiments, when a type of avatar is not
available at device 600, the device displays representations of
stickers based on an example avatar of the type not available at
device 600. For example, in FIG. 6B, avatars of a user-created or
human-based type are not available at device 600, and device 600
displays representations 614-1 of stickers for different
user-created and human-based avatars. In some embodiments, when a
new avatar is created, device 600 updates sticker application
affordance 614 to include a representation of a sticker based on
the newly created avatar. In some embodiments, device 600 displays
representations of stickers for avatars of different types. In some
embodiments, device 600 selectively displays different sticker
representations such that a variety of sticker poses are
represented in sticker application affordance 614. In some
embodiments, the representations of stickers are displayed in an
animated sequence in which the different representations cycle
individually across the sticker application affordance 614.
[0242] In FIG. 6B, device 600 detects input 616 on sticker
application affordance 614 and, in response, replaces display of
avatar keyboard 605 and compose region 603-2 with sticker user
interface 615, as shown in FIG. 6C.
[0243] As shown in FIG. 6C, device 600 displays sticker user
interface 615 having region 618 with representations 622 of sets of
stickers, and sticker region 620 having stickers corresponding to a
selected one of the sticker representations in region 618.
Representations 622 correspond to sets of stickers that are
available at device 600. A user can view different sets of stickers
by selecting different representations 622 (e.g., by touching the
corresponding representation 622 in region 618, or by swiping
horizontally on the sticker region 620). When a different
representation 622 is selected, device 600 updates region 618 to
indicate the selected representation 622 and updates sticker region
620 to display stickers corresponding to the selected
representation. In FIG. 6C, monkey representation 622-1 is selected
in first region 618, and monkey stickers 624 are displayed in
sticker region 620. In some embodiments, stickers 624 are shown
having slight animations such as smiling, winking, waving, etc.
Monkey stickers 624 include various poses such as a mind-blown pose
shown in mind-blown monkey sticker 624-1.
[0244] In some embodiments, device 600 displays region 618 the
first time sticker user interface 615 is displayed, and hides
region 618 thereafter (e.g., does not initially display region 618
for subsequent instances of interface 615). The user can cause
device 600 to re-display region 618 by dragging on sticker region
620, as shown in FIG. 6L.
[0245] Referring now to FIGS. 6C-6E, region 618 further includes
creation affordance 626, which can be selected to create a new
avatar. As shown, region 618 does not include any representations
of avatars of a user-created or human-based type, because no such
avatars are currently available at device 600. Accordingly, device
600 displays paddle 628 extending from creation affordance 626 and
having an animation of representations 628-1 of avatars cycling
across the paddle, as shown by the different representations shown
for FIGS. 6C-6E. This animation provides an indication to the user
that no avatars of a user-created or human-based type are available
at device 600, and encourages the user to select paddle 628 to
create an avatar.
[0246] In FIG. 6E, device 600 detects input 630 on creation
affordance 626 and, in response, displays avatar creation user
interface 632, as shown in FIG. 6F. Device 600 detects inputs,
represented generally by input 634, in avatar creation user
interface 632 to select various avatar features to build/create a
new avatar, beanie avatar 636, shown in FIG. 6G. In response to
input 638 on done affordance 640, device 600 exits avatar creation
user interface 632, and returns to messaging user interface 603 in
FIG. 6H, showing sticker user interface 615 updated to include
representation 622-2 of beanie avatar 636 selected in region 618
and beanie stickers 642 having the appearance of beanie avatar 636,
but with different poses for each of the respective beanie stickers
642. Beanie stickers 642 include many of the same sticker poses as
the monkey stickers shown in FIG. 6C. In some embodiments, after
creating beanie avatar 636, the new avatar is then available for
use at device 600, including in other applications such as, for
example, a contacts application, a camera application, a media
viewing application, and other applications on device 600.
Additionally, beanie avatar 636 can be updated, and the updates are
made to beanie avatar 636, including in the other applications.
[0247] In FIG. 6H, device 600 detects input 644 on thumbs up beanie
sticker 642-1, which is a sticker having an appearance of beanie
avatar 636 and a "thumbs up" pose. In some embodiments, the
selection of thumbs up beanie sticker 642-1 causes device 600 to
add the sticker to the message conversation (e.g., to send to first
recipient 607-1). In some embodiments, the selection of thumbs up
beanie sticker 642-1 causes device 600 to display thumbs up beanie
sticker 642-1 in avatar keyboard 605, as shown in FIG. 6I.
[0248] FIGS. 6I-6V illustrate messaging user interface 603 for
embodiments in which the messages correspond to a message
conversation with second recipient 607-2. In FIG. 6I, device 600
displays avatar keyboard 605 having thumbs up beanie sticker 642-1
displayed in place of monkey sticker 612-1. Additionally, device
600 updates display of sticker application affordance 614 to
include representation 614-2 of beanie avatar 636. In some
embodiments, representation 614-2 has an appearance of the recently
used thumbs up beanie sticker 642-1. In some embodiments,
representation 614-2 has an appearance of other stickers available
for the recently created beanie avatar 636.
[0249] In FIG. 6I, device 600 detects input 646 on thumbs up beanie
sticker 642-1 and, in response, displays sticker preview interface
showing beanie sticker preview 650. In some embodiments, a user can
perform a tap-and-hold gesture on beanie sticker preview 650 to
generate a peeled appearance of beanie sticker preview 650 that can
then be dragged to message region 603-1 to add the beanie sticker
to the message conversation. In some embodiments, a user can select
send affordance 652 (e.g., via input 654) to add thumbs up beanie
sticker 642-1 to the message conversation as shown in FIG. 6K.
[0250] In FIG. 6K, device 600 detects input 656 on sticker
application affordance 614 and, in response, displays sticker user
interface 615. In some embodiments, device 600 ceases display of
emojis 609, and displays stickers in emoji region 608 (e.g., beanie
stickers 642 corresponding to beanie avatar 636).
[0251] In FIG. 6L, device 600 displays sticker user interface 615
having beanie stickers 642. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 6L,
device 600 has previously displayed sticker user interface (e.g.,
in FIG. 6C) and, therefore, does not initially display region 618.
Additionally, device 600 has generated a second user-created avatar
(e.g., as a result of receiving a series of inputs to access and
interact with the avatar creation user interface in a manner
similar to that discussed above with respect to FIGS. 6E-6G), as
will soon be apparent. In response to drag input 658, device
scrolls beanie stickers 642 and, in FIG. 6M, displays region 618
with representations 622, including beanie representation 622-2
having a selected state and woman representation 622-3
corresponding to a set of woman stickers based on a user-created
woman avatar.
[0252] In FIG. 6M, device 600 detects input 660 on creation
affordance 626 to initiate a process for creating a boy avatar. The
process for creating a boy avatar is similar to the processes
described above for creating an avatar and, for the sake of
brevity, is not repeated here. After device 600 creates the boy
avatar, it displays sticker user interface 615 as shown in FIG. 6N.
FIG. 6N shows region 618 updated to include boy representation
622-4 having a selected state, and sticker region 620 updated to
include boy stickers 662, which include a set of poses that are
based on the new boy avatar.
[0253] In FIG. 6N, device 600 detects scroll input 664 and, in
response, scrolls sticker region 620 to display additional boy
stickers 662 and edit affordance 665, as shown in FIG. 6O.
[0254] In FIG. 6O, device 600 detects input 668 on edit affordance
665 and, in response, displays avatar editing user interface 670
(similar to avatar creation user interface 632) showing boy avatar
672 and a set of selectable hairstyle options 674 that can be
selected to modify an appearance of boy avatar 672, as shown in
FIG. 6P.
[0255] In FIG. 6P, device 600 detects input 676 on afro hairstyle
option 674-1 and, in response, modifies boy avatar 672 to have an
afro hairstyle, as shown in FIG. 6Q. Device 600 detects input 678
on done affordance 680 in FIG. 6Q and, in response, exits avatar
editing user interface 670 and displays messaging user interface
603 with updated sticker user interface 615, as shown in FIG.
6R.
[0256] In FIG. 6R, device 600 displays sticker user interface 615,
which shows boy stickers 662 updated with the afro hairstyle.
Device 600 detects drag input 682 on handle 684 and, in response,
expands sticker user interface 615 as shown in FIG. 6S.
[0257] FIG. 6S shows additional boy stickers 662 updated with the
afro hairstyle. Device 600 detects drag input 686 (e.g., a downward
drag) and, in response, scrolls stickers 662 to display additional
boy stickers 662, including thumbs up boy sticker 662-1 and
heart-eyes boy sticker 662-2, as shown in FIG. 6T.
[0258] In FIG. 6T, sticker user interface 615 shows region 618,
including boy representation 622-4, which is updated to include the
afro hairstyle. Device 600 detects input 688 on robot
representation 622-5 and, in response, selects robot representation
622-5 and replaces boy stickers 662 with robot stickers 690, as
shown in FIG. 6U. In some embodiments, robot representation 622-5
can be selected, and the corresponding robot stickers 690
displayed, in response to one or more horizontal swipe gestures on
sticker region 620.
[0259] In FIG. 6U, device 600 displays robot stickers 690 having an
appearance based on a robot avatar, which, as previously discussed,
is a predefined avatar that is based on a non-human character. In
some embodiments, stickers that are based on such avatars (e.g.,
predefined avatars or avatars based on non-human characters)
include some stickers with poses that match poses of stickers based
on user-created avatars or avatars based on human characters. For
example, robot stickers 690 include various poses, with some robot
stickers having the same poses as some of the boy stickers 662. For
example, heart-eyes robot sticker 690-1 has the same pose as
heart-eyes boy sticker 662-2 (e.g., both stickers include a smiling
facial expression with hearts over the eyes). It should be noted
that robot sticker 690-1 and boy sticker 662-2 both have the same
pose even though they have different appearances (e.g., robot
sticker 690-1 has an appearance of a robot, whereas boy sticker
662-2 has an appearance of a boy). Furthermore, in some
embodiments, stickers based on predefined avatars or avatars based
on non-human characters optionally exclude certain poses that are
included in stickers based on user-created avatars or avatars based
on human-characters. For example, robot stickers 690 do not include
a thumbs up pose. In some embodiments, the excluded sticker poses
are those that include a human feature other than a head (e.g., a
hand).
[0260] In some embodiments, sets of stickers that are based on
predefined avatars or avatars based on non-human characters all
have stickers with the same or similar poses. For example, all such
avatars include a heart-eyes sticker and exclude a thumbs up
sticker. In some embodiments, certain stickers have a same pose for
different sticker sets, but are customized to the particular avatar
upon which the sticker's appearance is based. For example, robot
stickers 690 include mind-blown robot sticker 690-2, which is
similar to corresponding poses in other sticker sets (e.g., FIG. 6E
shows mind-blown monkey sticker 624-1 for a monkey, and FIG. 6T
shows a mind-blown sticker for boy avatar), but the sticker has a
custom appearance that corresponds to the characteristics of the
avatar upon which the sticker's appearance is based. For example,
mind-blown robot sticker 690-2 includes an appearance that shows
mechanical parts 692 such as cogs, bolts, and springs exploding
from the robot's head. In some embodiments, other avatars of a
similar type (e.g., predefined, based on non-human character) can
include similar poses but with different custom appearances based
specifically on the characteristics of the avatar (e.g., a
mind-blown unicorn sticker with glitter dust).
[0261] In some embodiments, stickers that are based on user-created
avatars or avatars based on a non-human character all have stickers
with the same poses. For example, the sticker poses shown for
beanie stickers 642 are the same as the sticker poses shown for boy
stickers 662 (e.g., same poses, but different appearances based on
the different avatars).
[0262] In FIG. 6U, device 600 detects input 694 on beanie
representation 622-2 and, in response, displays beanie
representation 622-2 selected in region 618, and beanie stickers
642 replacing robot stickers 690 in sticker region 620, as shown in
FIG. 6V. Beanie stickers 642 include the same poses as boy stickers
662, including thumbs up beanie sticker 642-1 corresponding to
thumbs up boy sticker 662-1 and heart-eyes beanie sticker 642-2
corresponding to heart-eyes boy sticker 662-2.
[0263] FIG. 7 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for
displaying avatars in a stickers application user interface using
an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. Method
700 is performed at a device (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600) with a
display and an input device. Some operations in method 700 are,
optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are,
optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally,
omitted.
[0264] As described below, method 700 provides an intuitive way for
displaying avatars in a stickers application user interface. The
method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for displaying
avatars in a stickers application user interface, thereby creating
a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated
computing devices, enabling a user to display avatars in a stickers
application user interface faster and more efficiently conserves
power and increases the time between battery charges.
[0265] An electronic device (e.g., 600) receives (702) a request
(e.g., 616; 656) (e.g., selection of a user interface object (e.g.,
an affordance) associated with displaying the sticker user
interface) (e.g., selection of a representation of a set of
stickers) (e.g., a gesture on a set of stickers to display the
representations of sets of stickers), via the one or more input
devices (e.g., 601), to display a sticker user interface (e.g.,
615) (e.g., a single user interface displaying stickers that may be
selected for use in an application such as, for example, a
messaging application).
[0266] In response to receiving the request to display the sticker
user interface, the electronic device (e.g., 600) displays (704),
via the display device (e.g., 601), a sticker user interface (e.g.,
615) that includes representations (e.g., 622) of a plurality of
sets of stickers based on user-created avatars (e.g., an avatar
that can be created and, optionally, customized by the user). In
some embodiments user-created avatars include customizable (e.g.,
selectable or configurable) avatar features. In some embodiments, a
user-created avatar includes an avatar modeled to represent a human
character, and the customizable avatar features generally
correspond to physical traits of a human. For example, such an
avatar may include a representation of a person having various
physical, human features or characteristics (e.g., an older woman
with a dark skin tone and having long, straight, brown hair). Such
an avatar would also include a representation of a person having
various non-human characteristics that are typically associated
with an appearance of a human (e.g., cosmetic enhancements, hats,
glasses, etc.). A user-created avatar does not include an avatar
that is generated without input from the user to select features of
the avatar.
[0267] In some embodiments, the representations of a plurality of
sets of stickers based on user-created avatars are displayed in a
first region (e.g., 618) (e.g., a sticker carousel) of the user
interface. In some embodiments, the first region further includes
one or more representations (e.g., 622-1) of sets of stickers based
on avatars that are not user-created avatars (e.g., an avatar that
cannot be created or customized by the user). In some embodiments,
the sticker carousel can be scrolled (e.g., horizontally) (e.g., in
response to a gesture such as, for example, a swipe gesture) to
display additional representations of sets of stickers and other
options displayed in the sticker carousel. In some embodiments,
avatars that cannot be created or customized by the user include
avatars that are modeled to represent non-human characters. In some
embodiments, avatars modeled to represent a non-human character
include, for example, a non-human character that is an
anthropomorphic construct (e.g., a stylized animal, a stylized
robot, or a stylization of a normally inanimate or normally inhuman
object)). In some embodiments, such avatars include an avatar
having customizable (e.g., selectable or configurable) avatar
features that generally correspond to non-human traits and
features. In some embodiments, such an avatar would not include a
representation of a person having various physical, human features
or characteristics (e.g., a young child having a round face and
short, wavy hair), even if some of the customizable features of the
human avatar include non-human characteristics (e.g., cosmetic
enhancements, hats, glasses, or other inhuman objects that are
typically associated with an appearance of a human). Displaying the
first region having one or more representations of sets of stickers
based on avatars that are not user-created avatars reduces the
number of inputs to perform the technical task of locating and
selecting stickers for display in an application. Reducing the
number of inputs needed to perform a task enhances the operability
of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient
(e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing
user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which,
additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the
device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and
efficiently.
[0268] In some embodiments, the first region further includes a
creation user interface object (e.g., 626) (e.g., a creation
affordance) that, when selected, displays a user interface (e.g.,
632) for creating a user-created avatar (e.g., a new user-created
avatar). Displaying such a creation user interface object reduces
the number of inputs needed to access a user interface to perform
the technical task of generating an avatar. Reducing the number of
inputs needed to perform a task enhances the operability of the
device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by
helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user
mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which,
additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the
device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and
efficiently.
[0269] In some embodiments, after detecting generation of a new
user-created avatar, the electronic device displays, in the first
region, a representation (e.g., 622-4) of a set of stickers based
on the new user-created avatar.
[0270] In some embodiments, displaying the sticker user interface
(e.g., 615) further includes, in accordance with a determination
that the request to display the sticker user interface is a first
received request (e.g., 616) to display the sticker user interface
(e.g., the first time the electronic device receives the request to
display the sticker user interface), displaying the sticker user
interface having the first region (e.g., 618). In some embodiments,
displaying the sticker user interface further includes, in
accordance with a determination that the request to display the
sticker user interface is a subsequent received request (e.g., 656)
to display the sticker user interface (e.g., not the first time the
electronic device receives the request to display the sticker user
interface), displaying the sticker user interface without the first
region (e.g., see sticker user interface 615 in FIG. 6L).
[0271] In some embodiments, while displaying the sticker user
interface without the first region (e.g., see sticker user
interface 615 in FIG. 6L) (e.g., the sticker user interface is
displayed showing the stickers, but not the representations of the
sets stickers), the electronic device receives a first input (e.g.,
658). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first
input, in accordance with a determination that the first input
satisfies a first set of criteria (e.g., the input includes a
movement in a downward direction and originates on the displayed
stickers), the electronic device displays the first region (e.g.,
updating the sticker user interface to include the first region)
(e.g., see FIG. 6M).
[0272] In some embodiments, the set of stickers based on the first
avatar (e.g., beanie avatar 636) have a first set of sticker poses
(e.g., poses shown in stickers 642) and the set of stickers based
on the second avatar have the first set of sticker poses (e.g.
poses shown in stickers 662) (e.g., all sets of stickers that are
based on user-created avatars have the same poses and facial
expressions, but have different appearances that are based on the
specific user-created avatar upon which each set of stickers is
based). In some embodiments, a respective one of the sets of
stickers based on user-created avatars is displayed in response to
detecting a selection of a respective one of the representations of
a plurality of sets of stickers based on user-created avatars.
Displaying a set of stickers in response to detecting a selection
of a representation of a set of stickers based on a user-created
avatar reduces the number of inputs to perform the technical task
of generating a sticker. Reducing the number of inputs needed to
perform a task enhances the operability of the device and makes the
user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to
provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the
user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0273] In some embodiments, displaying the sticker user interface
(e.g., 615) further includes displaying a representation (e.g.,
662-5) of a set of stickers based on a first predefined avatar
(e.g., robot avatar) (e.g., predefined or preexisting avatars,
avatars that are not created by the user, avatars that cannot be
created by the user). In some embodiments, avatars that cannot be
created or customized by the user include avatars that are modeled
to represent non-human characters. In some embodiments, avatars
modeled to represent a non-human character include, for example, a
non-human character that is an anthropomorphic construct (e.g., a
stylized animal, a stylized robot, or a stylization of a normally
inanimate or normally inhuman object)). In some embodiments, such
avatars include an avatar having customizable (e.g., selectable or
configurable) avatar features that generally correspond to
non-human traits and features. In some embodiments, such an avatar
would not include a representation of a person having various
physical, human features or characteristics (e.g., a young child
having a round face and short, wavy hair), even if some of the
customizable features of the human avatar include non-human
characteristics (e.g., cosmetic enhancements, hats, glasses, or
other inhuman objects that are typically associated with an
appearance of a human). In some embodiments, the set of stickers
(e.g., 690) based on the first predefined avatar have a second set
of sticker poses (e.g., see stickers 690 in FIG. 6U) (e.g., each of
the sets of stickers for the predefined avatars have a set of poses
and facial expressions) that are different than the first set of
sticker poses (e.g., see stickers 662 in FIG. 6T) (e.g., the
collection of poses and facial expressions for the sets of stickers
for the predefined avatar are different from the collection of
poses and facial expressions for the sets of stickers for the
user-created avatar). In some embodiments, a subset of the poses
and facial expressions for the sets of stickers for the predefined
avatars are the same as a subset of the poses and facial
expressions for the sets of stickers for the user-created avatars
(e.g., some of the sticker poses and facial expressions are common
to the sets of stickers for the predefined avatars and the sets of
stickers for the user-created avatars). In some embodiments, a
subset of the poses and facial expressions for a respective set of
stickers for the predefined avatars are the same as a subset of the
poses and facial expressions for the other sets of stickers for the
predefined avatar (e.g., some of the sticker poses and facial
expressions are common to different sets of stickers for the
predefined avatars). In some embodiments, the set of stickers based
on the first non-user-created avatar is displayed in response to
detecting a selection of the representation of the set of stickers
based on the first non-user-created avatar.
[0274] In some embodiments, the set of stickers (e.g., 690) based
on the first predefined avatar (e.g., an avatar representing an
animated character that was not created by the user such as a
unicorn avatar) includes a sticker having a first sticker pose
(e.g., mind-blown robot sticker 690-2) (e.g., a sticker depicting
an exploding head pose/expression). In some embodiments, displaying
the sticker user interface further includes displaying a
representation of a set of stickers based on a second predefined
avatar (e.g., see stickers 624 in FIG. 6C) (e.g., an avatar
representing an animated character that was not created by the user
such as a robot avatar, an avatar that cannot be created or
customized by the user). In some embodiments, avatars that cannot
be created or customized by the user include avatars that are
modeled to represent non-human characters. In some embodiments,
avatars modeled to represent a non-human character include, for
example, a non-human character that is an anthropomorphic construct
(e.g., a stylized animal, a stylized robot, or a stylization of a
normally inanimate or normally inhuman object)). In some
embodiments, such avatars include an avatar having customizable
(e.g., selectable or configurable) avatar features that generally
correspond to non-human traits and features. In some embodiments,
such an avatar would not include a representation of a person
having various physical, human features or characteristics (e.g., a
young child having a round face and short, wavy hair), even if some
of the customizable features of the human avatar include non-human
characteristics (e.g., cosmetic enhancements, hats, glasses, or
other inhuman objects that are typically associated with an
appearance of a human). In some embodiments, the set of stickers
based on the second predefined avatar includes a sticker having the
first sticker pose (e.g., see mind-blown monkey sticker 624-1 in
FIG. 6C). In some embodiments, the sticker having the first sticker
pose for the first predefined avatar includes a graphical element
(e.g., mechanical parts 692) (e.g., glitter dust or cogs)
corresponding to the first predefined avatar that is not included
in the sticker having the first sticker pose for the second
predefined avatar. In some embodiments, the sets of stickers for
the predefined avatars include stickers that are unique to the set
of stickers and incorporate a set of characteristics that are
unique to the predefined avatar. For example, in the case of a
"mind blown" unicorn sticker, the sticker has the appearance of a
unicorn head with a top portion of the unicorn's head removed and
displaying an exploded state of the unicorn's brain that includes
glitter dust emanating from the unicorn brain. The appearance of
the glitter dust in the "mind blown" sticker is unique to the
unicorn stickers and corresponds to the mystical characteristics of
the unicorn avatar. As another example, in the case of a "mind
blown" robot sticker, the sticker has the appearance of a robot
head with the top removed and displaying an exploded state of the
robot's brain that includes cogs springing from the robot brain.
The appearance of the cogs in the "mind blown" sticker is unique to
the robot stickers and corresponds to the mechanical
characteristics of the robot avatar.
[0275] In some embodiments, the first set of sticker poses includes
at least one sticker pose (e.g., thumbs up sticker 662-1) (e.g., a
sticker pose that includes hands) not included in the second set of
sticker poses. In some embodiments, the excluded sticker poses
include poses that display body parts other than a head. Stickers
having such poses may include, for example, a "thumbs up" sticker,
a "fist bump" sticker, a "hug" sticker, etc.
[0276] In some embodiments, displaying the sticker user interface
further includes displaying a keyboard display region (e.g., 605),
the keyboard display region including a plurality of emojis (e.g.,
609) and the representations of the plurality of sets of stickers
based on user-created avatars (e.g., sticker region 610). In some
embodiments, the electronic device detects selection (e.g., 656) of
one of the representations (e.g., 614-2 in FIG. 6K) of the
plurality of sets of stickers based on user-created avatars. In
some embodiments, in response to detecting the selection of the one
of the representations of the plurality of sets of stickers based
on user-created avatars, the electronic device displays, in the
keyboard display region, a plurality of stickers (e.g., 642) in a
set of stickers based on user-created avatars. In some embodiments,
displaying the plurality of stickers in the keyboard display region
includes ceasing to display the emojis. In some embodiments, the
representations of the sets of stickers are displayed in a
different location in the keyboard display region when the
plurality of stickers are displayed. Displaying, in response to
detecting the selection of the one of the representations of the
plurality of sets of stickers based on user-created avatars, a
plurality of stickers in a set of stickers based on user-created
avatars in the keyboard display region reduces the number of inputs
to perform the technical task of generating a sticker for
communication in a messaging application (e.g., by reducing the
number of menu options needed to locate and select a desired
sticker). Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform a task
enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device
interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide
proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting
with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and
improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the
device more quickly and efficiently.
[0277] Displaying (704) the sticker user interface (e.g., 615)
includes, in accordance with a determination that the user has
created a first set of two or more user-created avatars including a
first avatar (e.g., beanie avatar 636) (e.g., an avatar that is
created by the user to model a man) and a second avatar (e.g., an
avatar that is created by the user to model a woman), displaying
(706) (e.g., concurrently displaying) representations (e.g., 622)
of a first plurality of sets of stickers (e.g., static
representations of avatars upon which the corresponding sets of
stickers are based such as, for example, representations of the
user-created avatars). The representations of the first plurality
of sets of stickers include a representation (e.g., 622-2) of a set
of stickers based on the first avatar (e.g., a static
representation of the first avatar having a static pose and an
appearance based on the first avatar including features used to
create the first avatar (e.g., a hat, sunglasses, hair style/color,
skin tone, etc.)) and a representation (e.g., 622-3) of a set of
stickers based on the second avatar (e.g., a static representation
of the second avatar having a static pose and an appearance based
on the second avatar including features used to create the second
avatar (e.g., a hat, sunglasses, hair style/color, skin tone,
etc.)). Displaying representations of sets of stickers when a set
of avatars has been created reduces the number of inputs to perform
the technical task of generating and selecting a sticker for
communication in a messaging application (e.g., by reducing the
number of menu options needed to locate and select a desired
sticker). Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform a task
enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device
interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide
proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting
with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and
improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the
device more quickly and efficiently.
[0278] Displaying (704) the sticker user interface (e.g., 615)
includes, in accordance with a determination that the user has
created a second set of two or more user-created avatars including
a third avatar (e.g., boy avatar 672) not included in the first set
of two or more user-created avatars (e.g., an avatar that is
created by the user to model a child), displaying (708) (e.g.,
concurrently) representations of a second plurality of sets of
stickers that is different from the representations of the first
plurality of sets of stickers. In some embodiments, the
representations of the second plurality of sets of stickers include
a representation (e.g., 622-4) of a set of stickers based on the
third avatar that was not included in the representations of the
first plurality of sets of stickers (e.g., a static representation
of the third avatar having a static pose and an appearance based on
the third avatar including features used to create the third avatar
(e.g., a hat, sunglasses, hair style/color, skin tone, etc.)). In
some embodiments, the sets of stickers based on the respective
avatars and the corresponding representations of the sets of
stickers are generated (e.g., automatically (e.g., without
subsequent user input after the avatar is created)) in response to
detecting generation of the respective avatars (e.g., the first,
second, and third avatars). In some embodiments, the
representations of the first and/or second plurality of sets of
stickers include representations of avatars that are not
user-created. Displaying a different representation of sets of
stickers when a new avatar has been created reduces the number of
inputs to perform the technical task of generating and selecting a
sticker for communication in a messaging application (e.g., by
reducing the number of menu options needed to locate and select a
desired sticker). Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform a
task enhances the operability of the device and makes the
user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to
provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the
user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0279] In some embodiments, the electronic device detects a
selection (e.g., 694) of the representation of the set of stickers
based on the first avatar (e.g., beanie representation 622-2 in
FIG. 6U) (e.g., a selection of one of the representations of a set
of stickers based on the first, second, or third avatar). In some
embodiments, the representation is selected by default (e.g., upon
display of the sticker user interface). In some embodiments, the
representation is selected in response to a user input. In some
embodiments, in response to detecting the selection of the
representation of the set of stickers based on the first avatar,
the electronic device concurrently displays, with the selected
representation (e.g., 622-2), a plurality of stickers (e.g., 642)
in the set of stickers based on the first avatar (e.g., graphical
objects that have an appearance based on an avatar (e.g., a
user-created avatar) and having different poses and facial
expressions), the plurality of stickers having an appearance based
on the first avatar. In some embodiments, the stickers correspond
to a selected one of the representations (e.g., the stickers have
an appearance based on the avatar associated with the selected
representation). When a different representation is selected, the
stickers associated with the previously selected representation are
replaced with a set of stickers associated with the newly selected
representation. In some embodiments, the stickers include
additional features that are displayed to modify an appearance of
the avatar in order to convey a particular expression, emotion,
sentiment, etc. For example, stickers can include a heart over the
avatar's eyes to convey love or a tear under the avatar's eye(s) to
convey sadness. In some embodiments, the stickers include slight
modifications to the appearance of the avatar, such as altering a
portion of the avatar while still retaining an overall recognizable
representation of the avatar. An example of one such modification
is a "mind blown" sticker in which the sticker is a representation
of the avatar with a top portion of the avatar's head removed and
displaying an exploded state of the avatar's brain.
[0280] In some embodiments, the plurality of stickers in the set of
stickers based on the first avatar includes a first sticker (e.g.,
642-1) having a first pose (e.g., thumbs up pose) and an appearance
based on the first avatar, and a second sticker (e.g., 642-2)
having a second pose (e.g., heart eyes) different from the first
pose and an appearance based on the first avatar (e.g., beanie
avatar 636) (e.g., the stickers in the set of stickers have a set
of different poses and an appearance based on the first avatar). In
some embodiments, while displaying the plurality of stickers in the
set of stickers based on the first avatar, the electronic device
detects a selection of the representation (e.g., 622-4) of the set
of stickers based on the second avatar. In some embodiments, in
response to detecting the selection of the representation of the
set of stickers based on the second avatar, the electronic device
ceases to display the plurality of stickers in the set of stickers
based on the first avatar. In some embodiments, in response to
detecting the selection of the representation of the set of
stickers based on the second avatar, the electronic device displays
the plurality of stickers (e.g., 662) in the set of stickers based
on the second avatar. In some embodiments, the set of stickers
based on the second avatar includes a third sticker (e.g., 662-1)
having the first pose (e.g., thumbs up pose) and an appearance
based on the second avatar (e.g., boy avatar 672), and a fourth
sticker (e.g., 662-2) having the second pose (e.g., heart eyes) and
an appearance based on the second avatar (e.g., the first set of
stickers having the appearance of the first avatar and the set of
poses are replaced with a second set of stickers having the same
set of poses, but an appearance that is instead based on the second
avatar). Displaying stickers having same sets of poses, but
different appearances based on the respective avatar (e.g., a
user-created avatar), allows a user to quickly and easily compose
messages to express a known sentiment that is based on the poses,
while still respecting the user's personal and artistic preferences
with stickers of avatars having different appearances. This
provides an improved control scheme for generating custom messages,
which can require fewer inputs to generate the custom messages than
would be necessary if a different control scheme were used (e.g., a
control scheme requiring generation of individual, custom poses).
Moreover, this type of control can be done in real time during, for
example, a conversation such as a text conversation or a video
conversation, whereas manual control to build a sticker would have
to be done before the conversation started or after it had ended.
Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform a task enhances the
operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more
efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and
reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)
which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life
of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly
and efficiently.
[0281] In some embodiments, one or more of the plurality of
stickers are animated (e.g., the stickers are shown winking,
waving, making facial expressions, etc.).
[0282] In some embodiments, after displaying the sticker user
interface, the electronic device receives a request (e.g., 638) to
redisplay the sticker user interface. In some embodiments, in
response to receiving the request to redisplay the sticker user
interface, the electronic device redisplays, via the display
device, the sticker user interface (e.g., sticker user interface
615 is redisplayed in FIG. 6H). In some embodiments, redisplaying
the sticker user interface includes in accordance with a
determination that the user has created a fourth avatar (e.g., 636)
not included in the first or second sets of two or more
user-created avatars (e.g., the user has created a new avatar),
displaying (e.g., concurrently) representations (e.g.,
representations 622 shown in FIG. 6H) of a third plurality of sets
of stickers. In some embodiments, the representations of the third
plurality of sets of stickers includes a representation (e.g.,
622-2) of a set of stickers based on the fourth avatar that was not
included in the representations of the first or second plurality of
sets of stickers (e.g., as another example, sticker user interface
615 is redisplayed in FIG. 6N, after receiving a series of inputs
to create boy avatar 672, and includes newly displayed boy
representation 622-4 and boy stickers 662). In some embodiments,
displaying the representation of the set of stickers includes
concurrently displaying at least a portion of the set of stickers
based on (e.g., having an appearance based on) the fourth avatar.
For example, when the sticker UI is redisplayed, the representation
of the set of stickers based on the fourth avatar is selected, and
at least a portion of the stickers in the set are displayed having
different appearances based on the appearance of the fourth avatar.
Redisplaying the sticker user interface to display stickers after a
user has created an avatar reduces the number of inputs to perform
the technical task of generating a sticker (e.g., for sending in a
message conversation). Reducing the number of inputs needed to
perform a task enhances the operability of the device and makes the
user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to
provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the
user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0283] In some embodiments, the representation (e.g., 622-2) of the
set of stickers based on the first avatar has an appearance of one
of the stickers in the set of stickers based on the first avatar.
In some embodiments, the representation (e.g., 622-4) of the set of
stickers based on the second avatar has an appearance of one of the
stickers in the set of stickers based on the second avatar. In some
embodiments, the representation of the set of stickers based on the
third avatar has an appearance of one of the stickers in the set of
stickers based on the third avatar.
[0284] In some embodiments, displaying the sticker user interface
further includes displaying an edit user interface object (e.g.,
665) (e.g., edit affordance) that, when selected, displays an edit
interface (e.g., 670) for editing a respective user-created
avatar.
[0285] In some embodiments, displaying the sticker user interface
further includes displaying a plurality of stickers (e.g., 662) in
a set of stickers based on the respective user-created avatar
(e.g., 672), wherein the plurality of stickers have an appearance
that is based on a first appearance of the respective user-created
avatar (e.g., boy stickers 662 in FIG. 6O). In some embodiments,
displaying the sticker user interface further includes detecting a
series of inputs (e.g., 668, 676, 678) corresponding to a request
to edit the respective user-created avatar from the first
appearance to a second appearance (e.g., from a first hairstyle to
a second hairstyle) (e.g., a series of inputs that include
selection of the edit affordance and interaction with the edit
interface to edit the respective user-created avatar). In some
embodiments, displaying the sticker user interface further includes
detecting a request (e.g., 678) to display the plurality of
stickers in the set of stickers based on the respective
user-created avatar (e.g., exiting the edit interface) (e.g.,
detecting a selection of a representation of the set of stickers
based on the respective user-created avatar). In some embodiments,
displaying the sticker user interface further includes, in response
to detecting the request to display the plurality of stickers in
the set of stickers based on the respective user-created avatar,
displaying the plurality of stickers (e.g., stickers 662 in FIG.
6R) in the set of stickers based on the respective user-created
avatar. In some embodiments, stickers of the set of stickers have
an updated appearance that is based on the second appearance of the
respective user-created avatar (e.g., stickers 662 in FIG. 6R
having the second hairstyle) (e.g., the stickers in the set of
stickers based on the respective user-created avatar are
changed/updated when the respective user-created avatar is
changed/updated). In some embodiments, an appearance of a
representation of the set of stickers based on the respective
user-created avatar is updated when the respective user-created
avatar is changed/updated. Automatically updating the appearance of
a representation of a sticker after a user has created/updated the
avatar reduces the number of inputs to perform the technical task
of generating a sticker. Reducing the number of inputs needed to
perform a task enhances the operability of the device and makes the
user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to
provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the
user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0286] In some embodiments, editing the respective user-created
avatar using the edit interface (e.g., 670) changes an appearance
of the respective user-created avatar in the sticker user interface
and in user interfaces other than the sticker user interface (e.g.,
the edit interface changes the appearance of the respective
user-created avatar throughout the operating system, including
instances in which the respective user-created avatar is displayed
in different applications such as, for example, a camera
application, a video communication application, a messaging
application, a media display application, etc.). For example, in a
camera application and a video communication application, a
representation of the respective user-created avatar can be
displayed in the field of view of the camera. When the appearance
of the respective user-created avatar is changed in the sticker
user interface, the changes to the appearance of the respective
user-created avatar are also applied to the representation of the
respective user-created avatar in the camera application and video
communication application. In a messaging application, a
participant in a message conversation can be represented using the
respective user-created avatar. When the appearance of the
respective user-created avatar is changed in the sticker user
interface, the changes to the appearance of the respective
user-created avatar are also applied to the respective user-created
avatar in the message conversation of the messaging application. A
media display application such as a photo-viewing application or a
video-viewing application, can include a representation of the
respective user-created avatar in the media item. When the
appearance of the respective user-created avatar is changed in the
sticker user interface, the changes to the appearance of the
respective user-created avatar are also applied to the
representation of the respective user-created avatar in the media
item viewed in the media display application. Updating an
appearance of an avatar throughout various user interfaces, in
response to detecting changes made to an avatar in the sticker user
interface reduces the number of inputs to perform the technical
task of generating or updating an avatar for use in different
applications. Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform a
task enhances the operability of the device and makes the
user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to
provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the
user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0287] Note that details of the processes described above with
respect to method 700 (e.g., FIG. 7) are also applicable in an
analogous manner to the methods described below. For example,
methods 800, 1000, 1200, 1300, 1500, 1700, and 1800 optionally
includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods
described above with reference to method 700. For example, a
sticker can be displayed and used in a user interface in a manner
similar to that described above. For brevity, these details are not
repeated below.
[0288] FIG. 8 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for
displaying avatars in an avatar keyboard application user interface
using an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
Method 800 is performed at a device (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600) with
a display and one or more input devices. Some operations in method
800 are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are,
optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally,
omitted.
[0289] As described below, method 800 provides an intuitive way for
displaying avatars in an avatar keyboard application user
interface. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for
displaying avatars in an avatar keyboard application user
interface, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine
interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user
to display avatars in an avatar keyboard application user interface
faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time
between battery charges.
[0290] The electronic device (e.g., 600) displays (802), via the
display device (e.g., 601), a content creation user interface
(e.g., 603) (e.g., a document creation user interface or a message
compose user interface) (e.g., a single interface screen).
[0291] While displaying the content creation user interface (e.g.,
603), the electronic device (e.g., 600) receives (804), via the one
or more input devices, a request (e.g., 604) to display a first
display region (e.g., 605) (e.g., a keyboard display region) (e.g.,
an emoji keyboard display region) (e.g., a sticker keyboard display
region). In some embodiments, the first display region includes a
plurality of graphical objects (e.g., 612; 609) (e.g., stickers)
(e.g., emoji) that correspond to predefined content for insertion
into the content creation user interface.
[0292] Displaying (804) the first display region (e.g., 605), in
response to receiving the request, includes: in response to
receiving the request, displaying (806), via the display device
(e.g., 601), the first display region including a first subset of
graphical objects (e.g., 612) (e.g., stickers) (e.g., a subset of
the plurality of graphical objects in the first display region)
that have an appearance based on a set of avatars (e.g., avatars
such as, for example, an avatar modeled to represent a human
character, an avatar modeled to represent a non-human character, an
avatar that can be created and/or customized by the user, and an
avatar that cannot be created or customized by the user) available
at the electronic device (e.g., 600) (e.g., stickers that have an
appearance based on a respective avatar and having different poses
and facial expressions). In some embodiments, the stickers include
additional features that are displayed to modify the respective
avatar in order to convey a particular expression, emotion,
sentiment, etc. For example, stickers can include a heart over the
avatar's eyes to convey love or a tear under the avatar's eye(s) to
convey sadness. In some embodiments, the stickers include slight
modifications to the appearance of the avatar, such as altering a
portion of the avatar while still retaining an overall recognizable
representation of the avatar. An example of one such modification
is a "mind blown" sticker in which the sticker is a representation
of the avatar with a top portion of the avatar's head removed and
displaying an exploded state of the avatar's brain. In some
embodiments avatars modeled to represent a human include
customizable (e.g., selectable or configurable) avatar features
that generally correspond to physical traits of a human. For
example, such an avatar may include a representation of a person
having various physical, human features or characteristics (e.g.,
an older woman with a dark skin tone and having long, straight,
brown hair). Such an avatar would also include a representation of
a person having various non-human characteristics that are
typically associated with an appearance of a human (e.g., cosmetic
enhancements, hats, glasses, etc.). In some embodiments, such an
avatar would not include an anthropomorphic construct such as a
stylized animal, a stylized robot, or a stylization of a normally
inanimate or normally inhuman object. In some embodiments, avatars
modeled to represent a non-human character include, for example, a
non-human character that is an anthropomorphic construct (e.g., a
stylized animal, a stylized robot, or a stylization of a normally
inanimate or normally inhuman object)). In some embodiments, such
avatars include an avatar having customizable (e.g., selectable or
configurable) avatar features that generally correspond to
non-human traits and features. In some embodiments, such an avatar
would not include a representation of a person having various
physical, human features or characteristics (e.g., a young child
having a round face and short, wavy hair), even if some of the
customizable features of the human avatar include non-human
characteristics (e.g., cosmetic enhancements, hats, glasses, or
other inhuman objects that are typically associated with an
appearance of a human).
[0293] Displaying (806) the first display region (e.g., 605)
including a first subset (e.g., 610) of graphical objects (e.g.,
612) that have an appearance based on a set of avatars available at
the electronic device includes, in accordance with a determination
that the set of avatars includes an avatar of a first type (e.g.,
an avatar that can be created and/or customized by a user of the
electronic device) (e.g., an avatar modeled to represent a human
character), displaying (808) one (e.g., one or more) of the
graphical objects (e.g., 642-1 in FIG. 6I) in the first subset
having an appearance based on the avatar of the first type (e.g.,
beanie avatar 636). In some embodiments, when the set of avatars
includes one that is customizable, creatable, and/or modeled to
represent a human character, the displayed stickers include one or
more stickers that are derived from (e.g., having an appearance
based on) the avatar. In some embodiments, these are referred to as
stickers of a first type. In some embodiments, the stickers of a
first type include stickers that are suggested by the electronic
device based on a history of usage of the stickers of the first
type (e.g., suggesting stickers that have been used recently and/or
frequently).
[0294] Displaying (806) the first display region (e.g., 605)
including a first subset of graphical objects (e.g., 612) that have
an appearance based on a set of avatars available at the electronic
device includes in accordance with a determination that the set of
avatars does not include any avatars of the first type, displaying
(810) the graphical objects (e.g., 612-1; 612-2; 612-3) in the
first subset having an appearance based on an avatar of a second
type (e.g., an avatar that cannot be created and/or customized by a
user of the electronic device) (e.g., an avatar modeled to
represent a non-human character) different from the first type,
without displaying one (e.g., one or more) of the graphical objects
in the first subset having an appearance based on the avatar of the
first type. In some embodiments, when the set of avatars does not
include one that is customizable, creatable, and/or modeled to
represent a human, the displayed stickers are derived from (e.g.,
having an appearance based on) an avatar that is a non-human
character and/or is not created or customizable by the user. In
some embodiments, these are referred to as stickers of a second
type. Displaying only avatars of a second type when an avatar of a
first type is not available provides feedback to the user that no
avatars of the first type are currently available at the device,
and encourages the user to create an avatar of the first type.
Providing improved feedback enhances the operability of the device
and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by
helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user
mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which,
additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the
device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and
efficiently.
[0295] In some embodiments, the avatar of the first type is a
user-created avatar (e.g., beanie avatar 636; boy avatar 672)
(e.g., an avatar that can be created and, optionally, customized by
the user), and the avatar of the second type is a predefined avatar
(e.g., robot, monkey, poop) (e.g., an avatar of a type other than a
user-created avatar) (e.g., an avatar that cannot be created and/or
customized by a user of the electronic device). In some embodiments
user-created avatars include customizable (e.g., selectable or
configurable) avatar features.
[0296] In some embodiments, the avatar of the first type is based
on a human character (e.g., beanie avatar 636; boy avatar 672)
(e.g., an avatar modeled to represent a human), and the avatar of
the second type is based on a non-human character (e.g., monkey,
poop, robot) (e.g., an avatar modeled to represent an animal such
as a pig, cat, dog, shark, and the like; a mythical character such
as a unicorn, dragon, and alien; an anthropomorphized object such
as a robot and poop; and/or a stylized expression such as an
emoji). In some embodiments, avatars modeled to represent a
non-human character include, for example, a non-human character
that is an anthropomorphic construct (e.g., a stylized animal, a
stylized robot, or a stylization of a normally inanimate or
normally inhuman object)). In some embodiments, such avatars
include an avatar having customizable (e.g., selectable or
configurable) avatar features that generally correspond to
non-human traits and features. In some embodiments, such an avatar
would not include a representation of a person having various
physical, human features or characteristics (e.g., a young child
having a round face and short, wavy hair), even if some of the
customizable features of the human avatar include non-human
characteristics (e.g., cosmetic enhancements, hats, glasses, or
other inhuman objects that are typically associated with an
appearance of a human).
[0297] In some embodiments, displaying the first display region
further includes displaying a sticker user interface object (e.g.,
614) (e.g., a sticker affordance). In some embodiments, the
electronic device receives an input (e.g., 616; 656) directed to
the sticker user interface object. In some embodiments, in response
to receiving the input directed to the sticker user interface
object, the electronic device ceases to display the first display
region (e.g., 605). In some embodiments, in response to receiving
the input directed to the sticker user interface object, the
electronic device displays a sticker user interface (e.g., 615)
(e.g., a user interface displaying stickers that may be selected
for use in the content creation user interface). In some
embodiments, the sticker user interface including a second
plurality of graphical objects (e.g., stickers 624; stickers 642)
that correspond to predefined content for insertion into the
content creation user interface. In some embodiments, the sticker
user interface is displayed concurrently with a portion of the
content creation user interface (e.g., a message display region).
In some embodiments, the sticker user interface replaces the
sticker keyboard display region. Displaying a set of graphical
objects that correspond to predefined content for insertion into
the content creation user interface allows a user to quickly and
easily compose messages to express a known sentiment that is based
on the predefined content. This provides an improved control scheme
for generating messages, which can require fewer inputs to generate
the messages than would be necessary if a different control scheme
were used (e.g., a control scheme requiring generation of
individual, custom content). Moreover, this type of control can be
done in real time during, for example, a conversation such as a
text conversation or a video conversation, whereas manual control
to build a graphical object would have to be done before the
conversation started or after it had ended.
[0298] In some embodiments, displaying the sticker user interface
object includes displaying the sticker user interface object having
a first appearance (e.g., 614 in FIG. 6B) that includes a plurality
of representations (e.g., 614-1; 614-2) of avatars of the first
type (e.g., the sticker affordance includes representations of
stickers that are based on appearances of avatars of the first
type). In some embodiments, the affordance also includes one or
more representations of avatars of the second type. Displaying the
sticker user interface object having a plurality of representations
of avatars of the first type provides a feedback to the user that
selection of the sticker user interface object will allow the user
to access stickers of avatars of the first type. Providing improved
feedback enhances the operability of the device and makes the
user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to
provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the
user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0299] In some embodiments, after displaying the sticker user
interface object (e.g., 614) having the first appearance (e.g., 614
in FIG. 6B), the electronic device receives a series of inputs
corresponding to a request to create a third avatar (e.g., 636) of
the first type. In some embodiments, the electronic device receives
a request (e.g., 644) to redisplay the first display region. In
some embodiments, in response to receiving the request to redisplay
the first display region, the electronic device displays the
sticker user interface object (e.g., 614) having a second
appearance (e.g., 614 in FIG. 6I) that includes a representation
(e.g., 614-2) of the third avatar of the first type (e.g., the
keyboard display region is redisplayed having the sticker user
interface object, and the sticker user interface object includes a
representation of a sticker having an appearance based on the
created avatar of the first type). In some embodiments, the sticker
user interface object also includes one or more representations of
avatars of the first type. In some embodiments, the sticker user
interface object also includes one or more representations of
avatars of the second type. Redisplaying the sticker user interface
object having a different appearance that is updated to reflect a
newly created avatar provides feedback to the user that creating
additional avatars will update the sticker user interface object to
display the additional avatars. Providing improved feedback
enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device
interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide
proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting
with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and
improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the
device more quickly and efficiently.
[0300] In some embodiments, displaying the sticker user interface
object (e.g., 614) having the first appearance includes displaying
an animated sequence of the representations of avatars of the first
type and representations of avatars of the second type. In some
embodiments, the animation includes showing a representation of a
first sticker on the sticker user interface object having an
animation (e.g., smiling, moving, etc.), then replacing the
representation of the first sticker with a representation of a
second sticker having an animation, and so on. In some embodiments,
the representations of stickers in the animation include
representations of stickers of the first type and representations
of stickers of the second type. Displaying the sticker user
interface object having an animation in which representations of
avatars are displayed cycling across provides feedback to the user
no such avatars are available at the device, and informs the user
that selection of the sticker user interface object will allow the
user to create such avatars. Providing improved feedback enhances
the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface
more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs
and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the
device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves
battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device
more quickly and efficiently.
[0301] In some embodiments, displaying the sticker user interface
(e.g., 615) further includes, in accordance with a determination
that the set of avatars does not include any avatars of the first
type, displaying a creation user interface object (e.g., 626)
(e.g., creation affordance) that, when selected, displays a
creation user interface (e.g., 632) for creating an avatar of the
first type. In some embodiments, when the set of avatars does not
include any avatars of the first type, a plurality of
representations (e.g., 622 in FIG. 6C) (e.g., 622-1; 622-5) of sets
of stickers for avatars of the second type are displayed in the
sticker user interface. In some embodiments, one of the
representations of the sets of stickers for the avatars of the
second type is displayed having a selected state and a set of
stickers (e.g., 624; 690) of the second type corresponding to the
selected representation is displayed.
[0302] In some embodiments, displaying the first display region
further includes displaying a plurality of emojis (e.g., 609)
(e.g., predefined emoji in predefined categories or predefined
emoji selected based on prior user activity (e.g.,
recently/frequently used)).
[0303] In some embodiments, after displaying the graphical objects
in the first subset having an appearance based on an avatar of a
second type different from the first type, without displaying one
of the graphical objects in the first subset having an appearance
based on the avatar of the first type, the electronic device
receives a series of inputs (e.g., 630, 634, 638) corresponding to
a request to create a first avatar of the first type (e.g.,
detecting creation of an avatar of the first type (e.g., a
user-created avatar)). In some embodiments, in response to
receiving the series of inputs, the electronic device creates the
first avatar (e.g., 636) of the first type and adds the first
avatar to the set of avatars. In some embodiments, after creating
the first avatar of the first type, the electronic device receives
a request (e.g., 644) to redisplay the first display region (e.g.,
605). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the request to
redisplay the first display region, the electronic device displays
the first display region with the first subset of graphical objects
(e.g., 612). In some embodiments, the first subset of graphical
objects includes a first graphical object (e.g., 642-1 in FIG. 6I)
having an appearance based on the first avatar of the first type
(e.g., the keyboard is redisplayed and the subset of graphical
objects now includes a sticker having an appearance based on the
newly created avatar). In some embodiments, stickers that are based
on an avatar of the first type (e.g., a newly created avatar) are
assigned a higher priority than stickers of the second type. In
some embodiments, the keyboard display region includes stickers
that are suggested by the electronic device based on the priority
of the stickers. Displaying the first display region updated with a
sticker for a newly created avatar gives feedback informing the
user that the sticker can be selected for communicating in a
message. Additionally, this reduces the number of inputs to perform
the technical task of generating a sticker for the newly created
avatar. Providing improved feedback and reducing the number of
inputs needed to perform a task enhances the operability of the
device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by
helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user
mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which,
additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the
device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and
efficiently.
[0304] In some embodiments, after displaying the graphical objects
(e.g., 612) in the first subset having an appearance based on an
avatar of a second type different from the first type, without
displaying one of the graphical objects in the first subset having
an appearance based on the avatar of the first type, the electronic
device receives a series of inputs (e.g., 644) corresponding to
usage (e.g., sending a sticker, creating a sticker, etc.) (e.g., in
a content creation user interface such as a document creation user
interface or a message compose user interface) of a graphical
object (e.g., 642-1) corresponding to a second avatar of the first
type (e.g., a sticker having an appearance based on the avatar of
the first type). In some embodiments, after receiving the series of
inputs corresponding to usage of the graphical object corresponding
to the second avatar of the first type, the electronic device
receives a request to redisplay the first display region. In some
embodiments, in response to receiving the request to redisplay the
first display region, the electronic device displays the first
display region with the first subset of graphical objects, the
first subset of graphical objects including the graphical object
(e.g., 642-1) corresponding to the second avatar of the first type
(e.g., the keyboard is redisplayed and the subset of graphical
objects now includes the sticker that was used). In some
embodiments, the keyboard display region includes stickers that are
suggested by the electronic device based on a history of usage of
the stickers of the first type (or second type) (e.g., suggesting
stickers that have been used recently and/or frequently).
Displaying the first display region updated with a sticker that was
previously used reduces the number of inputs needed to locate and
send the sticker in subsequent communications. Reducing the number
of inputs needed to perform a task enhances the operability of the
device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by
helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user
mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which,
additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the
device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and
efficiently.
[0305] In some embodiments, while displaying a first instance
(e.g., 642-1 in FIG. 6I) of a respective one of the graphical
objects that have an appearance based on a set of avatars available
at the electronic device, the electronic device receives an input
(e.g., 646) of a first type (e.g., a tap gesture) directed to the
first instance of the respective one of the graphical objects. In
some embodiments, in response to receiving the input of the first
type, the electronic device displays a second instance (e.g., 650)
of the respective one of the graphical objects (e.g., a preview of
the respective one of the graphical objects is displayed without
transmitting a sticker corresponding to the respective one of the
graphical objects). In some embodiments, other graphical objects in
the keyboard display region (e.g., emojis) are responsive to an
input of the first type (e.g., a tap gesture). For example, an
emoji can be selected using a tap gesture. Displaying the second
instance of the respective one of the graphical objects in response
to receiving the input of the first type maintains a consistency
for interacting with the graphical objects and the emojis displayed
on the keyboard. This provides an intuitive interface for
interacting with the different graphical objects presented in the
keyboard display region, which promotes familiarity thereby
enhancing the operability of the device and making the user-device
interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide
proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting
with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and
improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the
device more quickly and efficiently.
[0306] In some embodiments, while displaying the second instance
(e.g., 650) of the respective one of the graphical objects, the
electronic device receives a second input directed to the second
instance of the respective one of the graphical objects, wherein
the second input includes a first portion that is stationary
followed by a second portion that includes movement of the second
input. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the second
input, in accordance with a determination that the second input
satisfies first criteria (e.g., the first portion of the second
input is stationary at a location of the second instance of the
respective one of the graphical objects for a threshold amount of
time, and the second portion of the second input includes movement
to a location corresponding to a messaging region of the content
creation user interface), the electronic device sends a sticker
corresponding to the respective one of the graphical objects to a
recipient user. For example, in FIGS. 6J and 6K, device 600 sends
beanie sticker 642-1 in the messaging conversation to second
recipient 607-2 when the user touches and holds on preview 650
(triggering device 600 to select the sticker for sending), then
drags the contact to message region 603-1. In some embodiments, in
response to receiving the second input, in accordance with a
determination that the second input does not satisfy the first
criteria, the electronic device foregoes sending the sticker
corresponding to the respective one of the graphical objects to the
recipient user. For example, with reference to the previous
example, if the user does not maintain contact on preview 650 long
enough to trigger device 600 to select the sticker, device 600 does
not send sticker 642-1 in the messaging conversation to second
recipient 607-2, even if the user drags the contact to message
region 603-1. Foregoing sending the sticker when the second input
does not satisfy the first criteria reduces the likelihood of an
accidental transmission of the sticker, which enhances operability
of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient
(e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing
user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which,
additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the
device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and
efficiently.
[0307] In some embodiments, displaying the second instance (e.g.,
650) of the respective one of the graphical objects further
includes displaying a send user interface object (e.g., 652) (e.g.,
send affordance). In some embodiments, the electronic device
receives an input (e.g., 654) directed to the send user interface
object. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the input
directed to the send user interface object, the electronic device
sends a sticker corresponding to the respective one of the
graphical objects to a recipient user.
[0308] Note that details of the processes described above with
respect to method 800 (e.g., FIG. 8) are also applicable in an
analogous manner to the methods described above and below. For
example, methods 700, 1000, 1200, 1300, 1500, 1700, and 1800
optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the
various methods described above with reference to method 800. For
example, a sticker can be displayed and used in a user interface in
a manner similar to that described above. For brevity, these
details are not repeated below.
[0309] FIGS. 9A-9AG illustrate exemplary user interfaces for
displaying avatars in a contacts application user interface, in
accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these
figures are used to illustrate the processes described below,
including the processes in FIG. 10.
[0310] FIG. 9A illustrates electronic device 600 displaying (e.g.,
on display 601) contacts user interface 902 showing a listing of
contacts available in a contacts application on the electronic
device. The contacts application is an application for managing
contactable users.
[0311] In FIG. 9A, the device detects input 904 (e.g., a tap
gesture) and, in response, displays in FIG. 9B new contact user
interface 906 for creating a new contact for the contacts
application.
[0312] As shown in FIG. 9B, new contact user interface 906 includes
data fields 908 and region 910, which optionally displays a
representation of the new contact. The representation can be
displayed to represent the contact in various user interfaces such
as, for example, in a messaging application, a list of contacts,
emails, or other instances in which the contact can be
represented.
[0313] FIG. 9C shows information for the new contact entered in
name fields of the new contact user interface. As shown in FIG. 9C,
"Jane Appleseed" is entered as respective first and last names for
the new contact. After receiving the name information, device 600
updates region 910 to display a monogram representation having
initials "JA" corresponding to new contact name "Jane
Appleseed."
[0314] In FIG. 9C, device 600 detects input 912 (e.g., a tap
gesture) on a phone number option, and displays a keyboard for
entering a phone number for new contact Jane Appleseed, as shown in
FIG. 9D.
[0315] In some embodiments, the new contact representation can be
edited by selecting region 910 from new contact user interface 906.
For example, FIG. 9D illustrates device 600 detecting input 914 on
region 910.
[0316] In response to detecting input 914 on region 910, device 600
displays representation editing user interface 915 for modifying
the appearance of the representation of the new contact (e.g., Jane
Appleseed), as seen in FIG. 9E. It should be appreciated that, in
some embodiments, user interface 915 can be used to edit the
appearance of the representation of an existing contact (e.g., not
a new contact).
[0317] User interface 915 includes current representation 916.
Current representation 916 represents the current appearance of the
representation of the contact. Thus, upon exiting user interface
915 (e.g., in response to selecting done affordance 917),
representations of the contact as shown throughout various user
interfaces of device 600 (e.g., such as that appearing in region
910 of new contact user interface 906) will have the appearance
shown in current representation 916. As discussed in detail below,
current representation 916 is updated in response to a series of
user inputs in user interface 915. However, such updates can be
discarded, and the representation of the contact reverted back to
its prior appearance (e.g., that shown in region 910 prior to
displaying user interface 915), in response to detecting selection
of cancel affordance 918.
[0318] In FIG. 9E, current representation 916 has the appearance of
the monogram option that was previously displayed in new contact
user interface 906. FIGS. 9F-9AF illustrate a series of inputs for
modifying current representation 916, in accordance with various
embodiments of the present disclosure.
[0319] User interface 915 further includes sets of selectable
options for modifying current representation 916. First set of
options 921 includes options that, when selected, initiate a
process for selecting an avatar to set as current representation
916. Second set of options 922 generally includes options that,
when selected, initiate a process for selecting a non-avatar
representation as current representation 916. Examples of
non-avatar representations include pictures and monograms. In some
embodiments, second set of options 922 can include a subset of
options that are determined based on a history of use. For example,
a subset that includes options that were previously (e.g.,
recently) used and/or options that are frequently used by the user.
In such embodiments, the subset of options can include avatar
options (e.g., avatar options that were recently used). In some
embodiments second set of options 922 can include options that are
recommended to the user based on information available for the new
contact. For example, the options can include pictures of the
contact, pictures/stickers/avatars sent to or received from the
contact, avatars associated with the contact, or other
representations previously used for the contact. In some
embodiments, the options are recommended based on information
available at device 600 such as, for example, content from
messaging metadata from communications with the contact.
[0320] In FIG. 9E, device 600 detects input 924 (e.g., a tap
gesture) on monkey avatar option 921-1 and, in response, displays
an interface for selecting a pose option for the selected avatar
option. In some embodiments, device 600 can display different types
of pose interfaces. For example, if camera 602 of device 600 is
configured to capture depth data (e.g., data for capturing changes
in pose of the user's face), device 600 displays a live pose
interface that enables the user to control a displayed avatar to
achieve a desired pose. In embodiments in which camera 602 is not
configured to capture depth data, device 600 displays a canned pose
interface that includes multiple predefined poses of the selected
avatar option.
[0321] In FIG. 9F, device 600 displays live pose interface 926,
which includes avatar 928 having an appearance corresponding to the
selected avatar option, capture affordance 930, and cancel
affordance 932. In FIG. 9F, avatar 928 corresponds to the monkey
avatar option 921-1 selected via input 924. As discussed in greater
detail below, avatar 928 tracks movement of the user's face (e.g.,
captured via camera 602), and is updated based on changes in pose
of the user's face. In FIG. 9F, avatar 928 has a smiling pose that
is controlled by the user's face (e.g., the user's face has a
similar smiling pose).
[0322] In FIG. 9F, device 600 detects input 934 on cancel
affordance 932 and, in response, returns to representation editing
user interface 915, without updating current representation 916, as
shown in FIG. 9G.
[0323] In FIG. 9G, device 600 detects input 936 on woman avatar
option 921-2 and, in response, displays live pose user interface
926 in FIG. 9H with avatar 928 having an appearance that
corresponds to woman avatar option 921-2 selected in FIG. 9G. In
FIG. 9H, avatar 928 has a pose in which the avatar's tongue is
sticking out. In this embodiment, avatar 928 is being controlled by
the user's face, through changes in facial poses (e.g., changing
facial expressions and moving facial features) that are detected
via camera 602. Accordingly, the user can control display of
various pose options for avatar 928 by moving their facial features
in the field of view of camera 602, which causes device 600 to
display corresponding changes to the pose of avatar 928.
[0324] In FIG. 9I, device 600 detects (e.g., via camera 602) the
user's face having a pose that includes a smile and head tilt and
modifies avatar 928 to assume the same pose. Device 600 detects
input 938 on capture affordance 930, which causes device 600 to
select the current pose of avatar 928 (e.g., the pose of avatar 928
at the time capture affordance 930 was selected).
[0325] FIG. 9J illustrates an alternate embodiment for selecting a
pose of selected woman avatar option 921-2 using canned pose
interface 940. Canned pose interface 940 is displayed in lieu of
live pose interface 926 (e.g., in response to input 936 on woman
avatar option 921-2) if, for example, camera 602 is not configured
to capture depth data (e.g., data used to track the face of a
user). In canned pose interface 940, device 600 displays various
predefined avatar poses 942-1 through 942-6. In FIG. 9J, device 600
detects input 944 selecting predefined avatar pose 642-3, which
corresponds to a smiling head tilt pose.
[0326] After capturing the avatar pose in FIG. 9I or 9J, device 600
displays scaling user interface 946 for changing a position and
scale of selected avatar pose 948 as shown in FIG. 9K. In some
embodiments, avatar pose 948 is moved (e.g., moved within the
circular frame) in response to swipe gestures detected while
displaying scaling interface 946. In some embodiments, avatar pose
948 is scaled (e.g., zoomed in or zoomed out) in response to pinch
or de-pinch gestures detected while displaying scaling interface
946. After detecting input 950 to confirm the position and scale of
selected avatar pose 948, device 600 displays background options
952-1 through 952-6 in FIG. 9L, detects selection of a background
option for the avatar representation (e.g., via input 954 at
background option 952-3), and returns to representation editing
user interface 915 in FIG. 9M.
[0327] As shown in FIG. 9M, representation editing user interface
915 is updated based on the selection and customization of woman
avatar option 921-2. For example, the appearance of current
representation 916 is updated based on the various selections
and/or inputs made in FIGS. 9G-9L. Specifically, current
representation 916 is changed from the monogram appearance shown in
FIG. 9G to the appearance in FIG. 9M showing the woman avatar
option with the smile and head tilt pose, positioned and scaled and
having selected background option 952-3. In addition, second set of
options 922 is updated to include monogram option 922-1, which
represents the previous appearance of current representation 916.
That is, monogram option 922-1 is a selectable non-avatar option
that, if selected, updates current representation 916 to have the
appearance of the previously displayed monogram option (e.g., shown
in FIG. 9G). The remaining non-avatar options in second set of
options 922 are shifted to accommodate display of monogram option
922-1 in the set of options, and a previously displayed non-avatar
option is removed from the set (e.g., to avoid pushing the first
set of options 921 off display 601).
[0328] In some embodiments, a user can create an avatar for
selection as current representation 916. For example, in FIG. 9M,
device 600 detects input 956 selecting avatar creation option 921-3
and displays avatar creation user interface 958 in FIG. 9N (similar
to avatar creation user interface 632 shown in FIG. 6F). Device 600
detects inputs, represented generally by input 959, in avatar
creation user interface 958 of FIG. 9N to build/create new avatar
960 shown in FIG. 9O. In response to input 962 on done affordance
963, device 600 exits avatar creation user interface 958, and
returns to representation editing user interface 915 in FIG. 9P,
showing current representation 916 updated to have the appearance
of new avatar 960. In some embodiments, after creating new avatar
960, the new avatar is then available for use at electronic device
600, including in other applications such as, for example, a
messaging application, a camera application, a media viewing
application, and other applications on device 600. Additionally,
new avatar 960 can be updated, and the updates are made to new
avatar 960, including in the other applications.
[0329] In addition, first set of options 921 is updated in FIG. 9P
to include new avatar option 921-4, which is a representation of
new avatar 960, and second set of options 922 is updated to include
woman avatar option 922-2, which corresponds to the previous
appearance of current representation 916. As before, some of the
selectable options in second set of options 922 are shifted to
accommodate the addition of woman avatar option 922-2. In some
embodiments, previously used representation options are added to
second set of options 922 at a location in top row 922a (e.g.,
adjacent camera option 922-3 or adjacent monogram option
922-1).
[0330] In FIG. 9P, device 600 detects input 964 on monogram option
922-1 and displays background options 965 in FIG. 9Q. After
detecting a selection of a background option (e.g., via input 967),
device 600 displays, in FIG. 9R, different font options 966 for the
letters displayed in the monogram representation. After detecting
selection of a font style (e.g., via input 969), device 600 again
displays representation editing user interface 915, in FIG. 9S,
showing current representation 916 updated with the selected
monogram options, and new avatar option 922-4 added to second set
of options 922.
[0331] In FIG. 9S, device 600 detects input 968 on photo option
922-5. In some embodiments, photo option 922-5 represents a
thumbnail view of a photograph available at device 600. In some
embodiments, the photograph is identified (e.g., via automated
image recognition) as a photograph of the contact (e.g., a
photograph of Jane Appleseed). In some embodiments, photo option
922-5 is a recently used contact representation for the
contact.
[0332] In response to detecting input 968, device 600 displays, in
FIG. 9T, filter user interface 970 having different filter options
972 that can be selected and applied to the selected photo option.
Device detects input 974 selecting one of the filter options 972
and applies the selected filter option to the photo as shown in
FIG. 9U. Current representation 915 is displayed in FIG. 9U having
the selected photo option 922-5, but modified with the selected
filter option 972. Second set of options 922 is updated with recent
monogram option 922-6, which represents the previous appearance of
current representation 916.
[0333] In FIG. 9U, device 600 detects input 975 on done affordance
917, and exits representation editing user interface 915.
[0334] In FIG. 9V, device 600 displays contact card 976 for the
contact (e.g., Jane Appleseed) with contact representation 978
having the appearance of current representation 916 in FIG. 9U.
[0335] In FIG. 9V, device 600 detects input 980 on edit affordance
982 and, in response, displays representation editing user
interface 915 in FIG. 9W.
[0336] In FIG. 9W, device 600 detects input 984 on camera option
922-3 and, in response, displays camera user interface 986 showing
a representation of image data captured within the field of view of
a camera of device 600 (e.g., camera 602). Device 600 detects input
987 on capture affordance 988, and captures image 989 displayed in
FIG. 9Y with scaling user interface 990.
[0337] In FIG. 9Y, device 600 detects input 991 to select a scaled
(and moved) portion of image 989, which is displayed with various
filter options 992 in FIG. 9Z. Device 600 detects selection of a
no-filter option 992-1 and, in response, displays representation
editing user interface 915 in FIG. 9AA, having the non-filtered
image captured and selected in FIGS. 9Y-9Z set as current
representation 916. Second set of options 922 is updated to include
filtered photo option 922-7, which represents the previous
appearance of current representation 916.
[0338] In FIG. 9AA, device 600 detects input 993 on all affordance
994, which is an affordance for accessing a photo library available
on device 600. In response, device 600 displays photo album user
interface 995 in FIG. 9AB. In FIGS. 9AB and 9AC, device 600 detects
selection of a photo from an album available at device 600, and
displays representation 996 of the selected photo in scaling user
interface 990 in FIG. 9AD.
[0339] Device 600 detects scaling and moving (e.g., cropping) of
representation 996, and selection of the scaled and moved image in
response to input 997 in FIG. 9AD.
[0340] In FIG. 9AE, device 600 displays filter options, detects a
selection of one of the filter options, and displays current
representation 916 having the image generated in the steps
described above and illustrated in FIGS. 9AA-9AE. Second set of
options 922 is updated with prior photo option 922-8.
[0341] Device 600 detects input 998 on done affordance 917, and
displays, in FIG. 9AG, contact card 976 with contact representation
978 updated with the appearance of the contact representation
generated by the selections made in FIGS. 9AA-9AE.
[0342] FIG. 10 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for
displaying avatars in a contacts application user interface using
an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. Method
1000 is performed at a device (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600) with a
display and one or more input devices (e.g., 601; 602). Some
operations in method 1000 are, optionally, combined, the orders of
some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are,
optionally, omitted.
[0343] As described below, method 1000 provides an intuitive way
for displaying avatars in a contacts application user interface.
The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for displaying
avatars in a contacts application user interface, thereby creating
a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated
computing devices, enabling a user to display avatars in a contacts
application user interface faster and more efficiently conserves
power and increases the time between battery charges.
[0344] An electronic device (e.g., 600) displays (1002), via the
display device (e.g., 601), a contactable user editing user
interface (e.g., 915) (e.g., an interface for editing information
at the electronic device for a contactable user (e.g., for
contacting via telephone, email, messaging, etc.); a single
interface screen). In some embodiments, the contactable user
editing user interface includes (e.g., concurrently includes) one
or more representation options (e.g., 921) (e.g., user interface
objects (affordances)) for a contactable user including an avatar
representation option (e.g., 921-2) (e.g., the avatar
representation option is a user interface object (e.g., an
affordance) that, when selected, initiates a process for selecting
an avatar to use as a representation of the contactable user). In
some embodiments, the avatar representation option has an
appearance of an avatar (e.g., an avatar such as, for example, an
avatar modeled to represent a human character, an avatar modeled to
represent a non-human character, an avatar that can be created
and/or customized by the user, and an avatar that cannot be created
or customized by the user). In some embodiments avatars modeled to
represent a human include customizable (e.g., selectable or
configurable) avatar features that generally correspond to physical
traits of a human. For example, such an avatar may include a
representation of a person having various physical, human features
or characteristics (e.g., an older woman with a dark skin tone and
having long, straight, brown hair). Such an avatar would also
include a representation of a person having various non-human
characteristics that are typically associated with an appearance of
a human (e.g., cosmetic enhancements, hats, glasses, etc.). In some
embodiments, such an avatar would not include an anthropomorphic
construct such as a stylized animal, a stylized robot, or a
stylization of a normally inanimate or normally inhuman object. In
some embodiments, avatars modeled to represent a non-human
character include, for example, a non-human character that is an
anthropomorphic construct (e.g., a stylized animal, a stylized
robot, or a stylization of a normally inanimate or normally inhuman
object). In some embodiments, such avatars include an avatar having
customizable (e.g., selectable or configurable) avatar features
that generally correspond to non-human traits and features. In some
embodiments, such an avatar would not include a representation of a
person having various physical, human features or characteristics
(e.g., a young child having a round face and short, wavy hair),
even if some of the customizable features of the human avatar
include non-human characteristics (e.g., cosmetic enhancements,
hats, glasses, or other inhuman objects that are typically
associated with an appearance of a human).
[0345] In some embodiments, the contactable user editing user
interface (e.g., 915) further includes a first representation of
the contactable user (e.g., 916) (e.g., an image, monogram, or
other symbol that provides a visual association to the contactable
user). In some embodiments, the representation of the contactable
user is displayed in other user interfaces (e.g., in a telephone
application UI, in a messaging application UI, etc.) to represent
the contactable user (typically in a small area on the screen). In
some embodiments, the first representation of the contactable user
is replaced with the avatar (e.g., 921-2) that is selected for use
as a representation of the contactable user in the contactable user
interface.
[0346] In some embodiments, the one or more representation options
include a non-avatar option (e.g., 922-1; 922-3; 922-5; 922-6;
922-7; 922-8) (e.g., a contactable user representation option that
does not correspond to an avatar) (e.g., the non-avatar option is
associated with a photo, monogram, or other option that is not an
avatar for selection to use as a representation of the contactable
user in the contactable user interface). In some embodiments, the
electronic device (e.g., 600) detects, via the one or more input
devices (e.g., 601), a selection (e.g., 964; 968; 984; 993) of the
non-avatar option. In some embodiments, in response to detecting
selection of the non-avatar option, the electronic device initiates
a process for selecting a representation option other than an
avatar (e.g., a photo, monogram, etc.) to use as a representation
of the contactable user in the contactable user interface.
[0347] In some embodiments, the one or more representation options
includes a plurality of options (e.g., 922) selected based on
information for the contactable user.
[0348] In some embodiments, the plurality of options selected based
on information for the contactable user include a recently used
representation of the contactable user (e.g., 922-1; 922-2; 922-4;
922-6; 922-7; 922-8) (e.g., a representation of the contactable
user that was previously used within a predetermined amount of time
or a predetermined number of instances of selecting a
representation of the contactable user). In some embodiments, after
a representation is selected for the contactable user, the
representation is added to a collection of recently used
representations of the contactable user. Adding the recently
selected representation for the contactable user to a collection of
recently used representations for the contactable user reduces the
number of inputs needed for subsequent use of the recently selected
representation (e.g., reducing the inputs needed to generate or
access the representation). Reducing the number of inputs enhances
operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more
efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and
reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)
which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life
of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly
and efficiently.
[0349] In some embodiments, the plurality of options selected based
on information for the contactable user include media items
available at the electronic device identified as being associated
with the contactable user (e.g., 922-5) (e.g., photos of the
contactable user). In some embodiments, the plurality of options
selected based on information for the contactable user include
media items are identified as being associated with the contactable
user and meeting a particular quality standard (e.g., the photo is
primarily capturing the contactable user, the photo is in focus,
etc.). In some embodiments, the media items correspond to the
contactable user. For example, the media items include photos of
the user. As another example, the media items were previously
(e.g., recently) sent to or received from the contactable user.
Displaying recently communicated media items for potential use as
representations for the contactable user reduces the number of
inputs needed for subsequent use of the media items (e.g., reducing
the inputs needed to generate or access the representation).
Reducing the number of inputs enhances operability of the device
and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by
helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user
mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which,
additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the
device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and
efficiently.
[0350] In some embodiments, the information for the contactable
user includes information from a messaging communication session
with the contactable user. In some embodiments, the items include
stickers, photos, or other content comprising messaging metadata
from communications to/from the contactable user.
[0351] In some embodiments, the one or more representation options
includes a monogram representation option (e.g., 922-1; 922-6)
(e.g., a representation of the contactable user that is a monogram
having initials corresponding to names (e.g., first name; last
name; middle name) associated with the contactable user).
[0352] In some embodiments the one or more representation options
includes a media item option (e.g., 922-5; 922-7; 922-8) (e.g.,
selecting a photograph associated with the contactable user (e.g.,
a photograph of the contactable user) from a collection of
photographs associated with the contactable user (e.g., a
collection of photographs of the contactable user)).
[0353] In some embodiments, after detecting a selection of the
media item option, the electronic device (e.g., 600) displays, via
the display device (e.g., 601), a plurality of filter options for
applying a filter effect to a media item associated with the
selected media item option. In some embodiments, a filter effect is
applied to the media item by overlaying the filter effect onto the
media item. In some embodiments, the filter effect applies changes
to both a background in the media item as well as any applied
visual effects (e.g., avatars, stickers, etc.) that may be included
in the media item. In some embodiments, the filter changes an
appearance of the media item (e.g., applying a comic book filter, a
sketch drawing filter, a black and white filter, a greyscale
filter, or the like). In some embodiments, the filter is a filter
that reduces a realism of the media item (e.g., a sketch filter or
a comic book filter). In some embodiments the filter is a filter
that reduces a 3D effect (e.g., flattens) of the media item.
Displaying filter options for modifying a media item option after
it is selected reduces the number of inputs needed to customize the
selected media item if a different control scheme were used (e.g.,
one that required navigation to a customization user interface and
selection of different controls for displaying and modifying the
selected media item). Reducing the number of inputs needed to
perform a task enhances the operability of the device and makes the
user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to
provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the
user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0354] The electronic device detects (1004), via the one or more
input devices (e.g., 601), a selection (e.g., 936) of the avatar
representation option (e.g., 921-2).
[0355] In response to detecting selection of the avatar
representation option (e.g., 921-2), the electronic device (e.g.,
600) initiates (1006) a process for selecting an avatar to use as a
representation of the contactable user in the contactable user
interface.
[0356] As a part of the process for selecting the avatar to use as
a representation of the contactable user in the contactable user
interface, the electronic device receives (1008) a sequence of one
or more inputs (e.g., 936; 938; 944; 950; 954; 956; 959; 962; image
data controlling avatar 928 in FIG. 9H), via the one or more input
devices (e.g., 601; 602), that correspond to selection of a
simulated three-dimensional avatar (e.g., 928; 916 in FIG. 9M; 960;
916 in FIG. 9P).
[0357] In some embodiments, in response to selection of the
simulated three-dimensional avatar, the electronic device (e.g.,
600) displays (1010), via the display device (e.g., 601), a posing
user interface (e.g., 926; 940) that includes one or more controls
(e.g., 942-1 through 942-6) (e.g., 930) (e.g., a plurality of user
interface objects (e.g., affordances) corresponding to different
predefined poses) (e.g., a capture affordance for capturing a pose
using a camera of the electronic device) for selecting a pose of
the simulated three-dimensional avatar from a plurality of
different poses. Displaying a pose interface for selecting a pose
of the avatar from a plurality of different poses after selecting
the avatar reduces the number of inputs needed to customize the
selected avatar if a different control scheme were used (e.g., one
that required navigation to a customization user interface and
selection of different controls for displaying and modifying the
selected avatar). Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform a
task enhances the operability of the device and makes the
user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to
provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the
user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0358] In some embodiments, the one or more controls include a
first pose user interface object (e.g., 942-1) (e.g., first pose
affordance) corresponding to a first predefined pose and a second
pose user interface object (e.g., 942-2) (e.g., second pose
affordance) corresponding to a second predefined pose, different
than the first predefined pose. In some embodiments, in response to
detecting selection of one of the pose affordances, the simulated
three-dimensional avatar is set (e.g., displayed) having the pose
that corresponds to the selected pose affordance.
[0359] In some embodiments, the one or more input devices includes
a camera (e.g., 602). In some embodiments, the one or more controls
include a capture user interface object (e.g., 630) (e.g., capture
affordance) that, when selected, selects a pose for the simulated
three-dimensional avatar that is based on a pose of a face detected
in a field of view of the camera at a time that the capture user
interface object was selected (e.g., see FIGS. 9H and 9I). In some
embodiments, displaying the posing user interface includes
displaying the capture affordance and the simulated
three-dimensional avatar, wherein the simulated three-dimensional
avatar is reactive to detected changes in the pose of the face
detected in the field of view of the camera (e.g., different
detected poses of the face correspond to the plurality of different
poses that can be selected from to assign a pose to the
three-dimensional avatar). When the capture affordance is selected,
the electronic device selects the pose of the simulated
three-dimensional avatar at the time the capture affordance is
selected. Displaying a capture user interface object that selects a
pose for the avatar based on a face detected in a field of view of
a camera provides a control scheme for composing a representation
of a contactable user on a display of an electronic device, wherein
the system detects and processes input in the form of changes to
facial features of a user (and the magnitude and/or direction of
those changes), and through an iterative feedback loop provides the
desired output in the form of the appearance (e.g., modified poses)
of the avatar, while eliminating the need for manual handling of
the user interface (e.g., providing touch inputs on the display).
This provides improved visual feedback to the user regarding how to
manipulate the display to control and/or compose the avatar using
facial movements. This enhances operability of the device and makes
the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user
to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the
user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. Additionally,
this control scheme can require fewer inputs to generate or control
poses of the avatar than would be necessary if a different
animation control scheme were used (e.g., a control scheme
requiring manipulation of individual control points for each frame
of an animation sequence). Moreover, this type of control can be
done in real time during, for example, a conversation such as a
text conversation or a video conversation, whereas manual animation
control of an avatar would have to be done before the conversation
started or after it had ended.
[0360] In some embodiments, after selecting the pose of the
simulated three-dimensional avatar from the plurality of different
poses (e.g., 938 in FIG. 9I) (e.g., 944 in FIG. 9J), the electronic
device sets the simulated three-dimensional avatar with the
selected pose as the representation of the contactable user (e.g.,
916 in FIG. 9M) (e.g., displaying the representation of the
contactable user having an appearance of the simulated
three-dimensional avatar having the selected pose; associating the
simulated three-dimensional avatar, in the selected pose, with the
contactable user so that the three-dimensional avatar, in the
selected pose, is used to represent the contactable user).
[0361] In some embodiments, displaying the posing user interface
(e.g., 926) includes, in accordance with a determination that a
first avatar (e.g., 921-1) was selected as the simulated
three-dimensional avatar (e.g., an avatar affordance corresponding
to a first avatar was selected), displaying at least one
representation of the first avatar (e.g., 928 in FIG. 9F) in the
posing user interface (e.g., displaying the representation of the
first avatar having at least one pose for selection). In some
embodiments, displaying the posing user interface includes, in
accordance with a determination that a second avatar (e.g., 921-2)
(e.g., an avatar different from the first avatar) was selected as
the simulated three-dimensional avatar (e.g., an avatar affordance
corresponding to a second avatar was selected), displaying at least
one representation of the second avatar (e.g., 928 in FIG. 9H) in
the posing user interface (e.g., displaying the representation of
the second avatar having at least one pose for selection) (e.g.,
without displaying a representation of the first avatar).
Displaying the representation of the second avatar having a pose
for selection without displaying a representation of the first
avatar provides visual feedback to the user that changes in the
pose affect the appearance of the second avatar and not the first
avatar. Providing improved feedback enhances operability of the
device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by
helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user
mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which,
additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the
device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and
efficiently.
[0362] In some embodiments, prior to displaying the contactable
user editing user interface (e.g., 915), the electronic device
(e.g., 600) detects a series of inputs corresponding to a request
to create a first user-created avatar (e.g., a series of inputs for
creating the first user-created avatar that are detected, for
example, in a user interface of a different application (e.g.,
avatar creation user interface 632 in FIG. 6F; avatar editing user
interface 11002 in FIGS. 11A-11AD)) (e.g., 956). In some
embodiments, the electronic device receives a request (e.g., 914)
(e.g., 962) to display the contactable user editing user interface.
In some embodiments, in response to receiving the request to
display the contactable user editing user interface, the electronic
device displays the contactable user editing user interface
including the first user-created avatar (e.g., 921-1; 921-4).
Displaying the contactable user editing user interface including
the first user-created avatar after a user has created/updated the
avatar reduces the number of inputs to perform the technical task
of generating the avatar for use as a representation of a
contactable user. Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform a
task enhances the operability of the device and makes the
user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to
provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the
user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0363] In some embodiments, the sequence of one or more inputs that
correspond to selection of the simulated three-dimensional avatar
includes an input corresponding to selection (e.g., 936) of the
first user-created avatar (921-4; 921-2) from a set of user-created
avatars (e.g., 921-4, 921-2, girl avatar adjacent option 921-3 in
FIG. 9G, spikey hair avatar adjacent woman avatar option 921-2 in
FIG. 9G).
[0364] In some embodiments, the sequence of one or more inputs that
correspond to selection of the simulated three-dimensional avatar
includes a set of inputs (e.g., 956, 959, 962) corresponding to
creating a new avatar (e.g., the avatar is created in response to
detecting a series of user inputs directed to an avatar creation
user interface). In some embodiments, the new avatar is created
after the contactable user editing user interface is displayed
(e.g., while the contactable user editing user interface display is
displayed, a series of inputs is received to access an avatar
creation user interface and to create the new avatar). In some
embodiments, the newly created avatar is selected for use as the
simulated three-dimensional avatar. Creating a new avatar in the
contactable user editing user interface reduces the number of
inputs to perform the technical task of generating a representation
of the contactable user. This provides an improved control scheme
for generating custom representations, which can require fewer
inputs to generate the custom representations than would be
necessary if a different control scheme were used (e.g., a control
scheme requiring navigation to a different application to create
and customize an avatar that can then be loaded into the
contactable user editing user interface for selection). Moreover,
this type of control can be done in real time during, for example,
a conversation such as a text conversation or a video conversation,
whereas manual control to build a sticker would have to be done
before the conversation started or after it had ended. This
enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device
interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide
proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting
with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and
improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the
device more quickly and efficiently.
[0365] In some embodiments, after selecting the pose of the
simulated three-dimensional avatar from the plurality of different
poses, the electronic device (e.g., 600) displays, via the display
device (e.g., 601), a background option (e.g., 952-3 in FIG. 9L)
that, when selected (e.g., 954), changes an appearance (e.g., a
color, shape, and/or texture) of a background region of the
representation of the contactable user (e.g., see updated 916 in
FIG. 9M).
[0366] In some embodiments, displaying the posing user interface
that includes the one or more controls includes, in accordance with
a determination that the one or more input devices (e.g., 602)
include a depth camera sensor (e.g., depth camera sensor 175 in
FIG. 1A) (e.g., a depth camera), displaying, via the display device
(e.g., 601), the simulated three-dimensional avatar having a
dynamic appearance (e.g., avatar 928 in FIGS. 9H and 9I) in which
the simulated three-dimensional avatar changes poses in response to
changes in a pose of a face detected in a field of view of the
depth camera sensor (e.g., the simulated three-dimensional avatar
mirrors the changes in pose of the face detected with the depth
camera). In some embodiments, the one or more controls are
displayed having a capture affordance that, when selected, captures
a pose for the simulated three-dimensional avatar that is based on
the pose of the face detected in the field of view of the depth
camera at the time the capture affordance was selected. In some
embodiments, displaying the posing user interface that includes the
one or more controls includes, in accordance with a determination
that the one or more input devices do not include a depth camera
sensor, displaying, via the display device, a third pose user
interface object (e.g., 942-3) (e.g., a third pose affordance)
(e.g., the first pose affordance) corresponding to a third
predefined pose (e.g., the first predefined pose) and a fourth pose
user interface object (942-4) (e.g., a fourth pose affordance)
(e.g., the second pose affordance) corresponding to a fourth
predefined pose (e.g., the second predefined pose), different from
the third predefined pose (e.g., the one or more controls are
displaying as a plurality of affordances each having an appearance
of the simulated three-dimensional avatar having one of the
plurality of predefined poses). In some embodiments, in response to
detecting selection of one of the pose affordances, the simulated
three-dimensional avatar is set to the pose that corresponds to the
selected pose affordance. Displaying the posing user interface that
includes a third pose user interface object corresponding to a
third predefined pose and a fourth pose user interface object
corresponding to a fourth predefined pose provides a variety of
selectable pose options, which reduces the number of inputs for
selecting a pose to perform the technical task of creating a
representation of a contactable user. Reducing the number of inputs
needed to perform a task enhances the operability of the device and
makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping
the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the
user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0367] In some embodiments, a depth camera captures image data that
corresponds to depth data (e.g., the image data includes data
captured by a visible light camera and a depth camera) (e.g., image
data that includes a depth aspect (e.g., depth data independent of
RGB data) of a captured image or video) that includes depth data
for a subject positioned in the field of view of the depth camera
(e.g., information about the relative depth positioning of one or
more portions of the subject with respect to other portions of the
subject and/or to other objects within the field of view of the one
or more cameras). In some embodiments, the image data includes at
least two components: an RGB component that encodes the visual
characteristics of a captured image, and depth data that encodes
information about the relative spacing relationship of elements
within the captured image (e.g., the depth data encodes that a user
is in the foreground, and background elements, such as a tree
positioned behind the user, are in the background). In some
embodiments, the image data includes depth data without an RGB
component. In some embodiments, the depth data is a depth map. In
some embodiments, a depth map (e.g., depth map image) contains
information (e.g., values) that relates to the distance of objects
in a scene from a viewpoint (e.g., a camera). In one embodiment of
a depth map, each depth pixel defines the position in the
viewpoint's Z-axis where its corresponding two-dimensional pixel is
located. In some embodiments, a depth map is composed of pixels
wherein each pixel is defined by a value (e.g., 0-255). For
example, the "0" value represents pixels that are located at the
most distant place in a "three dimensional" scene and the "255"
value represents pixels that are located closest to a viewpoint
(e.g., camera) in the "three dimensional" scene. In other examples,
a depth map represents the distance between an object in a scene
and the plane of the viewpoint. In some embodiments, the depth map
includes information about the relative depth of various features
of an object of interest in view of the depth camera (e.g., the
relative depth of eyes, nose, mouth, ears of a user's face). In
some embodiments, the depth map includes information that enables
the device to determine contours of the object of interest in a z
direction. In some embodiments, the depth data has a first depth
component (e.g., a first portion of depth data that encodes a
spatial position of the subject in the camera display region; a
plurality of depth pixels that form a discrete portion of the depth
map, such as a foreground or a specific object) that includes the
representation of the subject in the camera display region. In some
embodiments, the depth data has a second depth component (e.g., a
second portion of depth data that encodes a spatial position of the
background in the camera display region; a plurality of depth
pixels that form a discrete portion of the depth map, such as a
background), separate from the first depth component, the second
depth aspect including the representation of the background in the
camera display region. In some embodiments, the first depth aspect
and second depth aspect are used to determine a spatial
relationship between the subject in the camera display region and
the background in the camera display region. This spatial
relationship can be used to distinguish the subject from the
background. This distinction can be exploited to, for example,
apply different visual effects (e.g., visual effects having a depth
component) to the subject and background. In some embodiments, all
areas of the image data that do not correspond to the first depth
component (e.g., areas of the image data that are out of range of
the depth camera) are segmented out (e.g., excluded) from the depth
map. In some embodiments, the depth data is in the form of a depth
map or depth mask.
[0368] Note that details of the processes described above with
respect to method 1000 (e.g., FIG. 10) are also applicable in an
analogous manner to the methods described above and below. For
example, methods 700, 800, 1200, 1300, 1500, 1700, and 1800
optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the
various methods described above with reference to method 1000. For
example, an avatar can be displayed and used in a user interface in
a manner similar to that described above. For brevity, these
details are not repeated below.
[0369] FIGS. 11A-11AD illustrate exemplary user interfaces for
displaying avatars in an avatar editing application user interface,
in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these
figures are used to illustrate the processes described below,
including the processes in FIGS. 12 and 13.
[0370] FIG. 11A illustrates electronic device 600 displaying (e.g.,
on display 601) avatar editing user interface 11002, for editing
features of avatar 11005. Avatar editing user interface 11002 is
similar to avatar creation user interface 603, avatar editing user
interface 670, and avatar creation user interface 958, shown in
FIGS. 6F, 6P, and 9N, respectively. Details for editing avatar
11005 using avatar editing user interface 11002 are provided below.
Additional details for editing an avatar in a similar editing user
interface are provided in U.S. patent application Ser. No.
16/116,2221, which is hereby incorporated by reference for all
purposes.
[0371] Avatar editing user interface 11002 includes avatar display
region 11004 having avatar 11005 and selectable avatar feature menu
options 11006. Avatar editing user interface 11002 further includes
avatar option region 11008, which includes various feature options
that can be selected to change features of avatar 11005. In FIG.
11A, lips menu option 11006-1 is selected, and avatar option region
11008 displays selectable lip options 11010. Avatar 11005 has an
appearance that includes a face with no selected skin tone or hair
and having facial wrinkles 11007 and eyebrows 11009. Avatar 11005
also has mouth 11014 with lips corresponding to selected lip option
11010-2.
[0372] Feature options (e.g., lip options 11010) have an appearance
that represents a potential appearance of the avatar (e.g., avatar
11005) if the respective feature option is selected. The
appearances of the feature options can be dynamically updated
(e.g., in real time) when feature options are selected.
[0373] The selectable feature options correspond options for
modifying a corresponding characteristic of an avatar feature
(e.g., the avatar's lips feature as shown in FIG. 11A). When a
feature option is selected (e.g., thick lips option 11010-1), the
characteristic (e.g., lip shape/size) is assigned the corresponding
value (e.g., thick), and the changed characteristic is then
reflected in displayed changes to avatar 11005 and other feature
options (e.g., in avatar option region 11008) that include a
displayed representation of the characteristic. To continue the
current example, in response to detecting selection of thick lips
option 11010-1, device 600 would change the lips of avatar 11005 to
thick lips and any displayed feature options showing lips would
also be updated to display thick lips.
[0374] In FIG. 11A, device 600 detects input 11012 (e.g., a tap
gesture) on mouth menu option 11006-2 and, in response, updates
avatar display region 11004 to show avatar feature menu options
11006 updated (e.g., repositioned with mouth menu option 11006-2
selected), and updates avatar option region 11008 to display
various feature options for modifying characteristics of avatar
mouth 11014, as shown in FIG. 11B.
[0375] In FIG. 11B, device 600 shows avatar option region 11008
having sets of feature options for modifying different
characteristics of avatar mouth 11014, which is shown on avatar
11005 having neutral pose 11014-1. In some embodiments, avatar
11005 is responsive to detected changes in the pose of a user's
face positioned in the field of view of camera 602. In the
embodiments disclosed herein, avatar 11005 has a neutral pose
because the user is maintaining a neutral pose while interacting
with avatar editing user interface 11002.
[0376] The sets of feature options include teeth options 11016, and
tongue piercing options 11018. Each set of feature options displays
avatar mouth 11014 having a different pose to display, for the
respective set of feature options, the mouth characteristics that
are capable of being modified by the feature options in the
respective set of feature options. For example, while avatar mouth
11014 has neutral pose 11014-1 on avatar 11005, teeth options 11016
show avatar mouth 11014 having smile pose 11014-2 to reveal avatar
teeth 11020, so that the different teeth options are displayed for
the user to more easily view. Similarly, while avatar mouth 11014
has neutral pose 11014-1 on avatar 11005, tongue piercing options
11018 show avatar mouth 11014 having tongue-out pose 11014-3 to
reveal avatar tongue 11022, so that the different piercing options
are displayed for the user to more easily view. In embodiments in
which avatar 11005 tracks the user's face, displaying mouth 11014
with smile pose 11014-2 and tongue-out pose 1114-3 in the
respective teeth options 11016 and tongue piercing options 11018
allows the user to view the respective feature options without
requiring the user to stick their tongue out or maintain a smiling
pose.
[0377] Teeth options 11016 show different options for selecting
teeth for avatar 11005. Teeth options 11016 include default teeth
11016-1 (e.g., no missing teeth or modifications), missing tooth
11016-2, gold tooth 11016-3, lucky tooth gap 11016-4, braces
11016-5, and grill 11016-6. Additional teeth options can include an
option for fangs. Additional teeth options can include options for
different grills, including different grill colors (e.g., gold,
silver) and locations in the mouth (e.g., lower grill, upper and
lower grill, partial grill). Additional teeth options can include
different missing teeth, including displaying one or more teeth
missing in different locations in the mouth (e.g., hockey player
teeth, missing bottom tooth). Various combinations of the foregoing
teeth options can be included in teeth options 11016.
[0378] Tongue piercing options 11018 show different options for
selecting piercings for a tongue of avatar 11005. Examples include
no piercing 11018-1, stud piercing 11018-2, and ring piercing
11018-3. Tongue piercing options 11018 can include additional
options such, for example, a spike tongue piercing and a barbell
tongue piercing.
[0379] Avatar option region 11008 also includes piercing color
options 11024, corresponding to different colors for the tongue
piercings.
[0380] The appearance of avatar mouth 11014 shown in teeth options
11016 and tongue piercing options 11018 is a representation of the
current mouth of avatar 11005. Therefore, when modifications are
made to characteristics of avatar mouth 11014, those modifications
can be displayed in the respective teeth options 11016 and tongue
piercing options 11018 (if the modified characteristics are
displayed in the respective sets of feature options). For example,
if avatar mouth 11014 is updated to include lipstick, the
appearance of avatar mouth 11014 will be updated to include
lipstick in the various poses (e.g., 11014-1, 11014-2, and
11014-3).
[0381] In FIG. 11B, device 600 detects input 11026 on eyes menu
option 11006-3 and, in response, updates avatar display region to
show selection of eyes menu option 11006-3, and updates avatar
option region 11008 to show options for editing avatar eye
features, as shown in FIG. 11C. Eye options include eye color
options 11028 (including eye color slider control 11028-5) for
selecting and adjusting an eye color for avatar 11005. Eye options
also include eye shape options 11030 for selecting different shapes
for the avatar's eyes.
[0382] In FIG. 11C, device 600 detects input 11032 (e.g., a drag
gesture corresponding to a scrolling command) and, in response,
scrolls avatar option region 11008 to display eye makeup options,
which are shown collectively in FIGS. 11D-11F.
[0383] As shown in FIG. 11D, the eye makeup options include top
eyeliner options 11034, bottom eyeliner options 11036, and
eyelashes options 11038. Top eyeliner options 11034 include options
for selecting an eyeliner pattern for a top edge of the avatar's
eyes. Bottom eyeliner options 11036 include options for selecting
an eyeliner pattern for a bottom edge of the avatar's eyes.
Eyelashes options 11038 include options for selecting eyelash
styles such as, for example, no eyelashes 11038-1, sparse eyelashes
11038-2, and dense eyelashes 11038-3.
[0384] In FIG. 11D, device 600 detects input 11035 (e.g., a drag
gesture corresponding to a scrolling command) and, in response,
scrolls avatar option region 11008 to display additional eye makeup
options, including eyeshadow options 11040, as shown in FIG.
11E.
[0385] As shown in FIG. 11E, eyeshadow options 11040 include
eyeshadow color options 11042 for selecting eyeshadow colors and
eyeshadow application options 11044 for selecting an eyeshadow
pattern. Eyeshadow color options 11042 includes a set of first
eyeshadow color options 11042-1, and a set of second eyeshadow
color options 11042-2. First eyeshadow color 11042-la and second
eyeshadow color 11042-2a can be applied concurrently, depending on
the eyeshadow pattern selected from eyeshadow application options
11044. Eyeshadow application options 11044 include no eyeshadow
11044-1, first eyeshadow pattern 11044-2, and second eyeshadow
pattern 11044-3.
[0386] In FIG. 11E, first eyeshadow color 11042-la is selected,
second eyeshadow color 11042-2a is selected, and eyeshadow
application options 11044 are updated to show the application
pattern options that can be applied to avatar 11005 using the
selected colors 11042-la and 11042-2a. Device 600 detects input
11046 on first eyeshadow pattern 11044-2. In response, device 600
applies first eyeshadow pattern 11044-2 to avatar 11005 using
selected colors 11042-la and 11042-2a, as shown in FIG. 11F.
[0387] As shown in FIG. 11F, avatar 11005 is now displayed with eye
makeup 11048, which includes the eyeshadow colors and application
patterns selected in FIG. 11E. In some embodiments, facial wrinkles
11007 are displayed over eye makeup 11048, as shown in FIG. 11F.
Device 600 detects input 11050 on face menu option 11006-4 and, in
response, updates avatar display region 11004 to show the selection
of face menu option 11006-4 and updates avatar option region 11008
to display beauty mark options 11052, as shown in FIG. 11G.
[0388] In FIG. 11G, beauty mark options 11052 are displayed with
eye makeup (as a result of the selections made in avatar option
region 11008 of FIG. 11E). Device 600 detects input 11054 on
forehead beauty mark option 11052-1 and, in response, updates
avatar 11005 to have forehead beauty mark 11055 (in addition to eye
makeup 11048), as shown in FIG. 11H.
[0389] In FIG. 11H, device 600 detects input 11056, which
corresponds to a scrolling gesture on avatar feature menu options
11006, and, in response, scrolls feature menu options 11006 such
that accessories menu option 11006-5 is selected, as shown in FIG.
11I.
[0390] In FIG. 11I, device 600 displays earring options 11058 in
avatar option region 11008, and detects input 11060 selecting hoop
earring 11058-1. In response, device 600 updates avatar option
region 11008 to display earring position options 11062, and updates
avatar display region 11004 to show avatar 11005 with hoop earrings
11064, as shown in FIG. 11J. Earring position options 11062 include
both ears 11062-1, right ear 11062-2, and left ear 11062-3. Device
600 displays hoop earrings 11064 on both of the avatar's ears
because both ears 11062-1 is selected.
[0391] In FIG. 11J, device 600 detects input 11066 on no earring
option 11058-2 and, in response, removes hoop earrings 11064 from
avatar 11005 and ceases display of earring position options 11062,
as shown in FIG. 11K.
[0392] In FIG. 11K, device 600 detects input 11068, which is an
input corresponding to a selection of ears menu option 11006-6. In
response, device 600 updates avatar display region 11004 to show
selection of ears menu option 11006-6, and updates avatar option
region 11008 to display another set of options for applying
earrings to avatar 11005, as shown in FIG. 11L.
[0393] In FIG. 11L, device 600 displays avatar option region 11008
having earring position options that are represented by both
affordance 11070 and custom affordance 11072. In FIG. 11L, both
affordance 11070 is selected, and avatar option region 11008
displays selectable earring options 11074 (similar to earring
options 11058), with no earring option 11074-1 selected. When one
of earring options 11074 is selected, the selected earring option
is applied to both avatar ears.
[0394] Device 600 detects input 11076 on custom affordance 11072
and, in response, selects custom affordance 11072 and replaces
selectable earring options 11074 with left earring options 11078
and right earring options 11080. Left earring options 11078 can be
selected to apply a selected earring option to the avatar's left
ear without applying the selected earring option to the avatar's
right ear. Conversely, right earring options 11080 can be selected
to apply a selected earring option to the avatar's right ear
without applying the selected earring option to the avatar's left
ear. Accordingly, the left and right earring options 11078 and
11080 allow a user to mix and match different earrings with
different avatar ears, thereby allowing custom earring application
to avatar 11005.
[0395] In FIG. 11M, device 600 detects input 11082 (e.g., a drag
gesture) and, in response, scrolls avatar option region 11008 to
display audio options 11084 and position options 11086, as shown in
FIG. 11N. Audio options 11084 can be selected to display different
audio devices in the avatar's ears. For example, audio options
11084 include no audio option 11084-1, in-ear audio option 11084-2,
and hearing aid option 11084-3. Position options 11086 can be
selected to determine an ear position for a selected audio option.
Position options 11086 include both ear option 11086-1, left ear
option 11086-2, and right ear option 11086-3.
[0396] In FIG. 11N, device 600 detects input 11087 to select hair
menu option 11006-7, as shown in FIG. 11O.
[0397] In FIG. 11O, device 600 displays avatar option region 11008
having color options 11088, highlight type options 11090, and
hairstyle options 11092. Color options 11088 can be selected to
control color changes avatar hair and to highlights applied to
avatar hair. Color options 11088 include hair color controls 11096
for selecting a hair color, and highlight color controls 11098 for
selecting a highlight color. Hair color controls 11096 include hair
color options 11096-1 for selecting a hair color and hair color
slider 11096-2 for adjusting a gradient of the selected hair color.
Similarly, highlight color controls 11098 include highlight color
options 11098-1 for selecting a highlight color and highlight color
slider 11098-2 for adjusting a gradient of the selected highlight
color. In the embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 11O-11S, hair color
option 11096-la is selected for the hair color with hair color
slider 11096-2 set to a maximum gradient setting (e.g., dark), and
highlight color option 11098-la is selected for the highlight
color, with highlight color slider 11098-2 set to a minimum
gradient setting (e.g., light).
[0398] Highlight type options 11090 can be selected to change the
types of highlighting applied to avatar hair (e.g., in hairstyle
options 11092 and, if a non-bald hairstyle is selected, on avatar
11005). Highlight type options 11090 include first type 11090-1,
second type 11090-2, and third type 11090-3. First type 11090-1 is
currently selected in FIG. 11O.
[0399] Hairstyle options 11092 can be selected to change hairstyles
applied to avatar 11005. Hairstyle options 11092 include bald
11092-1, second hairstyle 11092-2, and third hairstyle 11092-3,
although others can be displayed. The representation of the avatar
shown in second hairstyle option 11092-2 and third hairstyle option
11092-3 show current states of selected color options 11088 and
highlight type options 11090. When color options 11088 and
highlight type options 11090 are changed, the representations of
the avatar hair (with highlights) shown in second hairstyle option
11092-2 and third hairstyle option 11092-3 are updated to reflect
the changes.
[0400] In FIG. 11O, device 600 detects input 11094 selecting third
hairstyle 11092-3 and, in response, updates avatar 11005 to display
avatar hair 11100 with highlights 11102, as shown in FIG. 11P.
Avatar hair 11100 corresponds to the selected third hairstyle
option 11092-3. Highlights 11102 correspond to the selected color
options 11088 and first highlight type 11090-1.
[0401] In FIG. 11P, device 600 detects input 11104 on second type
11090-2 and, in response, updates highlights 11102, second
hairstyle option 11092-2, and third hairstyle option 11092-3 to
have the selected highlight type, which is shown in FIG. 11Q as an
ombre highlight type.
[0402] In FIG. 11Q, device 600 detects input 11106 on third type
11090-3 and, in response, updates highlights 11102, second
hairstyle option 11092-2, and third hairstyle option 11092-3 to
have the selected highlight type, which is shown in FIG. 11R as a
heavy highlight type.
[0403] In FIG. 11R, device 600 detects input 11108 on bald
hairstyle 11092-1 and, in response, updates avatar 11005 to remove
hair 11100, as shown in FIG. 11S.
[0404] In FIG. 11S, device 600 detects input 11110, which
corresponds to a request to select facepaint menu option 11006-8,
as shown in FIG. 11T.
[0405] In FIG. 11T, device 600 displays avatar display region 11004
showing avatar 11005 having beauty mark 11055, eye makeup 11048,
facial wrinkles 11007, and eyebrows 11009. Avatar option region
11008 is displayed with facepaint pattern options 11114, which can
be selected to apply a facepaint pattern to avatar 11005, and
facepaint color options 11112, which can be selected to change
colors of the facepaint patterns. In FIG. 11T, avatar 11005 is
displayed with no facepaint, and pattern option 11114-2 (no
facepaint) is selected.
[0406] Facepaint color options 11112 include sets of color options
that can be selected to change a region of a facepaint pattern.
Facepaint pattern options 11114 represent various pattern options
that can be selected to apply a facepaint pattern to the face of
avatar 11005, with the facepaint pattern having one or more of the
colors selected in facepaint color options 11112. Some regions of
the various facepaint pattern options 11114 correspond to facepaint
color options 11112, although, in some instances, some facepaint
pattern options 11114 have regions that do not change color in
response to selections of facepaint color options 11112. For
example, pattern option 11114-1 represents a vampire facepaint
pattern having a white base region 11114-la that is not changed by
the selection of color options 11112.
[0407] Facepaint pattern options 11114 each include a
representation of avatar 11005 having an appearance that represents
the appearance of avatar 11005 with the respective facepaint
pattern option selected. For example, pattern option 11114-2 is a
no-facepaint option that shows a representation of avatar 11005
with no facepaint. Because avatar 11005 includes beauty mark 11055,
eye makeup 11048, facial wrinkles 11007, and eyebrows 11009,
pattern option 11114-2 (no facepaint) also shows these features on
the avatar representation. Pattern option 11114-2 maintains display
of these features for as long as they are applied to avatar 11005,
even when different facepaint patterns are displayed on avatar
11005, as shown in FIG. 11U, for example. This is because pattern
option 11114-2 is a representation of avatar 11005 without
facepaint.
[0408] Conversely, beauty mark 11055 and eye makeup 11048 are not
displayed on representations of avatar 11005 shown in pattern
options 11114-1, and 11114-3 through 11114-6, or on avatar 11005
when these pattern options are selected. This is because these
pattern options show the representation of avatar 11005 as if
facepaint is painted over the face of avatar 11005, covering or
obscuring these features. However, other features of avatar 11005
are displayed, even when facepaint is applied. These other features
can include facial wrinkles 11007, glasses, hair, and facial hair.
Facial wrinkles 11007 remain displayed because facepaint does not
cover wrinkles on a painted face. Glasses, hair, and facial hair
are displayed on the avatar (without facepaint on these features)
because glasses are worn over the face, and facepaint is typically
not applied over hair or facial hair. An example of such an
embodiment is illustrated in FIG. 11AA. In some instances, however,
facepaint is displayed over hair on the avatar. For example,
facepaint is applied over eyebrows 11009, and the eyebrows are
displayed having an obscured appearance due to the underlying color
of the eyebrows, which is mixed with the facepaint applied to
avatar 11005. This is shown in pattern options 11114-1, and 11114-3
through 11114-6, and on avatar 11005 in FIG. 11U.
[0409] As shown in FIG. 11T, facepaint color options 11112 include
first color set 11112-1 having color 11112-la selected, second
color set 11112-2 having color 11112-2a selected, and third color
set 11112-3 having color 11112-3a selected. The selected colors of
each color set are displayed on various regions of the facepaint
pattern options 11114 that correspond to the respective color sets.
For example, pattern options 11114-1, 11114-3, 11114-4, 11114-5,
and 11114-6 each have a respective region corresponding to first
color set 11112-1 and, therefore, are displayed with color 11112-la
in FIG. 11T. If first color set 11112-1 is updated to select a
different color (e.g., as shown in FIGS. 11U and 11V), the
respective regions in pattern options 11114-1, 11114-3, 11114-4,
11114-5, and 11114-6 having color 11112-1a, will be updated to the
different color. Facepaint pattern options 11114 having regions
corresponding to second color set 11112-2 react in a similar manner
to changes in second color set 11112-2. Facepaint pattern options
11114 having regions corresponding to third color set 11112-3 react
in a similar manner to changes in third color set 11112-3.
Additionally, regions of a facepaint pattern applied to avatar
11005 react in a same manner to changes in corresponding color
sets.
[0410] In some embodiments, some color sets do not effect a change
in all of the pattern options. For example, pattern option 11114-3
includes region 11114-3a corresponding to first color set 11112-1
and region 11114-3b corresponding to second color set 11112-2, but
does not include a region corresponding to third color set 11112-3.
Accordingly, changes to color set 11112-3 do not affect the
appearance of pattern option 11114-3 (or avatar 11005 if pattern
option 11114-3 is selected).
[0411] In FIG. 11T, device 600 detects input 11116 on pattern
option 11114-4 and, in response, updates avatar 11005 to display
facepaint 11118 based on the selected pattern option 11114-4, as
shown in FIG. 11U.
[0412] In FIG. 11U, facepaint 11118 has pattern 11120 with regions
11120-1, 11120-2, and 11120-3 corresponding to regions 11114-4a,
11114-4b, and 11114-4c, respectively, of selected pattern option
11114-4. Facepaint 11118 also has a set of colors 11122 with color
11122-la corresponding to color 11112-la of color set 11112-1,
color 11122-2a corresponding to color 11112-2a of color set
11112-2, and color 11122-3a corresponding to color 11112-3a of
color set 11112-3. As shown in FIG. 11U, color 11122-la is in
region 11120-1, color 11122-2a is in region 11120-2, and color
11122-3a is in region 11120-3. Facepaint pattern 11120 does not
cover the entire face of avatar 11005. Therefore, avatar skin tone
11124 remains displayed for a portion of the avatar's face that
does not include facepaint 11118. Additionally, facepaint 11118 is
not displayed on avatar ears 11126.
[0413] In some embodiments, facepaint 11118 has a different texture
than avatar skin tone 11124. For example, in FIG. 11U, facepaint
11118 has a glossy texture, as represented by light effect 11128
(e.g., glare). In some embodiments, different facepaint patterns
11114 have different paint textures. For example, pattern 11114-1
has a flat texture and, therefore, does not include a light
effect.
[0414] As discussed previously, facepaint 11118 is displayed as
applied over the face of avatar 11005. Accordingly, device 600 does
not display avatar 11005 with eye makeup 11048 or beauty mark
11055, but does display facial wrinkles 11007. Additionally, device
600 displays eyebrows having a distorted appearance 11009-1 (e.g.,
a distorted color) caused by the mixing of eyebrow color/texture
and facepaint 11118.
[0415] In FIG. 11U, device 600 detects input 11130 on color
11112-1b of first color set 11112-1 and, in response, updates
avatar 11005 and pattern options 11114 based on the new color
selection, as shown in FIG. 11V.
[0416] In FIG. 11V, facepaint 11118 is updated based on the new
color selection. Specifically, region 11120-1 changes from color
11122-la to color 11122-1b, and pattern option 11114-4 is updated
in a similar manner by changing region 11114-4a to the selected
color. Pattern option 11114-3 is also updated, with region 11114-3a
changing based on the selected color. Additionally, color slider
11131 is displayed for adjusting a gradient of selected color
11112-1b.
[0417] In FIG. 11V, device 600 detects input 11132 on pattern
option 11114-3 and, in response, updates avatar 11005 to display
facepaint 11118 having the appearance of pattern option 11114-3, as
shown in FIG. 11W.
[0418] In FIG. 11W, device 600 detects input 11134 on color
11112-3b of third color set 11112-3 and, in response, displays
color slider 11135 for adjusting a gradient of color 11112-3b and
updates avatar pattern option 11114-4 based on the new color
selection, as shown in FIG. 11X.
[0419] In FIG. 11X, pattern option 11114-4 is updated by changing
region 11114-4c to the selected color (e.g., 11112-3b). It should
be noted that facepaint 11118 on avatar 11005 is not updated based
on the selection of color 11112-3b, because the applied pattern
(e.g., corresponding to pattern option 11114-3) does not include a
region that corresponds to third color set 11112, as previously
discussed.
[0420] In FIG. 11X, device 600 detects input 11136 on pattern
option 11114-4 and, in response, displays avatar 11005 having
facepaint 11118 with pattern 11120 and region 11120-3 updated based
on the selection of color 11112-3b. Device 600 detects input 11138,
which corresponds to a selection of eyewear menu option 11006-9,
and, in response, updates avatar display region 11004 to show the
selection of eyewear menu option 11006-9 avatar option region 11008
to show selectable options for selecting eyewear for avatar 11005.
Eyewear options include lenses options 11140 and eyepatch options
11142. Lenses options 11140 show different styles of eyeglasses
displayed over a representation of avatar 11005, wherein the
different eyeglasses are displayed over the facepaint in the
respective lenses option. Similarly, eyepatch options 11142 show
different positions of an eyepatch displayed over a representation
of avatar 11005, wherein the eyepatch is displayed over the
facepaint in the respective eyepatch option.
[0421] In FIG. 11Z, device 600 detects input 11144 selecting lenses
option 11140-1 and, in response, updates avatar 11005 to include
glasses 11146 displayed over facepaint 11118. In addition, avatar
option region 11008 is updated to include thickness options 11148
for the glasses, and eyepatch options 11142 are updated to include
the selected glasses, showing the different eyepatch options
positioned over the representation of the avatar's face, but
underneath the selected glasses.
[0422] In FIG. 11AA, device 600 detects input 11150, which
corresponds to a selection of face menu option 11006-4, and, in
response, displays avatar display region 11004 with face menu
option 11006-4 selected, and displaying facial hair options 11152,
as shown in FIG. 11AB.
[0423] In FIG. 11AB, facial hair options 11152 illustrate
representations of avatar 11005 with different facial hair styles.
In the various facial hair options 11152, the facial hair is
displayed over the facepaint applied to avatar 11005. Device 600
detects input 11153 corresponding to a selection of facial hair
option 11152-1 and, in response, updates avatar 11005 to display
facial hair 11155, which is displayed positioned over facepaint
11118, as shown in FIG. 11AC.
[0424] In FIG. 11AC, device 600 detects input 11154, which
corresponds to a selection of facepaint menu option 11006-8 and, in
response, updates avatar display region 11004 to select facepaint
menu option 11006-8, as shown in FIG. 11AD.
[0425] In FIG. 11AD, device 600 displays avatar 11005 having
glasses 11146 and facial hair 11155 displayed over facepaint 11118.
Additionally, pattern options 11114 are updated to include the
selected glasses and facial hair options, displaying each of these
over the respective pattern options 11114.
[0426] FIG. 12 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for
displaying avatars in an avatar editing application user interface
using an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
Method 1200 is performed at a device (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600)
with a display and an input device. Some operations in method 1200
are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are,
optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally,
omitted.
[0427] As described below, method 1200 provides an intuitive way
for displaying avatars in an avatar editing application user
interface. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for
displaying avatars in an avatar editing application user interface,
thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For
battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to display
avatars in an avatar editing application user interface faster and
more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between
battery charges.
[0428] An electronic device (e.g., 600) displays (1202), via the
display device (e.g., 601), an avatar editing user interface (e.g.,
11002) (e.g., a single interface screen).
[0429] The device displays (1204) the avatar editing user interface
(e.g., 11002) including (e.g., includes displayed concurrently) an
avatar (e.g., 11005) (e.g., an avatar such as, for example, an
avatar modeled to represent a human character, and/or an avatar
that can be created and/or customized by the user) including a
first feature (e.g., avatar facepaint 11118), the first feature
having a first color pattern (e.g., 11120) (e.g., a facepaint
template applied to the avatar) (e.g., a color pattern having
lightning bolt shapes) generated with a first set of colors (e.g.,
11122) (e.g., a default set of colors; e.g., a set of colors
corresponding to the facepaint template) including a first color
(e.g., 11122-1a) (e.g., red) in a first region (e.g., 11120-1)
(e.g., the center lightning bolt shape) of the first color pattern.
In some embodiments, avatars modeled to represent a human include
customizable (e.g., selectable or configurable) avatar features
that generally correspond to physical traits of a human. For
example, such an avatar may include a representation of a person
having various physical, human features or characteristics (e.g.,
an older woman with a dark skin tone and having long, straight,
brown hair). Such an avatar would also include a representation of
a person having various non-human characteristics that are
typically associated with an appearance of a human (e.g., cosmetic
enhancements, hats, glasses, etc.). In some embodiments, such an
avatar would not include an anthropomorphic construct such as a
stylized animal, a stylized robot, or a stylization of a normally
inanimate or normally inhuman object.
[0430] In some embodiments, the first feature includes a first
displayed texture (e.g., represented by light effect 11128) (e.g.,
a paint texture (e.g., glossy, flat, matte, etc.)) that is
different from a second displayed texture of a skin feature (e.g.,
11124) of the avatar (e.g., the avatar skin has a texture that is
different from the texture of the facepaint). Displaying the first
feature having a displayed texture that is different from a
displayed texture of a skin feature of the avatar provides visual
feedback to the user that the facepaint feature is applied to the
avatar and where interaction with facepaint controls will affect
the avatar, particular in instances where the facepaint has a color
that can be confused for a skin tone. Providing improved feedback
enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device
interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide
proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting
with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and
improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the
device more quickly and efficiently.
[0431] The device displays (1206) the avatar editing user interface
(e.g., 11002) including a set of color options (e.g., 11112) (e.g.,
a plurality of sets of color options) for the first feature. In
some embodiments, each set of color options corresponds to various
facepaint template options that include a pattern (or portion
thereof) that changes color with selection of the color options
comprising the respective set of color options.
[0432] The device displays (1208) the avatar editing user interface
(e.g., 11002) including a plurality of color pattern options (e.g.,
11114) (e.g., selectable options that correspond to different
avatar facepaint templates) for the first feature (e.g., 11118)
including a second color pattern option (e.g., 11114-3) (e.g., a
color pattern having vertical stripes) that is different from the
first color pattern (e.g., 11120) (e.g., the second color pattern
option corresponds to a color pattern that is different from the
color pattern applied to the avatar).
[0433] In some embodiments, the plurality of color pattern options
includes a first color pattern option (e.g., 11114-4) that
corresponds to the first color pattern (e.g., 11120) (e.g., a
selectable color pattern option that represents the color pattern
currently applied to the avatar). In some embodiments, the first
color pattern option is shown in a selected state when the first
feature of the avatar has the first color pattern.
[0434] In some embodiments, the plurality of color pattern options
include an option (e.g., 11114-2) that, when selected, causes
ceasing to display the first feature (e.g., 11118) (e.g., the
avatar is displayed without facepaint when the option for ceasing
to display the first feature is selected).
[0435] In some embodiments, the electronic device detects selection
of the option (e.g., 11114-2) for ceasing to display the first
feature. In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of
the option for ceasing to display the first feature, the electronic
device ceases to display the first feature (e.g., removing the
facepaint from the avatar while still displaying the color pattern
options each having a representation of the avatar with a
respective color pattern applied). In some embodiments, in response
to detecting selection of the option for ceasing to display the
first feature, the electronic device displays (e.g., introducing
display of, revealing) one or more avatar features (e.g., beauty
marks, makeup (e.g., blush, lipstick, eyeshadow, etc.)) that were
hidden while the first feature was displayed (e.g., see avatar
11005 in FIG. 11T). Revealing the avatar features that were hidden
by the facepaint provide visual feedback to the user that the
facepaint feature is no longer displayed on the avatar, and that
the user's prior selections and customization of the avatar is
preserved. Providing improved visual feedback enhances the
operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more
efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and
reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)
which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life
of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly
and efficiently.
[0436] In some embodiments, the avatar (e.g., 11005) includes a
third feature displayed over the first feature. In some
embodiments, the first feature is an item selected from a group
consisting of: an avatar glasses feature (e.g., 11146) (e.g.,
eyeglasses, sunglasses, monocle, goggles, etc.), an avatar hair
feature (e.g., hair on top of the avatar's head), an avatar facial
hair feature (e.g., 11155) (e.g., avatar facial hair other than
eyebrows (e.g., a beard, goatee, mustache, etc.)), and an avatar
skin wrinkle feature (e.g., 11007) (e.g., lines in the avatar's
skin that represent wrinkles). In some embodiments, the third
feature is displayed over the facepaint and is not responsive to
changes made to the facepaint (e.g., while still remaining
responsive to other features of the avatar such as, for example,
movement of the avatar's head, changes in facial poses of the
avatar, and movement of avatar facial features (e.g., nose,
eyebrows, mouth, etc.)). Displaying a third feature over the first
feature allows for displaying customization and expression (e.g.,
facial expressions; poses) of the avatar while still respecting the
user's choice of facepaint. This provides an improved control
scheme for generating an avatar, which can require fewer inputs to
generate the avatar than would be necessary if a different control
scheme were used (e.g., a control scheme requiring manipulation of
individual control points to build the avatar). This enhances
operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more
efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and
reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)
which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life
of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly
and efficiently.
[0437] In some embodiments, the avatar includes a fourth feature
(e.g., an avatar eyebrow 11009). In some embodiments, while
displaying the first feature, the electronic device displays the
fourth feature having a first appearance (e.g., 11009-1) that is
based on the first feature (e.g., the avatar eyebrow has a color
that is a combination of the original eyebrow color and the color
of the first feature at a location corresponding to the respective
eyebrow, or a portion of the face paint corresponding to the
eyebrow has a different color or texture at a location and shape of
the eyebrow to indicate the presence of the eyebrow under the
facepaint). In some embodiments, after ceasing to display the first
feature, the electronic device displays the fourth feature having a
second appearance (e.g., see eyebrows 11009 in FIG. 11T) that is
not based on the first feature (e.g., the avatar eyebrow has a
color that is determined based on a selected hair color (e.g., an
eyebrow color)). Displaying the fourth feature having the first
appearance while the first feature is displayed provides an
indication to the user that the fourth feature is present while the
facepaint is displayed. Moreover, the presence of the fourth
feature allows the avatar to provide different facial expressions
using the fourth feature (e.g., eyebrows) while still respecting
and preserving the user's choice of facepaint. This provides an
improved control scheme for generating an avatar, which can require
fewer inputs to generate the avatar than would be necessary if a
different control scheme were used (e.g., a control scheme
requiring manipulation of individual control points to build the
avatar). This enhances operability of the device and makes the
user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to
provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the
user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0438] In some embodiments, the avatar includes a fifth feature
(e.g., avatar ears 11126) displayed concurrently with the first
feature, wherein the fifth feature is separate from the first
feature and does not change in response to changes to the first
feature (e.g., the avatar ears have a skin tone and are not changed
when the first feature is modified).
[0439] While the first feature (e.g., 11118) is displayed with the
first color pattern (e.g., 11120) generated with the first set of
colors (e.g., 11122) including the first color (e.g., 11122-la) in
the first region (e.g., 11120-1) of the first color pattern, the
electronic device detects (1210), via the input device (e.g., 601),
a selection (e.g., 11130) of a color option in the set of color
options that corresponds to a second color (e.g., 11112-1b) (e.g.,
blue).
[0440] In response (1212) to detecting the selection (e.g., 11130),
the electronic device changes (1214) an appearance of one or more
color pattern options (e.g., 11114-3 and 11114-4 in FIG. 11V) in
the plurality of color pattern options having a first portion
(e.g., 11114-3a; 11114-4a) (e.g., a portion of a facepaint template
that changes with selection of a color option) corresponding to the
set of color options (e.g., 11112-1) (e.g., changing an appearance
of a representation of the avatar displayed in one or more color
pattern options (e.g., without necessarily changing an appearance
of the avatar itself)). In some embodiments, changing the
appearance includes changing a portion (e.g., 11114-3a) of the
second color pattern option (e.g., 11114-3) from a respective color
(e.g., 11112-1a) to the second color (e.g., 11112-1b) (e.g.,
changing a region of the second color pattern to blue). In some
embodiments, only a subset of the color pattern options have a
region that corresponds to the set of color options. In some
embodiments, a color pattern (e.g., a portion of the color pattern
template) corresponds to a set of color options if the color
pattern changes color in response to selection of color options in
the set. In some embodiments, a color pattern forms some, or all,
of the facepaint template, depending on the design of the facepaint
template. Thus, a facepaint template can have a number of color
patterns that form the template. For example, a facepaint template
having three color patterns changes color in response to selecting
different colors from three sets of color options. In some
embodiments, color patterns can have various shapes and
designs.
[0441] In some embodiments, the plurality of color pattern options
include a fifth color pattern option (e.g., 11114-1) having a
region (e.g., 11114-1a) (e.g., a region having a default color)
that is not responsive to selections of the color options (e.g.,
11112) (e.g., the default color is not changeable by the set of
color options). In some embodiments, one or more of the color
patterns include patterns of a type that have one or more default
colors that do not change. For example, a camo pattern includes a
black color that is not changeable by the set of color options. As
another example, a skull pattern has eye sockets and nose regions
that are always black. As another example, clown and vampire
patterns have a white base color that is not changeable by the set
of color options. As yet another example, an ogre pattern has lips
and eyes regions that have a black color that is not changeable by
the set of color options.
[0442] In response (1212) to detecting the selection of the color
option (e.g., 11112-1b) in the set of color options that
corresponds to the second color, the electronic device maintains
(1216) display of the avatar (e.g., 11005) including the first
feature (e.g., 11118). In some embodiments, the first feature has
the first color pattern (e.g., 11120) (e.g., the lightning bolt
color pattern) (e.g., the avatar maintains the same color pattern
(e.g., the first color pattern), however, any of the regions of the
maintained color pattern optionally change color depending on
whether the region corresponds to the selected color option. For
example, if the first region of the first color pattern corresponds
to the selected color option, then the first region changes from
the first color to the second color. Otherwise, the first region
remains unchanged (e.g., having the first color).).
[0443] In some embodiments, maintaining display of the avatar
(e.g., 11005) including the first feature (e.g., 11118) includes
changing a respective one of the colors (e.g., 11122-1a) (e.g., the
first color; a color other than the first color) in the first set
of colors of the first color pattern to the second color (e.g.,
11122-1b) (e.g., the color pattern applied to the avatar is
maintained while one of the colors in the set of colors is changed
to the second color (e.g., blue)). In some embodiments, the color
that changes in the first set of colors of the first color pattern
applied to the avatar is in a region of the first color pattern
that is responsive to the set of color options. Thus, as different
color options are selected from the set of color options, the color
of the responsive region changes to the selected colors. In some
embodiments, the color that changes in the first set of colors is
the color (e.g., first color) in the first region of the first
color pattern. In some embodiments, the color that changes in the
first set of colors is a color in a different region (e.g., not the
first region) of the first color pattern. Changing a respective one
of the colors in the first set of colors of the first color pattern
to the second color reduces the number of inputs to perform the
technical task of generating a virtual avatar. Reducing the number
of inputs needed to perform a task enhances the operability of the
device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by
helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user
mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which,
additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the
device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and
efficiently.
[0444] In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of
the color option in the set of color options (e.g., 11112-1) that
corresponds to the second color (e.g., 11112-1b), the electronic
device displays a color adjustment control (e.g., 11131) (e.g., a
color slider user interface) for the selected color option. In some
embodiments, the electronic device detects an input (e.g., a drag
gesture or tap gesture) that corresponds to the color adjustment
control. In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of
the color option in the set of color options that corresponds to
the second color and in response to detecting the input that
corresponds to the color adjustment control, the electronic device
modifies one or more properties (e.g., hue, saturation, value,
lightness, luminance, shading, midtones, highlights, warmth,
coolness, etc.) of the second color (e.g., modifying the one or
more properties based on a magnitude and direction of the input
that corresponds to the color adjustment control). In some
embodiments, modifying the one or more properties of the second
color includes modifying the one or more properties of the second
color at locations where the second color is displayed (e.g.,
displayed in response to being selected (e.g., in one or more of
the color pattern options; in the selected color option; in the
first feature)). In some embodiments, each set of color options
displays a color slider when one of the color options in the set of
color options is selected.
[0445] The electronic device detects (1218) a selection (e.g.,
11132) of a respective color pattern option (e.g., 11114-3) (e.g.,
the second color pattern option) of the color pattern options
having the changed appearance (e.g., see FIG. 11V) (e.g., selecting
one of the facepaint template options that was changed/updated in
response to the color selection; e.g., selecting the facepaint
template having the blue color and a vertical stripe pattern).
[0446] In response to detecting the selection of the respective
color pattern option (e.g., 11114-3) and while the second color
(e.g., 11112-1b) is selected for the set of color options (e.g.,
11112-1), the electronic device changes (1220) an appearance of the
first feature (e.g., 11118) of the avatar to have an appearance
generated based on the respective color pattern option with the
second color applied to a portion of the respective color pattern
option (e.g., avatar 11005 is updated with facepaint 11118 having a
color pattern corresponding to pattern option 11114-3, as shown in
FIG. 11W) (e.g., changing an appearance of the avatar to include
the selected facepaint template (e.g., having the blue color and
vertical stripe pattern)). In some embodiments, changing the
appearance of the avatar includes removing a first facepaint
template from the avatar and applying the selected facepaint
template to the avatar. In some embodiments, changing the
appearance of the avatar includes updating a color pattern that is
currently applied to the avatar to include the changed color (e.g.,
switching from red color to blue color) without changing the color
pattern (e.g., without changing the design of the facepaint
template applied to the avatar). Changing an appearance of the
first feature to have an appearance generated based on the color
pattern option with the second color applied to a portion of the
color pattern option, while the second color is selected for the
set of color options, provides visual feedback to the user that
selection of colors in the respective set of color options causes a
corresponding change in color for the respective color pattern
option. This provides an improved control scheme for creating an
avatar, which can require fewer inputs to generate custom
appearances of the avatar than would be necessary if a different
control scheme were used (e.g., a control scheme requiring
manipulation of individual control points to build the avatar).
Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform a task enhances the
operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more
efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and
reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)
which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life
of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly
and efficiently.
[0447] In some embodiments, changing an appearance of the first
feature (e.g., 11118) of the avatar (e.g., 11005) to have the
appearance generated based on the respective color pattern option
with the second color applied to a portion of the respective color
pattern option includes, in accordance with a determination that
the respective color pattern option is the second color pattern
option (e.g., 11114-3) (e.g., an option for the pattern with
vertical stripes), displaying the first feature of the avatar
having a second color pattern (e.g., vertical stripes applied to
the face of the avatar) corresponding to the second color pattern
option (e.g., avatar 11005 is updated with facepaint 11118 having a
color pattern corresponding to pattern option 11114-3, as shown in
FIG. 11W) (e.g., the avatar is displayed with a color pattern that
matches the selected second color pattern option (e.g., a pattern
having vertical stripes)). In some embodiments, changing an
appearance of the first feature of the avatar to have the
appearance generated based on the respective color pattern option
with the second color applied to a portion of the respective color
pattern option includes in accordance with a determination that the
respective color pattern option is a fourth color pattern option
(e.g., a camo pattern option) different from the second color
pattern option, displaying the first feature of the avatar having a
fourth color pattern (e.g., a camo pattern) corresponding to the
fourth color pattern option (e.g., the avatar is displayed with a
color pattern that matches the selected fourth color pattern option
(e.g., a camo pattern)). Displaying the first feature of the avatar
having a fourth color pattern corresponding to the fourth color
pattern option allows a user to switch colors of a color pattern,
and then apply the changed color pattern to the avatar. This
provides an improved control scheme for creating an avatar, which
can require fewer inputs to generate custom appearances of the
avatar than would be necessary if a different control scheme were
used (e.g., a control scheme requiring manipulation of individual
control points to build the avatar). Reducing the number of inputs
needed to perform a task enhances the operability of the device and
makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping
the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the
user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0448] In some embodiments, the plurality of color pattern options
further includes a third color pattern option different from the
second color pattern option. In some embodiments, changing a
portion of the second color pattern option from a respective color
to the second color includes changing a portion of the third color
pattern option from a third color to the second color. Changing a
portion of the third color pattern option from a third color to the
second color when changing a portion of the second color pattern
option from a respective color to the second color allows a user to
update colors of multiple color pattern options by selecting a
single color option from the set of color options. This provides an
improved control scheme for creating an avatar, which can require
fewer inputs to generate custom appearances of the avatar than
would be necessary if a different control scheme were used (e.g., a
control scheme requiring manipulation of individual control points
to build the avatar). Reducing the number of inputs needed to
perform a task enhances the operability of the device and makes the
user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to
provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the
user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0449] Note that details of the processes described above with
respect to method 1200 (e.g., FIG. 12) are also applicable in an
analogous manner to the methods described below. For example,
methods 700, 800, 1000, 1300, 1500, 1700, and 1800 optionally
includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods
described above with reference to method 1200. For example, an
avatar can be displayed and used in a user interface in a manner
similar to that described above. For brevity, these details are not
repeated below.
[0450] FIG. 13 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for
displaying avatars in an avatar editing application user interface
using an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
Method 1300 is performed at a device (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600)
with a display and an input device. Some operations in method 1300
are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are,
optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally,
omitted.
[0451] As described below, method 1300 provides an intuitive way
for displaying avatars in an avatar editing application user
interface. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for
displaying avatars in an avatar editing application user interface,
thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For
battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to display
avatars in an avatar editing application user interface faster and
more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between
battery charges.
[0452] The electronic device (e.g., 600) displays (1302), via the
display device (e.g., 601), an avatar editing user interface (e.g.,
1102) (e.g., a single interface screen).
[0453] The electronic device (e.g., 600) displays (1304) the avatar
editing user interface including (e.g., includes displaying
concurrently) an avatar (e.g., 11005) (e.g., an avatar such as, for
example, an avatar modeled to represent a human character, and/or
an avatar that can be created and/or customized by the user)
including a respective avatar feature (e.g., 11014) (e.g., mouth,
tongue, face), the respective avatar feature having a first pose
(e.g., 11014-1) (e.g., a default pose or state of the feature;
e.g., mouth closed; e.g., tongue inside avatar mouth; e.g., a
facial expression). In some embodiments avatars modeled to
represent a human include customizable (e.g., selectable or
configurable) avatar features that generally correspond to physical
traits of a human. For example, such an avatar may include a
representation of a person having various physical, human features
or characteristics (e.g., an older woman with a dark skin tone and
having long, straight, brown hair). Such an avatar would also
include a representation of a person having various non-human
characteristics that are typically associated with an appearance of
a human (e.g., cosmetic enhancements, hats, glasses, etc.). In some
embodiments, such an avatar would not include an anthropomorphic
construct such as a stylized animal, a stylized robot, or a
stylization of a normally inanimate or normally inhuman object.
[0454] The electronic device (e.g., 600) displays (1306) the avatar
editing user interface including an avatar option selection region
(e.g., 11008) (e.g., a visually distinguished region that includes
options selectable for modifying an avatar feature) including a
plurality of avatar feature options (e.g., 11016; 11018) (e.g.,
displayed representations of available modifications of a
corresponding avatar feature. In some embodiments, the feature
options include graphical depictions of different feature options
that may be selected to customize aspects or values of a particular
avatar feature.) corresponding to a set of candidate values (e.g.,
11016-1 through 11016-6) (e.g., 11018-1 through 11018-3) (e.g., a
set of candidates or candidate options) for a characteristic (e.g.,
teeth style; piercing type) of an avatar feature (e.g., 11020;
11022) (e.g., a selected avatar feature other than the respective
avatar feature) and having an appearance based on the avatar.
[0455] The electronic device detects (1308), via the input device,
a request (e.g., 11012) to display options for editing the
respective avatar feature (e.g., a selection of "Mouth" affordance
for modifying features of the respective avatar feature and/or
scrolling through a set of options for modifying features of the
respective avatar feature, such as a mouth of the avatar).
[0456] In response to detecting the request, the electronic device
updates (1310) the avatar option selection region (e.g., 11008) to
display avatar feature options (e.g., 11016; 11018) corresponding
to a set of candidate values for a characteristic (e.g., teeth,
tongue piercings, etc.) of the respective avatar feature (e.g.,
avatar mouth 11014). In some embodiments, updating the avatar
option selection region to display avatar feature options
corresponding to a set of candidate values for a characteristic of
the respective avatar feature includes concurrently displaying
(1312) a representation of a first option (e.g., 11018-1) (e.g., an
avatar tongue piercing option) for the respective avatar feature in
which the respective avatar feature (e.g., 11014) has a second pose
(e.g., 11014-3) (e.g., avatar mouth is open with the tongue is
sticking out) (e.g., a second pose that is different from the first
pose) (e.g., a second pose that is the same as the first pose) and
displaying (1314) a representation of a second option (e.g.,
11016-1) (e.g., an avatar teeth option) for the respective avatar
feature in which the respective avatar feature has a third pose
(e.g., 11014-2) that is different from the second pose (e.g., the
avatar mouth is open (e.g., lips pulled back) in a smiling pose to
reveal the avatar teeth). Displaying the respective representations
of the first and second options having different poses enhances the
displayed options so that a user can more easily see and accurately
edit the characteristics of the respective avatar features. This
provides an improved control scheme for creating or editing an
avatar, which can require fewer inputs to generate custom
appearances of the avatar than would be necessary if a different
control scheme were used (e.g., a control scheme requiring
manipulation of individual control points to build the avatar).
Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform a task enhances the
operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more
efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and
reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)
which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life
of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly
and efficiently.
[0457] In some embodiments updating the avatar option selection
region (e.g., 11008) to display avatar feature options
corresponding to a set of candidate values for a characteristic of
the respective avatar feature further includes displaying a
plurality of representations of alternatives (e.g., 11018-2;
11018-3) for the first option (e.g., different avatar tongue
piercing options) for the respective avatar feature in which the
respective avatar feature has the second pose (e.g., 11014-3)
(e.g., the avatar mouth is open with the tongue sticking out) in
each of the plurality of representations of alternatives for the
first option. Displaying the plurality of representations of
alternatives for the first option for the respective avatar feature
in which the respective avatar feature has the second pose in each
of the plurality of representations of alternatives for the first
option enhances the displayed appearances of the plurality of
representations so that a user can more easily see and accurately
edit different characteristics of the respective avatar feature
based on the plurality of representations of alternatives for the
first option. This provides an improved control scheme for creating
or editing an avatar, which can require fewer inputs to generate
custom appearances of the avatar than would be necessary if a
different control scheme were used (e.g., a control scheme
requiring manipulation of individual control points to build the
avatar). Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform a task
enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device
interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide
proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting
with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and
improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the
device more quickly and efficiently.
[0458] In some embodiments, updating the avatar option selection
region to display avatar feature options corresponding to a set of
candidate values for a characteristic of the respective avatar
feature further includes displaying a plurality of representations
of alternatives (e.g., 11016-2 through 11016-6) for the second
option (e.g., different avatar teeth options) for the respective
avatar feature in which the respective avatar feature has the third
pose (e.g., 11014-2) that is different from the second pose (e.g.,
the avatar mouth is open with the lips pulled back in a smiling
pose to reveal the avatar teeth) in each of the plurality of
representations of alternatives for the second option. Displaying
the plurality of representations of alternatives for the second
option for the respective avatar feature in which the respective
avatar feature has the third pose in each of the plurality of
representations of alternatives for the second option enhances the
displayed appearances of the plurality of representations so that a
user can more easily see and accurately edit different
characteristics of the respective avatar feature based on the
plurality of representations of alternatives for the second option.
This provides an improved control scheme for creating or editing an
avatar, which can require fewer inputs to generate custom
appearances of the avatar than would be necessary if a different
control scheme were used (e.g., a control scheme requiring
manipulation of individual control points to build the avatar).
Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform a task enhances the
operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more
efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and
reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)
which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life
of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly
and efficiently.
[0459] In some embodiments, the plurality of representations of
alternatives for the first option and the plurality of
representations of alternatives for the second option each have an
appearance that is based on an appearance of the avatar (e.g., the
appearance of the avatar is selected based on avatar editing inputs
(e.g., selecting avatar features such as skin color, lipstick
color, age, facial hair color and style, etc.) and the
representations of alternatives each include an appearance that
incorporates the selected appearance of the avatar (e.g., based on
the avatar editing inputs for the avatar (e.g., having the same
selected avatar features))).
[0460] In some embodiments, the first option corresponds to an
option for editing a first portion (e.g., 11022) of the respective
avatar feature (e.g., 11014) (e.g., a tongue portion of an avatar
mouth). In some embodiments, the second pose (e.g., 11014-3)
increases a degree of visibility (e.g., prominence; a level of
detail) of the first portion of the respective avatar feature. In
some embodiments, the second option corresponds to an option for
editing a second portion (e.g., 11020) of the respective avatar
feature that is different from the first portion (e.g., a tongue
portion of an avatar mouth). In some embodiments, the third pose
(e.g., 11014-2) increases a degree of visibility of the second
portion of the respective avatar feature. In some embodiments,
increasing a degree of visibility of a portion of a feature
includes enlarging a view of the portion or displaying additional
content of the portion so that the portion is easier for a user to
see. Increasing the degree of visibility of the first or second
portions allows a user to more easily view the respective portion
to more accurately edit features of the avatar that correspond to
the respective portion.
[0461] In some embodiments, the first portion (e.g., 11022) has a
first degree of visibility when the respective avatar feature
(e.g., 11014) has the first pose (e.g., 11014-1), and the degree of
visibility of the first portion is greater in the second pose
(e.g., 11014-3) than the first degree of visibility of the first
portion in the first pose (e.g., the first portion has an increased
degree of visibility in the second pose than it does in the first
pose). In some embodiments, the second portion (e.g., 11020) has a
second degree of visibility when the respective avatar feature has
the first pose, and the degree of visibility of the second portion
is greater in the third pose (e.g., 11014-2) than the second degree
of visibility of the second portion in the first pose (e.g., the
second portion has an increased degree of visibility in the third
pose than it does in the first pose). In some embodiments, a pose
of the respective avatar feature is not determined based on
tracking a face of the user, and the first pose of the respective
avatar feature is a neutral pose of the respective avatar feature
or a predetermined pose of the respective avatar. In some
embodiments, the first pose of the respective avatar feature is
determined based on a pose of a face detected within a field of
view of a camera of the electronic device.
[0462] In some embodiments, the first portion (e.g., 11022) has a
third degree of visibility when the respective avatar feature has
the third pose (e.g., 11014-2), and the degree of visibility of the
first portion is greater in the second pose (e.g., 11014-3) than
the third degree of visibility of the first portion in the third
pose (e.g., the first portion has an increased degree of visibility
in the second pose than it does in the third pose). In some
embodiments, the second portion (e.g., 11020) has a fourth degree
of visibility when the respective avatar feature has the second
pose (e.g., 11014-3), and the degree of visibility of the second
portion is greater in the third pose (e.g., 11014-2) than the
fourth degree of visibility of the second portion in the second
pose (e.g., the second portion has an increased degree of
visibility in the third pose than it does in the second pose).
[0463] In some embodiments, the respective avatar feature is an
avatar mouth (e.g., 11014). In some embodiments, the first option
is a piercing option (e.g., tongue piercing option 11018-1) for an
avatar tongue (e.g., 11022). In some embodiments, the second pose
(e.g., 11014-3) is a pose in which the avatar mouth is displayed
with the avatar tongue extending from the avatar mouth (e.g., the
avatar mouth is open with the tongue sticking out). In some
embodiments, the avatar mouth has a first pose in which the tongue
is not extended, and the second pose shows the tongue sticking out.
Displaying the avatar mouth having a pose in which the avatar
tongue is extended from the avatar mouth enhances the displayed
appearance of the avatar tongue so that a user can more easily see
and accurately edit different tongue piercing characteristics of
the avatar mouth based on the pose having the tongue extended. This
provides an improved control scheme for creating or editing an
avatar, which can require fewer inputs to generate custom
appearances of the avatar than would be necessary if a different
control scheme were used (e.g., a control scheme requiring
manipulation of individual control points to build the avatar).
Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform a task enhances the
operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more
efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and
reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)
which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life
of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly
and efficiently.
[0464] In some embodiments, the respective avatar feature is an
avatar mouth (e.g., 11014). In some embodiments, the second option
is an avatar teeth option (e.g., 11016-1) (e.g., teeth options such
as braces, tooth gaps (e.g., lost tooth, lucky tooth gap), grills,
fangs, single gold tooth, etc.). In some embodiments, the third
pose (e.g., 11014-2) is a pose in which the avatar mouth is
displayed with avatar lips positioned to reveal avatar teeth (e.g.,
11020) (e.g., the avatar mouth is open with the lips pulled back
(e.g., in a smiling pose) to reveal the avatar teeth). In some
embodiments, the avatar mouth has a first pose in which the lips
are in a closed position (e.g., a neutral mouth pose or smiling
without revealing teeth), and the third pose shows the lips in a
different position revealing the avatar teeth. Displaying the
avatar mouth having a pose in which the avatar lips are positioned
to reveal avatar teeth enhances the displayed appearance of the
avatar teeth so that a user can more easily see and accurately edit
different teeth characteristics of the avatar mouth based on the
pose having the lips positioned to reveal the avatar teeth. This
provides an improved control scheme for creating or editing an
avatar, which can require fewer inputs to generate custom
appearances of the avatar than would be necessary if a different
control scheme were used (e.g., a control scheme requiring
manipulation of individual control points to build the avatar).
Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform a task enhances the
operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more
efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and
reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)
which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life
of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly
and efficiently.
[0465] Note that details of the processes described above with
respect to method 1300 (e.g., FIG. 13) are also applicable in an
analogous manner to the methods described above and below. For
example, methods 700, 800, 1000, 1200, 1500, 1700, and 1800
optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the
various methods described above with reference to method 1200. For
example, an avatar can be displayed and used in a user interface in
a manner similar to that described above. For brevity, these
details are not repeated below.
[0466] FIGS. 14A-14E illustrate exemplary user interfaces for
displaying a virtual avatar, in accordance with some embodiments.
The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the
processes described below, including the processes in FIG. 15.
[0467] FIGS. 14A-14E illustrate exemplary user inputs and
corresponding changes to an exemplary virtual avatar (e.g., smiley
avatar 1405), which can be displayed on an electronic device, such
as electronic device 600 shown in FIG. 6A, and having display 601,
which in some cases is a touch-sensitive display, and camera 602,
which, at a minimum, includes an image sensor that is capable of
capturing data representing a portion of the light spectrum (e.g.,
visible light, infrared light, or ultraviolet light). In some
embodiments, camera 602 includes multiple image sensors and/or
other types of sensors. In addition to capturing data representing
sensed light, in some embodiments, camera 602 is capable of
capturing other types of data, such as depth data. For example, in
some embodiments, camera 602 also captures depth data using
techniques based on speckle, time-of-flight, parallax, or focus.
Image data that device 600 captures using camera 602 includes data
corresponding to a portion of the light spectrum for a scene within
the field of view of the camera. Additionally, in some embodiments,
the captured image data also includes depth data for the light
data. In some other embodiments, the captured image data contains
data sufficient to determine or generate depth data for the data
for the portion of the light spectrum. In some embodiments,
electronic device 600 includes one or more elements and/or features
of devices 100, 300, and 500.
[0468] In some examples, electronic device 600 includes a depth
camera, such as an infrared camera, a thermographic camera, or a
combination thereof. In some examples, the device further includes
a light-emitting device (e.g., light projector), such an IR flood
light, a structured light projector, or a combination thereof. The
light-emitting device is, optionally, used to illuminate the
subject during capture of the image by a visible light camera and a
depth camera (e.g., an IR camera) and the information from the
depth camera and the visible light camera are used to determine a
depth map of different portions of subject captured by the visible
light camera. In some embodiments, a depth map (e.g., depth map
image) contains information (e.g., values) that relates to the
distance of objects in a scene from a viewpoint (e.g., a camera).
In one embodiment of a depth map, each depth pixel defines the
position in the viewpoint's Z-axis where its corresponding
two-dimensional pixel is located. In some examples, a depth map is
composed of pixels wherein each pixel is defined by a value (e.g.,
0-255). For example, the "0" value represents pixels that are
located at the most distant place in a "three dimensional" scene,
and the "255" value represents pixels that are located closest to a
viewpoint (e.g., camera) in the "three dimensional" scene. In other
examples, a depth map represents the distance between an object in
a scene and the plane of the viewpoint. In some embodiments, the
depth map includes information about the relative depth of various
features of an object of interest in view of the depth camera
(e.g., the relative depth of eyes, nose, mouth, ears of a user's
face). In some embodiments, the depth map includes information that
enables the device to determine contours of the object of interest
in a z direction. In some embodiments, the lighting effects
described herein are displayed using disparity information from two
cameras (e.g., two visual light cameras) for rear facing images and
using depth information from a depth camera combined with image
data from a visual light camera for front facing images (e.g.,
selfie images). In some embodiments, the same user interface is
used when the two visual light cameras are used to determine the
depth information and when the depth camera is used to determine
the depth information, providing the user with a consistent
experience, even when using dramatically different technologies to
determine the information that is used when generating the lighting
effects. In some embodiments, while displaying the camera user
interface with one of the lighting effects applied, the device
detects selection of a camera switching affordance and switches
from the front facing cameras (e.g., a depth camera and a visible
light camera) to the rear-facing cameras (e.g., two visible light
cameras that are spaced apart from each other) (or vice versa)
while maintaining display of the user interface controls for
applying the lighting effect and replacing display of the field of
view of the front facing cameras to the field of view of the rear
facing cameras (or vice versa).
[0469] In some embodiments, a virtual avatar (also referred to as
an "avatar") is a representation of the user that can be
graphically depicted. In some embodiments, the virtual avatar is
non-photorealistic (e.g., cartoonish). In some embodiments, the
avatar is an anthropomorphic construct such as an animated emoji
(e.g., a smiley face). In some embodiments, the virtual avatar
includes an avatar face having one or more avatar features (e.g.,
avatar facial features). In some embodiments, the avatar features
correspond (e.g., are mapped) to one or more physical features of a
user's face such that detected movement of the user's physical
feature(s) affects the avatar feature (e.g., affects the graphical
representation of the features).
[0470] In some embodiments, a user is able to manipulate
characteristics or features of a virtual avatar using a camera
sensor (e.g., camera 602) (e.g., camera module 143, optical sensor
164, depth camera sensor 175). As a user's physical features (such
as facial features) and position (such as head position, head
rotation, or head tilt) changes, the electronic device detects the
changes and, in response, modifies the displayed image of the
virtual avatar (e.g., to reflect the changes in the user's physical
features and position). In some embodiments, the changes to the
user's physical features and position are indicative of various
expressions, emotions, context, tone, or other non-verbal
communication. In some embodiments, the electronic device modifies
the displayed image of the virtual avatar to represent these
expressions, emotions, context, tone, or other non-verbal
communication.
[0471] In some embodiments, a virtual avatar can be displayed in
the context of various applications such as, for example, a
messaging application (e.g., messaging user interface 603, avatar
creation user interface 632, avatar editing user interface 670), a
contacts application (e.g., live pose interface 926, contact card
976, etc.), a camera application, a media viewer application (e.g.,
a photo application or other application for viewing multimedia
content such as pictures and videos), and a video communication
application. For example, in the context of a messaging
application, a virtual avatar can be used to generate visual
effects (e.g., multimedia content) including stickers, static
virtual avatars, and animated virtual avatars, which can be
communicated to users of the messaging application. Examples of
such embodiments are described above and illustrated in FIGS.
6A-6V. As another example, in the context of a messaging
application, contacts application, camera application, media viewer
application, or video communication application, a virtual avatar
can be used to display various visual effects when displaying image
data (e.g., image data captured by a camera (e.g., 602) of an
electronic device (e.g., device 100, 300, 500, 600)). Details for
generating and sending visual effects (e.g., including virtual
avatars) in a messaging application, and displaying visual effects
in a messaging application, camera application, media viewer
application, and video communication application, are provided in
US Patent Publication No. US 2018/0335927, which is hereby
incorporated by reference for all purposes.
[0472] FIGS. 14A-14E represent various detected states of user 1401
and corresponding states of smiley avatar 1405. The representations
(e.g., user states 1411-1 through 1411-19) on the left side of
FIGS. 14A-14E represent a user as detected by the electronic device
when the user is within the field of view of one or more cameras
(e.g., camera 602) (e.g., camera module 143, optical sensor 164,
depth camera sensor 175) and/or other sensors (e.g., infrared
sensors). In other words, the representations of the user are from
the perspective of the camera (e.g., camera 602) (e.g., camera
module 143, optical sensor 164, depth camera sensor 175), which may
be positioned on the electronic device (e.g., device 100, 300, 500,
600) in some embodiments and, in other embodiments, may be
positioned separate from the electronic device (e.g., an external
camera or sensor passing data to the electronic device). In some
embodiments, the borders of the representations on the left side of
FIGS. 14A-14E represent the boundaries of the field of view of the
one or more cameras (e.g., 602) (e.g., camera module 143, optical
sensor 164, depth camera sensor 175) and/or other sensors (e.g.,
infrared sensors). In some embodiments, the representations of the
user are displayed on a display (e.g., touch screen 112, display
340, display 450, display 504, display 601) of the electronic
device as image data. In some embodiments, the image data is
transmitted to an external electronic device for display. In some
embodiments, the external electronic device includes one or more
elements and/or features of devices 100, 300, 500, and 600. In some
embodiments, the image data is collected and processed by the
device (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600), but is not immediately displayed
on the device or transmitted to an external electronic device.
[0473] Each of the representations (e.g., avatar states 1412-1
through 1412-19) on the right side of FIGS. 14A-14E illustrate a
virtual avatar (e.g., smiley avatar 1405) in a state that is
presented (e.g., displayed after being modified) based on the
corresponding detected state of the user (e.g., user states 1411-1
through 1411-19) located on the left side of the figure. In some
embodiments, the virtual avatar is shown from the perspective of a
user viewing the virtual avatar. In some embodiments, the virtual
avatar is displayed on the display of the electronic device (e.g.,
touch screen 112, display 340, display 450, display 504, display
601). In some embodiments, the virtual avatar is transmitted to the
external electronic device for display (e.g., with or without the
image data of the user). In some embodiments, the representations
on the right side of FIGS. 14A-14E represent a position of the
virtual avatar within a display region of the display of the
electronic device (e.g., touch screen 112, display 340, display
450, display 504, display 601), and the borders of the
representations on the right side of FIGS. 14A-14E represent the
boundaries of the display region that includes the virtual avatar.
In some embodiments, the display region represented on the right
side corresponds to an avatar display region of an application user
interface, such as a virtual avatar interface, message composition
area, or message area (or a portion thereof) that may be presented
in the context of, for example, a messaging application.
[0474] In some embodiments, the magnitude of a reaction of an
avatar feature (e.g., a discrete element of the avatar that can be
moved or modified discretely with respect to other avatar features)
corresponds to a magnitude of a change in a physical feature of the
user (e.g., a detected or tracked feature such as a user muscle,
muscle group, or anatomical feature such as an eye). For example,
the magnitude of the change in the physical feature is, in some
embodiments, determined in accordance with a potential range of
motion of the physical feature, wherein the magnitude is
representative of a relative position of the physical feature
within the range of motion (e.g., the predicted or modeled range of
motion) of that physical feature. In such embodiments, the
magnitude of the reaction (e.g., change in position) of the avatar
feature is similarly a relative position of the avatar feature
within a range of motion of the avatar feature. In some
embodiments, the magnitude of change is determined based on a
comparison or measurement (e.g., a distance) of the starting
position and ending position of the physical feature, through the
change. In such embodiments, the change in the physical feature can
be translated to a modification of the first avatar feature by
applying the measured change in the physical feature to the avatar
feature (e.g., directly or as a scaled or adjusted value).
[0475] In some embodiments, modifications to an avatar feature have
both a magnitude component and a directional component, with the
directional component of the modification in the avatar feature
being based on a directional component of a change in one or more
of the physical features (e.g., facial features of the user's face)
to which the avatar feature reacts. In some embodiments, the
direction of a reaction of an avatar feature corresponds (e.g.,
directly or inversely) to a relative direction of a change in a
physical feature of the user, wherein the relative direction of the
change in the physical feature is determined based on a direction
of movement of the physical feature from an initial position (e.g.,
a neutral, resting position of the physical feature or, in some
embodiments, a position of the physical feature that is initially
detected by the device). In some embodiments, the direction of the
reaction of the avatar feature corresponds directly (e.g., the
physical feature moves up, the avatar feature also moves up) to the
relative direction of the change in the physical feature. In other
embodiments, the direction of the reaction of the avatar feature
corresponds inversely (e.g., the physical feature moves up, the
avatar feature moves down) to the relative direction of the change
in the physical feature.
[0476] In some embodiments, the directional component of the change
in the avatar feature is mirrored with respect to the directional
component of the change in the physical feature. For example, when
the physical feature (e.g., user's mouth) moves left, the avatar
feature (e.g., avatar mouth) moves right. In some embodiments, the
directional component of the change in the avatar feature is the
same as the directional component of the change in the physical
feature for movement along a vertical axis and mirrored for
movement along a horizontal axis, similar to the effect seen when
looking in a mirror. In some embodiments, a change in relative
position of a physical feature (e.g., the user's iris or eyebrow)
is in a direction determined from a neutral, resting position of
the physical feature. For example, in some embodiments, the
neutral, resting position of a user's iris is determined to be a
particular position (e.g., centered) relative to the perimeter of
the user's eyeball.
[0477] FIGS. 14A-14E illustrate an embodiment in which the
electronic device displays smiley avatar 1405 having an appearance
of an animated emoji that changes poses in response to detected
changes in facial features of user 1401. Specifically, smiley
avatar 1405 tracks the user's facial features by detecting movement
of a user's facial feature within a range of movement for the
respective facial feature. The electronic device modifies (e.g.,
changes poses of) a corresponding avatar feature within a range of
movement (e.g., a range of poses) for the respective avatar
feature. As the avatar feature moves to a predetermined position
within the range, the avatar feature snaps (e.g., via an animated
transition) to a predetermined pose, which is maintained for a
sub-portion of the range of movement for the corresponding facial
feature. Thus, this sub-portion of the range of movement of the
facial feature is considered to be mapped to (e.g., corresponding
to) the snapped pose of the avatar feature. Additional movement of
the facial feature within this sub-portion does not cause a change
in the snapped position of the avatar feature (e.g., the electronic
device maintains the snapped pose for these positions of the facial
feature).
[0478] In some embodiments, the snapped pose of the avatar feature
can be said to have a greater inertia than other avatar poses, such
that a greater degree of facial feature pose change is required to
modify away from the snapped pose, once triggered. In some
embodiments, there is a degree of hysteresis associated with the
snapped pose of the avatar feature such that the feature is
maintained (e.g., not modified), once triggered, for a period of
time even after a change is detected in the corresponding facial
feature (e.g., while the corresponding facial feature is still
within the sub-portion of facial poses that correspond to the
snapped avatar pose). In some embodiments, when the facial feature
reaches a threshold of the sub-portion, changes in the facial
feature near the threshold distort the snapped pose of the
corresponding avatar feature (e.g., as shown in avatar state 1412-5
of FIG. 14B).
[0479] The predefined poses (e.g., snapped poses) can be poses that
are associated with an emoji character (e.g., a static/non-animated
emoji), or a portion thereof, such as an emoji character that the
electronic device is configured to communicate to a user (e.g., via
messaging user interface 603 in FIG. 6A). Through the tracking and
snapping behavior discussed above, the user can control individual
features of smiley avatar 1405 to track the user's corresponding
facial feature and to snap to one or more predefined poses that
match various emoji characters. In some embodiments, this can be
done while one or more additional features of smiley avatar 1405
track the user's facial features. For example, the user can control
smiley avatar 1405 to have a mouth pose that matches a predefined
emoji smile, while the eyes of smiley avatar 1405 track the user's
eyes. These behaviors allow the user to control smiley avatar 1405
to convey expressions using both expressions matching the user's
face as well as expressions matching different emoji characters,
which can often be more expressive than a person's facial features.
In instances in which the changes to smiley avatar 1405 are
transmitted to another user, the expressions of smiley avatar 1405
are less likely to be misconstrued by the recipient user because
the expressions of smiley avatar 1405 can incorporate recognized
facial expressions of various existing and well-recognized
emojis.
[0480] FIGS. 14A-14E demonstrate the behaviors summarized above by
illustrating various examples of the electronic device modifying
smiley avatar 1405 in response to detecting changes in facial
features of user 1401. User 1401 is shown in user states 1411-1
through 1411-19 and smiley avatar 1405 is shown in avatar states
1412-1 through 1412-19. Smiley avatar 1405 includes various avatar
features including avatar eyes 1415, avatar mouth 1425, avatar
eyebrows 1435, avatar head 1445, lighting effect 1455, and avatar
teeth 1465. User 1401 includes various detected physical features
(e.g., facial features) including, for example, eyes 1410, mouth
1420, eyebrows 1430, and head 1440. In some embodiments, tracked
physical features may include other facial features such as
eyelids, lips, muscles, muscle groups, and so forth. In some
embodiments, device 600 ignores changes to particular facial
features when movement of such features interfere with the display
of snapping poses or result in unnatural behaviors. For example,
changes in a user's jaw position are not used for modifying smiley
avatar 1405, because jaw movement can cause the mouth of smiley
avatar 1405 to snap to different positions in an unnatural
manner.
[0481] FIG. 14A shows smiley avatar 1405 transitioning from a
neutral smiley avatar pose to a pose that corresponds to an emoji
having a large smile with teeth. Smiley avatar 1405 is shown having
four displayed states (1412-1, 1412-2, 1412-3, and 1412-4), with
each of the four displayed states of smiley avatar 1405
corresponding, respectively, to four detected states of user 1401
(1411-1, 1411-2, 1411-3, and 1411-4). In user state 1411-1, the
electronic device detects user 1401 in a neutral pose in which user
head 1440 is facing forward (e.g., not tilted or rotated), user
mouth 1420 is in a closed position with a slight smile, user eyes
1410 are in a neutral, front-facing position (e.g., the user's eyes
are looking forward and not up, down, or to the side), and user
eyebrows 1430 are in a neutral, resting position (e.g., eyebrows
are not raised or lowered). Based on the positions of these
detected features of user 1401, the electronic device displays, in
avatar state 1412-1, smiley avatar 1405 having a neutral pose in
which avatar mouth 1425 is closed and slightly smiling, avatar eyes
1415 are in a neutral, front-facing position (e.g., the eyes have a
neutral, round shape and are looking forward and not up, down, or
to the side), avatar head 1445 is facing forward (e.g., not rotated
or tilted), and lighting effect 1455 is centered at the top of
avatar head 1445.
[0482] In user state 1411-2, the electronic device detects movement
of user mouth 1420 to a slightly larger smiling position. The
position of user mouth 1420 is not a position that triggers
snapping avatar mouth 1425 to a predefined pose. Therefore, the
electronic device modifies avatar mouth 1425 to mirror movement of
user mouth 1420 by slightly increasing the smile of avatar mouth
1425, as shown in avatar state 1412-2, without snapping to a
predefined pose. The electronic device does not detect changes to
any other user features in user state 1411-2 and, therefore, does
not modify any other avatar features of smiley avatar 1405 in
avatar state 1412-2.
[0483] In user state 1411-3, the electronic device detects movement
of user mouth 1420 to a slightly opened smiling position and
movement of user eyes 1410 to a slightly squinting position. The
position of user mouth 1420 is a position that triggers snapping
avatar mouth 1425 to a predefined pose. Therefore, the electronic
device modifies avatar mouth 1425 to snap to the predefined pose,
which is a large smile 1425-1 with avatar teeth 1465, as shown in
avatar state 1412-3. In some embodiments, this snapping behavior is
displayed as an animated change of the avatar mouth 1425
transitioning from the pose in avatar state 1412-2 to the pose in
avatar state 1412-3. The snapped pose of the avatar mouth 1425-1
does not mirror the pose of user mouth 1420 in user state 1411-3.
For example, avatar mouth 1425-1 is a large, open mouth revealing
avatar teeth 1465, whereas user mouth 1420 is a slightly opened
position having a smile with little or no teeth shown.
[0484] Although the electronic device detects a change in position
of user eyes 1410 in user state 1411-3, the eyes are still within a
range of positions that correspond to a neutral eye pose 1415-1 of
avatar eyes. Therefore, the electronic device does not modify
avatar eyes 1415 in avatar state 1412-3.
[0485] In user state 1411-4, the electronic device detects
continued movement of user mouth 1420 to a wider smile pose, but
does not further modify the appearance of smiley avatar 1405 in
avatar state 1412-4. This is because the position of user mouth
1420 is still within the range of user mouth positions that
triggers display of avatar mouth 1425-1 having a large smile with
avatar teeth 1465, without being at an edge of the range that
causes distortion of the snapped pose.
[0486] FIG. 14B shows smiley avatar 1405 transitioning from the
pose of an emoji having a large smile 1425-1 with teeth 1465 to a
pose that corresponds to an emoji having a surprised expression.
Smiley avatar 1405 is shown having four displayed states (1412-5,
1412-6, 1412-7, and 1412-8), with each of the four displayed states
of smiley avatar 1405 corresponding, respectively, to four detected
states of user 1401 (1411-5, 1411-6, 1411-7, and 1411-8). In user
state 1411-5, the electronic device detects continued movement of
user mouth 1420 to a pose in which corner 1420a of user mouth 1420
is pulled up slightly. In response, the electronic device distorts
corner 1425a of avatar mouth 1425-1 while still maintaining the
same general appearance of the snapped avatar mouth pose having a
large smile with avatar teeth 1465. This is because detected
movement of corner 1420a is at the edge of the range of user mouth
poses that trigger the avatar mouth pose 1425-1 having a large
smile with avatar teeth. Thus, detected movement of user mouth 1420
at the edge of this range causes the electronic device to distort
avatar mouth 1425-1 while still maintaining the snapped pose. When
user mouth 1420 moves beyond the range, the electronic device
transitions the avatar mouth from the snapped pose to a pose that
is determined based on the position of user mouth 1420. An example
of this transition is described below and shown in avatar state
1412-6.
[0487] In user state 1411-6, the electronic device detects movement
of user mouth 1420 to an open position, user eyes 1410 shifting
sideways, and slight raising of user eyebrows 1430. The detected
movement of user mouth 1420 is to a pose that is beyond the
sub-portion of poses that correspond to the snapped pose (e.g.,
1425-1) and, therefore, causes the electronic device to display
avatar mouth 1425 moving from the predefined pose in avatar state
1412-5 to a pose that is determined based on the position of user
mouth 1420, as shown in avatar state 1412-6. The electronic device
also modifies avatar eyes 1415 to shift sideways to a shifted eye
position 1415-3 to mirror movement of user eyes 1410 in user state
1411-6. The electronic device does not modify smiley avatar 1405 in
response to the detected slight raising of user eyebrows 1430.
[0488] In user state 1411-7, the electronic device detects movement
of user eyes 1410 to a widened pose looking forward. The widened
pose of user eyes 1410 corresponds to a pose that triggers wide eye
pose 1415-2 for avatar eyes 1415. In response, the electronic
device modifies avatar eyes 1415 to snap to a wide eye pose 1415-2
as shown in avatar state 1412-7. The electronic device also detects
further widening of user mouth 1420 to a pose that triggers display
of avatar mouth 1425 snapping to wide mouth pose 1425-2. The
electronic device also detects further raising of user eyebrows
1430 to a pose that triggers display of avatar eyebrows 1435
appearing on smiley avatar 1405, as shown in avatar state 1412-7.
In some embodiments, display of avatar eyebrows 1435 is triggered
by the snapping of avatar eyes 1415 to the wide eye pose 1415-2,
and not in response to the detected position of user eyebrows 1430.
In some embodiments, display of avatar eyebrows 1435 is triggered
by the detected combination of snapping to the wide eye pose 1415-2
and snapping to the wide mouth pose 1425-2, and not in response to
the detected position of user eyebrows 1430.
[0489] In some embodiments, the electronic device displays avatar
eyebrows 1435 appearing in an animation in which the eyebrows
appear as holes (starting small and growing to the full size of the
eyebrow) that open in head 1445 of smiley avatar 1405 and darken in
color. This animation is represented in avatar states 1412-7 and
1412-8. The electronic device displays avatar eyebrows 1435 on
smiley avatar 1405 until the pose triggering their display is no
longer detected. In some embodiments, if the electronic device does
not detect the pose being maintained for at least a predetermined
amount of time (e.g., 0.5 seconds), then the eyebrows persist on
smiley avatar 1405 for the predetermined amount of time before
fading away. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays
avatar eyebrows 1435 disappearing in an animation in which the
eyebrows shrink in size and dim in color to give the appearance of
the eyebrows fading into smiley avatar head 1445.
[0490] In user state 1411-8, the electronic device detects
continued movement of user eyes 1410 to an even wider pose, and
maintains display of avatar eyes having wide eye pose 1415-2 and
avatar eyebrows 1435 displayed on avatar head 1445.
[0491] In some embodiments, some avatar features appear less
responsive than other avatar features to detected changes in a
corresponding facial feature. This is a result of the hysteresis
effect discussed above. For example, in avatar states 1412-1
through 1412-12, avatar mouth 1425 is responsive to slight changes
in user mouth 1420 (e.g., snapping to different poses and mirroring
slight movements in the user's mouth), whereas avatar eyes 1415 are
not responsive to changes in the widening of user eyes 1410 until
they are detected in a wide pose in user state 1411-7. This is
because the ranges of user feature poses that trigger avatar
features to snap to a predefined pose can be different magnitudes
of ranges for different avatar features. Here, the range of user
eye poses that trigger the neutral avatar eye pose 1415-1 shown in
avatar states 1412-1 through 1412-6 is larger than the individual
ranges of user mouth poses that trigger different avatar mouth
poses. Accordingly, a greater amount of detected movement of user
eyes 1410 is needed to change avatar eyes 1415 from the neutral
pose to a different eye pose such as wide eye pose 1415-2 in avatar
state 1412-7 (or squinty eye pose 1415-3 described below with
respect to avatar state 1412-14), whereas less detected movement of
user mouth 1420 is needed to move avatar mouth 1425 to different
poses (e.g., snapped poses 1425-1 and 1425-2 and non-snapped poses
1425).
[0492] FIG. 14C shows smiley avatar 1405 transitioning from the
pose of an emoji having a surprised expression to the neutral pose.
Smiley avatar 1405 is shown having four displayed states (1412-9,
1412-10, 1412-11, and 1412-12), with each of the four displayed
states of smiley avatar 1405 corresponding, respectively, to four
detected states of user 1401 (1411-9, 1411-10, 1411-11, and
1411-12). In user state 1411-9, the electronic device detects user
1401 with the same facial pose as in user state 1411-8. In
response, the electronic device maintains, in avatar state 1412-9,
display of smiley avatar 1405 having the same appearance as in
avatar state 1412-8.
[0493] In user state 1411-10, the electronic device detects user
eyes 1410 narrow slightly from the wide pose in user state 1411-9
and eyebrows 1430 return to a slightly raised position. The pose of
user eyes 1410 still triggers display of the wide eye pose 1425-2,
but the slightly raised position of eyebrows 1430 no longer
triggers display of avatar eyebrows 1435. Accordingly, the
electronic device maintains display of avatar eyes having wide eye
pose 1415-2, but ceases displaying avatar eyebrows 1435. As shown
in avatar state 1412-10, avatar eyebrows 1435 are displayed fading
off smiley avatar 1405 as discussed above. The electronic device
continues to detect user mouth 1420 in the wide pose, which is a
pose that triggers display of wide mouth pose 1425-2. Accordingly,
the electronic device maintains display of wide mouth pose 1425-2
in avatar state 1412-10.
[0494] In user state 1411-11, the electronic device detects user
eyes 1410 return to the neutral pose, while user mouth 1420 remains
in the wide pose. In response, the electronic device modifies
avatar eyes 1415 to return to neutral eye pose 1415-1 and maintains
display of wide mouth pose 1425-2 in avatar state 1412-11.
[0495] In user state 1411-12, the electronic device detects user
1401 return to the neutral pose detected in user state 1411-1. In
response, the electronic device modifies, in avatar state 1412-12,
smiley avatar 1405 to return to the neutral pose previously
discussed with respect to avatar state 1412-1.
[0496] FIG. 14D shows smiley avatar 1405 transitioning from the
pose of an emoji having a large smile 1425-1 with teeth 1465 to a
pose that corresponds to an emoji having a kissing face (e.g.,
squinty eyes and puckered lips). Smiley avatar 1405 is shown having
four displayed states (1412-13, 1412-14, 1412-15, and 1412-16),
with each of the four displayed states of smiley avatar 1405
corresponding, respectively, to four detected states of user 1401
(1411-13, 1411-14, 1411-15, and 1411-16). In user state 1411-13,
the electronic device detects user 1401 having the same facial
poses as detected in user state 1411-4. In response, the electronic
device displays smiley avatar 1405 in avatar state 1412-13 having
the same poses as discussed with respect to avatar state 1412-4.
Namely, smiley avatar 1405 has neutral eye pose 1415-1 and mouth
pose 1425-1, which is a large smile with displayed avatar teeth
1465.
[0497] In user state 1411-14, the electronic device detects
movement of user mouth 1420 to a slightly bigger smiling pose, and
user eyes 1410 moving to a squinted position. The detected movement
of user mouth 1420 is still within the range of mouth poses that
corresponds to large smile mouth pose 1425-1 with avatar teeth.
Therefore, the electronic device continues to display avatar mouth
1425 having large smile mouth pose 1425-1 with avatar teeth 1465.
The detected squinted position of user eyes 1410 is within a range
of eye poses that triggers snapping avatar eyes 1415 to a
predefined squinty eye pose 1415-3. Therefore, the electronic
device modifies the avatar eyes to transition from the neutral eye
pose to the squinty eye pose 1415-3, as shown in avatar state
1412-14.
[0498] In user state 1411-15, the electronic device detects
continued movement of user eyes 1410 to a closed position, and
movement of user mouth 1420 narrowing as the user is moving their
mouth towards a puckered pose. The detected position of the eyes is
still within the range of poses that triggers squinty eye pose
1415-3. Accordingly, the electronic device continues to display
smiley avatar 1405 having squinty eye pose 1415-3 as shown in
avatar state 1412-15. The detected movement of user mouth 1420 is
not within a range of mouth positions that correspond to a
predefined pose for avatar mouth 1425. Accordingly, the electronic
device modifies avatar mouth 1425 to a pose that is determined
based on the detected position of user mouth 1420 in user state
1411-15. Avatar mouth 1425 is, therefore, shown having a narrowed
smile in avatar state 1412-15.
[0499] In user state 1411-16, the electronic device detects
continued movement of user mouth 1420 to a puckered pose, and user
eyes 1410 remain in the same closed position as in the previous
user state. The detected puckered pose of user mouth 1420
corresponds to a predefined puckered pose for avatar mouth 1425.
Therefore, the electronic device displays smiley avatar 1405 having
puckered mouth pose 1425-3 in avatar state 1412-16. Because the
detected position of user eyes 1410 remains in the range of user
eye poses that trigger squinty eye pose 1415-3, the electronic
device continues to display avatar eyes 1415 having squinty eye
pose 1415-3 in avatar state 1412-16.
[0500] FIG. 14E shows smiley avatar 1405 moving from the neutral
pose to different orientations to show movement of smiley avatar
head 1445 without moving lighting effect 1455. Lighting effect is a
visual effect that gives the appearance that smiley avatar 1405 is
a spherical shape. Smiley avatar 1405 is shown having different
orientations to demonstrate the position of visual effect 1455 not
changing with the movement of smiley avatar 1405. Smiley avatar
1405 is shown having three displayed states (1412-17, 1412-18, and
1412-19), with each of the three displayed states of smiley avatar
1405 corresponding, respectively, to three detected states of user
1401 (1411-17, 1411-18, and 1411-19). In user state 1411-17, the
electronic device detects user 1401 in the neutral pose detected in
user states 1411-1 and 1411-12. In response, the electronic device
displays smiley avatar 1405, in avatar state 1412-17, having the
same neutral pose displayed in avatar states 1412-1 and 1412-12. In
the neutral pose, lighting effect 1455 is displayed at a centered
position at the top of avatar head 1445.
[0501] In user state 1411-18, the electronic device detects
rotation of user head 1440. In response, the electronic device
modifies smiley avatar 1405 to rotate avatar head 1445 to mirror
movement of user head 1440. The electronic device displays light
effect 1455 having a stationary position while avatar head 1445
rotates, as shown in avatar state 1412-18.
[0502] In user state 1411-19, the electronic device detects
movement of user mouth 1420 to an open position and tilting of user
head 1440. The open position of user mouth 1420 does not trigger a
snapped pose of avatar mouth 1425. In response, the electronic
device modifies smiley avatar 1405 to have a tilted head position
that mirrors titled head movement of user head 1440 and having an
open mouth position 1425 that mirrors the open mouth position of
user mouth 1420. The electronic device displays light effect 1455
having a stationary position while avatar head 1445 tilts, as shown
in avatar state 1412-19.
[0503] The foregoing embodiments illustrate a few examples of the
snapping behavior that can be displayed using the disclosed
techniques. It should be appreciated that the snapping poses are
not limited to those discussed above, and modifications to the
virtual avatar can include additional poses, different combinations
of poses for different avatar features, and other behaviors
detailed below. For example, in some embodiments, snapping an
avatar feature can include replacing display of the avatar feature
with a different version of the avatar feature (e.g., replacing a
displayed mouth without lips with a displayed mouth with puckered
lips to achieve puckered mouth pose 1425-3 in avatar state
1412-16). In some embodiments, the features can be replaced in an
animation in which the first feature fades out while the second
feature fades onto the avatar. In some embodiments, changes to
avatar features can be driven by detected changes in user features
that do not anatomically correspond to the avatar feature. For
example, changes to a user's mouth triggers a change in pose of the
avatar's eyes.
[0504] FIG. 15 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for
displaying a virtual avatar using an electronic device in
accordance with some embodiments. Method 1500 is performed at a
device (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600) with a display and one or more
cameras. Some operations in method 1500 are, optionally, combined,
the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some
operations are, optionally, omitted.
[0505] As described below, method 1500 provides an intuitive way
for displaying a virtual avatar. The method reduces the cognitive
burden on a user for displaying a virtual avatar, thereby creating
a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated
computing devices, enabling a user to display a virtual avatar
faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time
between battery charges.
[0506] The electronic device (e.g., 600) displays (1502), via the
display device (e.g., 601), a virtual avatar (e.g., 1405) (e.g., a
representation of the user that can be graphically depicted. In
some embodiments, the virtual avatar is non-photorealistic. In some
embodiments, the avatar is an anthropomorphic construct such as an
animated emoji (e.g., a smiley face)) having one or more avatar
features (e.g., avatar eyes 1415, avatar mouth 1425, avatar
eyebrows 1435, avatar head 1445) (e.g., facial features (e.g.,
mouth, eyes); e.g., a macro feature (e.g., head)) that change
appearance in response to detected changes in pose (e.g.,
orientation, translation) (e.g., a change in a facial expression)
of a face (e.g., user 1401 including user eyes 1410, user mouth
1420, user eyebrows 1430, and user head 1440) in a field of view of
the one or more cameras (e.g., 602). In some embodiments, the one
or more avatar features includes a first avatar feature (e.g., an
avatar mouth 1425) with a first appearance (e.g., avatar mouth 1425
in avatar states 1412-1, 1412-2, 1412-6, 1412-12, 1412-15, and
1412-15 through 1412-19) (e.g., an appearance that is not snapped
to a predefined pose) that is modified in response to detected
changes in pose (e.g., orientation, translation) (e.g., a change in
a facial expression) of the face in the field of view of the one or
more cameras. In some embodiments, the avatar features correspond
(e.g., are mapped) to one or more physical features of a user's
face such that detected movement of the user's physical feature(s)
affects the avatar feature (e.g., affects the graphical
representation of the features). In some embodiments, an avatar
feature anatomically corresponds to a physical feature (e.g., the
avatar feature is modeled based on one or more of the location,
movement characteristics, size, color, and/or shape of the physical
feature) (e.g., the avatar feature and physical feature are both
eyebrows).
[0507] While the face is detected in the field of view of the one
or more cameras (e.g., 602), the face including one or more
detected facial features (e.g., a mouth 1420 of the user) (e.g.,
one or more of the user's eyes 1410), the electronic device detects
(1504) movement of one or more facial features of the face.
[0508] In response (1506) to detecting the movement of the one or
more facial features, in accordance with a determination that the
detected movement of the one or more facial features causes first
pose criteria to be met (e.g., detected changes in the face of the
user trigger snapping the avatar feature to a first pose (e.g., an
open-mouth smile 1425-1)) (e.g., the detected pose of a facial
feature is within an acceptable range of poses corresponding to the
first pose criteria, thereby triggering snapping of the avatar
feature(s) to the first pose), the electronic device modifies
(1508) the virtual avatar (e.g., 1405) to display the first avatar
feature with a second appearance (e.g., avatar mouth 1425 having
large smile pose 1425-1) (e.g., an appearance that is triggered
based on the detected changes in the face of the user that satisfy
the first pose criteria (e.g., a smile pose of the avatar's opened
mouth that corresponds, for example, to a mouth of an emoji having
an opened mouth while smiling)), different from the first
appearance, that is modified (e.g., distorted within a first range
of appearance values) in response to detected changes in pose
(e.g., orientation, translation) (e.g., a change in a facial
expression) of the face in the field of view of the one or more
cameras. In some embodiments, the one or more facial features are
moved to a first position that is within a range of positions that
satisfy the first pose criteria and, in response, the electronic
device modifies the first avatar feature to assume a pose that is
associated with the range of positions (e.g., a pose that
represents a facial expression associated with the first pose
criteria). This is referred to herein as "snapping" to a pose or
position. This snapping behavior makes it easier for a user to
achieve a particular pose with the virtual avatar (or an avatar
feature) because the virtual avatar (or avatar feature) can be
biased to achieve the particular pose (e.g., depending on how
generous the range of positions is for satisfying the pose
criteria. This provides a control scheme for operating and/or
composing a virtual avatar on a display of an electronic device,
wherein the system detects and processes input in the form of
changes to facial features of a user (and the magnitude and/or
direction of those changes), and through an iterative feedback loop
provides the desired output in the form of the appearance of the
virtual avatar, while eliminating the need for manual handling of
the user interface (e.g., providing touch inputs on the display).
This provides improved visual feedback to the user regarding how to
manipulate the display to control and/or compose the virtual avatar
using facial movements. This enhances operability of the device and
makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping
the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the
user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. Additionally,
this control scheme can require fewer inputs to generate or control
animations of the virtual avatar than would be necessary if a
different animation control scheme were used (e.g., a control
scheme requiring manipulation of individual control points for each
frame of an animation sequence). Moreover, this type of animation
control can be done in real time during, for example, a
conversation such as a text conversation or a video conversation,
whereas manual animation control of an avatar would have to be done
before the conversation started or after it had ended.
[0509] In response (1506) to detecting the movement of the one or
more facial features, in accordance with a determination that the
detected movement of the one or more facial features causes second
pose criteria, that is different from the first pose criteria, to
be met (e.g., detected changes in the face of the user trigger
snapping the avatar feature to a second pose different from the
first pose (e.g., a sad mouth pose)) (e.g., the detected pose of a
facial feature is within an acceptable range of poses corresponding
to the second pose criteria, thereby triggering snapping of the
avatar feature(s) to the second pose), the electronic device
modifies (1510) the virtual avatar to display the first avatar
feature (e.g., avatar mouth 1425) with a third appearance (e.g.,
wide mouth pose 1425-2) (e.g., an appearance that is triggered
based on the detected changes in the face of the user that satisfy
the second pose criteria (e.g., a sad pose of the avatar's mouth
that corresponds, for example, to a mouth of an emoji having a sad
facial expression)), different from the first appearance and the
second appearance, that is modified (e.g., distorted within a first
range of appearance values) in response to detected changes in pose
(e.g., orientation, translation) (e.g., a change in a facial
expression) of the face in the field of view of the one or more
cameras. In some embodiments, the one or more facial features are
moved to a second position that is within a range of positions that
satisfy the second pose criteria and, in response, the electronic
device modifies the first avatar feature to assume a pose that is
associated with the range of positions (e.g., a pose that
represents a facial expression associated with the second pose
criteria). In some embodiments, the first avatar feature is
anchored to the pose that is associated with the respective first
or second pose criteria, but is slightly modified from the pose in
response to detected changes in the one or more facial features
when the detected changes are within a threshold amount of
deviation from the pose of the one or more facial features that
satisfies the respective first or second pose criteria. In some
embodiments, when the detected changes to the one or more facial
features are beyond the threshold amount of deviation, the
electronic device transitions the first avatar feature from the
pose associated with the first/second pose criteria to a pose that
is determined based on the position of the one or more facial
features (e.g., based on the magnitude and/or direction of movement
of the one or more facial features).
[0510] In some embodiments, modifying the virtual avatar to display
the first avatar feature with the second appearance includes
displaying a third avatar feature (e.g., avatar eyebrows 1435;
avatar teeth 1465). In some embodiments, the third avatar feature
was not displayed prior to detecting the movement of the one or
more facial features (e.g., initially displaying; introducing
display of) a third avatar feature (e.g., avatar eyebrows; avatar
tongue; avatar teeth; avatar mouth; etc.). Introducing a facial
feature when modifying a different avatar feature provides a
control scheme for operating and/or composing a virtual avatar on a
display of an electronic device, wherein the system detects and
processes input in the form of changes to facial features of a user
(and the magnitude and/or direction of those changes), and through
an iterative feedback loop provides the desired output in the form
of the appearance of the virtual avatar, while eliminating the need
for manual handling of the user interface (e.g., providing touch
inputs on the display). This provides improved visual feedback to
the user regarding how to manipulate the display to control and/or
compose the virtual avatar using facial movements. This enhances
operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more
efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and
reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)
which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life
of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly
and efficiently. Additionally, this control scheme can require
fewer inputs to generate or control animations of the virtual
avatar than would be necessary if a different animation control
scheme were used (e.g., a control scheme requiring manipulation of
individual control points for each frame of an animation sequence).
Moreover, this type of animation control can be done in real time
during, for example, a conversation such as a text conversation or
a video conversation, whereas manual animation control of an avatar
would have to be done before the conversation started or after it
had ended.
[0511] In some embodiments, displaying the third avatar feature
includes displaying the third avatar feature fading onto the
virtual avatar (e.g., avatar eyebrows 1435 fade onto smiley avatar
1405 in avatar state 1412-7) (e.g., the third avatar feature
appears and increases in optical intensity to give the appearance
of fading onto the avatar). In some embodiments, the third avatar
feature is displayed fading onto the virtual avatar in an animated
effect in which the feature appears as a hole that opens in the
virtual avatar (e.g., at the location of the third avatar feature),
enlarges (e.g., expanding) to the shape of the third avatar
feature, and increases in optical intensity (e.g., darkens in
appearance). In some embodiments, the optical intensity of an
object is the object's degree of visual materialization. The
optical intensity may be measured along a scale between a
predefined minimum and a predefined maximum. In some embodiments,
the optical intensity may be measured along a logarithmic scale. In
some embodiments, the optical intensity may be perceived by users
as a transparency effect (or lack thereof) applied to the object.
In some embodiments, the minimum optical intensity means that the
object is not displayed at all (i.e., the object is not perceptible
to the user), and the maximum optical intensity means that the
object is displayed without any transparency effect (e.g., the
object has completely materialized visually and is perceptible to
the user). In some embodiments, the optical intensity may be the
visual differentiation between the object and an object behind it,
based on color, hue, color saturation, brightness, contrast,
transparency, and any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the
optical intensity of the third avatar feature increases as it fades
onto the avatar, and decreases as it fades off the avatar. In some
embodiments, the optical intensity increases or decreases smoothly.
Displaying the third avatar feature fading onto the virtual avatar
provides a control scheme for operating and/or composing a virtual
avatar on a display of an electronic device, wherein the system
detects and processes input in the form of changes to facial
features of a user (and the magnitude and/or direction of those
changes), and through an iterative feedback loop provides the
desired output in the form of the appearance of the virtual avatar,
while eliminating the need for manual handling of the user
interface (e.g., providing touch inputs on the display). This
provides improved visual feedback to the user regarding how to
manipulate the display to control and/or compose the virtual avatar
using facial movements. This enhances operability of the device and
makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping
the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the
user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. Additionally,
this control scheme can require fewer inputs to generate or control
animations of the virtual avatar than would be necessary if a
different animation control scheme were used (e.g., a control
scheme requiring manipulation of individual control points for each
frame of an animation sequence). Moreover, this type of animation
control can be done in real time during, for example, a
conversation such as a text conversation or a video conversation,
whereas manual animation control of an avatar would have to be done
before the conversation started or after it had ended.
[0512] In some embodiments, while the third avatar feature is
displayed, the electronic device detects movement of the one or
more facial features. In some embodiments, in response to detecting
the movement of the one or more facial features, in accordance with
a determination that the detected movement of the one or more
facial features causes the first pose criteria to no longer be met,
the electronic device ceases to display the third avatar feature by
fading out the third avatar feature from the virtual avatar (e.g.,
avatar eyebrows 1435 fade off smiley avatar 1405 in avatar state
1412-10) (e.g., the third avatar feature decreases in optical
intensity and disappears to give the appearance of fading out from
the avatar). In some embodiments, the third avatar feature is
displayed fading out from virtual avatar in an animated effect in
which the feature appears shrinks in size and dims in appearance to
give the appearance of the avatar feature fading into the avatar.
Displaying the third avatar feature fading off the virtual avatar
provides a control scheme for operating and/or composing a virtual
avatar on a display of an electronic device, wherein the system
detects and processes input in the form of changes to facial
features of a user (and the magnitude and/or direction of those
changes), and through an iterative feedback loop provides the
desired output in the form of the appearance of the virtual avatar,
while eliminating the need for manual handling of the user
interface (e.g., providing touch inputs on the display). This
provides improved visual feedback to the user regarding how to
manipulate the display to control and/or compose the virtual avatar
using facial movements. This enhances operability of the device and
makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping
the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the
user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. Additionally,
this control scheme can require fewer inputs to generate or control
animations of the virtual avatar than would be necessary if a
different animation control scheme were used (e.g., a control
scheme requiring manipulation of individual control points for each
frame of an animation sequence). Moreover, this type of animation
control can be done in real time during, for example, a
conversation such as a text conversation or a video conversation,
whereas manual animation control of an avatar would have to be done
before the conversation started or after it had ended.
[0513] In some embodiments, displaying the third avatar feature
includes maintaining display of the third avatar feature (e.g.,
avatar eyebrows 1435) for at least a predetermined period of time.
In some embodiments, the third avatar feature is displayed for a
duration of time that is the longer of: a) the predetermined period
of time, orb) the duration for which the user maintains the pose
that causes the respective first or second pose criteria to be met.
For example, if the user does not maintain the pose for at least
the predetermined period of time, then the third avatar feature
persists for the predetermined period of time (e.g., if the user
quickly raises and lowers their eyebrows, the avatar's eyebrows
appear on the avatar and persist for the predetermined period of
time before disappearing). However, if the user continues to hold
their eyebrows in the raised position for a period of time that is
longer than the predetermined period of time, the avatar eyebrows
persist until the user ceases to maintain the raised-eyebrow pose.
Maintaining display of the third avatar feature for at least the
predetermined period of time prevents the third avatar feature from
having a flickering, jittery appearance when the user fails to
maintain the pose triggering display of the third avatar feature
for at least the predetermined period of time. The flickering
appearance detracts from the visual appearance of the virtual
avatar and the expressions intended to be conveyed using the
virtual avatar. Therefore, maintaining display of the third avatar
feature for at least the predetermined period of time enables the
avatar to capture the user's expression in instances in which the
duration of the expression is too short for a user to notice on the
virtual avatar if the third avatar feature did not persist. This
provides a control scheme for operating and/or composing a virtual
avatar on a display of an electronic device, wherein the system
detects and processes input in the form of changes to facial
features of a user (and the magnitude and/or direction of those
changes), and through an iterative feedback loop provides the
desired output in the form of the appearance of the virtual avatar,
while eliminating the need for manual handling of the user
interface (e.g., providing touch inputs on the display). This
provides improved visual feedback to the user regarding how to
manipulate the display to control and/or compose the virtual avatar
using facial movements. This enhances operability of the device and
makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping
the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the
user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. Additionally,
this control scheme can require fewer inputs to generate or control
animations of the virtual avatar than would be necessary if a
different animation control scheme were used (e.g., a control
scheme requiring manipulation of individual control points for each
frame of an animation sequence). Moreover, this type of animation
control can be done in real time during, for example, a
conversation such as a text conversation or a video conversation,
whereas manual animation control of an avatar would have to be done
before the conversation started or after it had ended.
[0514] In some embodiments, modifying the virtual avatar to display
the first avatar feature with the second appearance includes
displaying a first animation of the first avatar feature with the
first appearance (e.g., avatar mouth having no visually
distinguished lips (e.g., avatar mouth 1425 in avatar state
1412-15)) fading out and displaying a second animation of the first
avatar feature with the second appearance (e.g., avatar mouth with
puckered lips (e.g., avatar mouth 1425 with puckered pose 1425-3 in
avatar state 1412-16)) fading in, wherein the second animation is
displayed concurrently with at least a portion of the first
animation (e.g., cross-fading the first and second appearances).
Displaying a first animation of the first avatar feature with the
first appearance fading out and displaying a second animation of
the first avatar feature with the second appearance fading in,
wherein the second animation is displayed concurrently with at
least a portion of the first animation, provides a control scheme
for operating and/or composing a virtual avatar on a display of an
electronic device, wherein the system detects and processes input
in the form of changes to facial features of a user (and the
magnitude and/or direction of those changes), and through an
iterative feedback loop provides the desired output in the form of
the appearance of the virtual avatar, while eliminating the need
for manual handling of the user interface (e.g., providing touch
inputs on the display). This provides improved visual feedback to
the user regarding how to manipulate the display to control and/or
compose the virtual avatar using facial movements. This enhances
operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more
efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and
reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)
which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life
of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly
and efficiently. Additionally, this control scheme can require
fewer inputs to generate or control animations of the virtual
avatar than would be necessary if a different animation control
scheme were used (e.g., a control scheme requiring manipulation of
individual control points for each frame of an animation sequence).
Moreover, this type of animation control can be done in real time
during, for example, a conversation such as a text conversation or
a video conversation, whereas manual animation control of an avatar
would have to be done before the conversation started or after it
had ended.
[0515] In some embodiments, the movement of the one or more facial
features includes movement of a fourth facial feature (e.g., user
mouth 1420), and the first avatar feature is a representation of a
facial feature different from the fourth facial feature (e.g.,
avatar eyes 1415). In some embodiments, the change in pose of the
user's mouth triggers a change in the appearance of the avatar in
which the avatar eyes transition from a first set of eyes in the
first appearance to a different set of eyes in the second
appearance. For example, the avatar eyes are shown in a neutral
state when the first avatar feature is shown having the first
appearance and the user mouth is in a neutral pose. When the user
moves their mouth to a large smile pose, the avatar eyes transition
to the second appearance having squinting eyes. Moving a first
avatar feature based on detected changes in a feature of a face
that is different from the facial feature for which the first
avatar feature is a representation allows the device to modify the
avatar to achieve different poses while tracking fewer facial
features. This is because the device can change the avatar mouth
and eyes in response to detecting changes in only the user's mouth.
This provides a control scheme for operating and/or composing a
virtual avatar on a display of an electronic device, wherein the
system detects and processes input in the form of changes to facial
features of a user (and the magnitude and/or direction of those
changes), and through an iterative feedback loop provides the
desired output in the form of the appearance of the virtual avatar,
while eliminating the need for manual handling of the user
interface (e.g., providing touch inputs on the display). This
provides improved visual feedback to the user regarding how to
manipulate the display to control and/or compose the virtual avatar
using facial movements. This enhances operability of the device and
makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping
the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the
user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. Additionally,
this control scheme can require fewer inputs to generate or control
animations of the virtual avatar than would be necessary if a
different animation control scheme were used (e.g., a control
scheme requiring manipulation of individual control points for each
frame of an animation sequence). Moreover, this type of animation
control can be done in real time during, for example, a
conversation such as a text conversation or a video conversation,
whereas manual animation control of an avatar would have to be done
before the conversation started or after it had ended.
[0516] In response (1506) to detecting the movement of the one or
more facial features, in accordance with a determination that the
detected movement of the one or more facial features meets criteria
for maintaining display of the first avatar feature (e.g., avatar
mouth 1425) with the first appearance (e.g., detected changes in
the face of the user do not trigger snapping the avatar feature(s)
to a particular pose), the electronic device modifies (1512) the
virtual avatar (e.g., 1405) to display the first avatar feature by
modifying the first appearance of the first avatar feature in
response to detected changes in pose (e.g., orientation,
translation) (e.g., a change in a facial expression) of the face in
the field of view of the one or more cameras (e.g., avatar mouth
1425 in avatar states 1412-1, 1412-2, 1412-6, 1412-12, 1412-15, and
1412-17 through 1412-19) (e.g., when the avatar feature is not
snapped to a particular pose, the feature is modified in response
to detected changes in the face of the user (e.g., modified based
on a direction and/or magnitude of movement of the facial
feature(s))). In some embodiments, the first avatar feature is an
avatar mouth, the second appearance is a smiling pose of the mouth,
the third appearance is a sad pose of the mouth, and the first
appearance of the mouth includes various positions of the mouth
between a smiling pose and a sad pose (e.g., a neutral mouth, a
position between opening and closing when talking, etc.).
[0517] In some embodiments, detected movement of a physical feature
(e.g., a change in pose of a face; movement of a facial feature)
has both a directional component and a magnitude component In some
embodiments, modifications to an avatar feature have both a
magnitude component and a directional component. In some
embodiments, the directional component of the modification in the
avatar feature is based on a directional component of a change in
one or more physical features (e.g., facial features of the user's
face) that the avatar feature is reactive to. In some embodiments,
the directional component of the change in the avatar feature is
the same as the directional component of the change in the physical
feature. For example, when the physical feature (e.g., mouth) moves
down, the corresponding (e.g., reactive) avatar feature (e.g.,
avatar mouth) moves down. In some embodiments, the directional
component of the change in the avatar feature is mirrored with
respect to the directional component of the change in a
corresponding physical feature (e.g., the physical feature for
which the avatar feature is reactive to detected changes). For
example, when the physical feature (e.g., a user's eye (e.g.,
iris)) moves left, the reactive avatar feature (e.g., avatar eye
(e.g., iris)) moves right. In some embodiments, the directional
component of the change in the avatar feature is the same as the
directional component of the change in the corresponding physical
feature for movement along a vertical axis and mirrored for
movement along a horizontal axis, similar to the effect seen when
looking in a mirror. In some embodiments, a change in relative
position of a physical feature (e.g., the user's iris or eyebrow)
is in a direction determined from a neutral, resting position of
the physical feature. In some embodiments, the neutral, resting
position of a user's iris is determined to be a particular position
(e.g., centered) relative to the perimeter of the user's eyeball.
In some embodiments, the direction of a reaction of an avatar
feature corresponds (e.g., directly or inversely) to a relative
direction of a change in a physical feature of the user. In some
embodiments, the relative direction of the change in the physical
feature is determined based on a direction of movement of the
physical feature from a neutral, resting position of the physical
feature. In some embodiments, the direction of the reaction of the
avatar feature corresponds directly (e.g., the physical feature
moves up, the avatar feature moves up) to the relative direction of
the change in the physical feature. In some embodiments, the
direction of the reaction of the avatar feature corresponds
inversely (e.g., the physical feature moves up, the avatar feature
moves down) to the relative direction of the change in the physical
feature.
[0518] In some embodiments, the magnitude of a change in an avatar
feature corresponds to a magnitude of a change in a physical
feature of the user. In some embodiments, the magnitude of the
change in the physical feature is determined in accordance with a
potential range of motion of the physical feature, wherein the
magnitude is representative of a relative position of the physical
feature within the range of motion (e.g., the predicted or modeled
range of motion) of that physical feature. In such embodiments, the
magnitude of the reaction (e.g., change in position) of the avatar
feature is similarly a relative position of the avatar feature
within a range of motion of the avatar feature. In some
embodiments, the magnitude of change is determined based on a
comparison or measurement (e.g., a distance) of the starting
position and ending position of the physical feature, through the
change. In such embodiments, the change in the physical feature is
translated to a modification of the corresponding avatar feature by
applying the measured change in the physical feature to the avatar
feature (e.g., directly or as a scaled or adjusted value.
[0519] In some embodiments, the one or more cameras include a depth
camera (e.g., having depth camera sensor 175). In some embodiments,
the one or more cameras capture image data that corresponds to
depth data (e.g., the image data includes data captured by a
visible light camera and a depth camera) (e.g., image data that
includes a depth aspect (e.g., depth data independent of RGB data)
of a captured image or video) that includes depth data for a
subject positioned in the field of view of the depth camera (e.g.,
information about the relative depth positioning of one or more
portions of the subject with respect to other portions of the
subject and/or to other objects within the field of view of the one
or more cameras). In some embodiments, the image data includes at
least two components: an RGB component that encodes the visual
characteristics of a captured image, and depth data that encodes
information about the relative spacing relationship of elements
within the captured image (e.g., the depth data encodes that a user
is in the foreground, and background elements, such as a tree
positioned behind the user, are in the background). In some
embodiments, the image data includes depth data without an RGB
component. In some embodiments, the depth data is a depth map. In
some embodiments, a depth map (e.g., depth map image) contains
information (e.g., values) that relates to the distance of objects
in a scene from a viewpoint (e.g., a camera). In one embodiment of
a depth map, each depth pixel defines the position in the
viewpoint's Z-axis where its corresponding two-dimensional pixel is
located. In some embodiments, a depth map is composed of pixels
wherein each pixel is defined by a value (e.g., 0-255). For
example, the "0" value represents pixels that are located at the
most distant place in a "three dimensional" scene and the "255"
value represents pixels that are located closest to a viewpoint
(e.g., camera) in the "three dimensional" scene. In other examples,
a depth map represents the distance between an object in a scene
and the plane of the viewpoint. In some embodiments, the depth map
includes information about the relative depth of various features
of an object of interest in view of the depth camera (e.g., the
relative depth of eyes, nose, mouth, ears of a user's face). In
some embodiments, the depth map includes information that enables
the device to determine contours of the object of interest in a z
direction. In some embodiments, the depth data has a first depth
component (e.g., a first portion of depth data that encodes a
spatial position of the subject in the camera display region; a
plurality of depth pixels that form a discrete portion of the depth
map, such as a foreground or a specific object) that includes the
representation of the subject in the camera display region. In some
embodiments, the depth data has a second depth component (e.g., a
second portion of depth data that encodes a spatial position of the
background in the camera display region; a plurality of depth
pixels that form a discrete portion of the depth map, such as a
background), separate from the first depth component, the second
depth aspect including the representation of the background in the
camera display region. In some embodiments, the first depth aspect
and second depth aspect are used to determine a spatial
relationship between the subject in the camera display region and
the background in the camera display region. This spatial
relationship can be used to distinguish the subject from the
background. This distinction can be exploited to, for example,
apply different visual effects (e.g., visual effects having a depth
component) to the subject and background. In some embodiments, all
areas of the image data that do not correspond to the first depth
component (e.g., areas of the image data that are out of range of
the depth camera) are segmented out (e.g., excluded) from the depth
map. In some embodiments, the depth data is in the form of a depth
map or depth mask.
[0520] In some embodiments, the detected movement of the one or
more facial features includes movement of a first facial feature
(e.g., user mouth 1420). In some embodiments, the detected movement
of the one or more facial features meets the criteria for
maintaining display of the first avatar feature with the first
appearance (e.g., avatar mouth 1425 having a position that tracks
movement of user mouth 1420 (e.g., a non-snapped pose)) when the
movement of the first facial feature is within a first range of
possible first facial feature values (e.g., pose values for user
mouth 1420 that do not cause avatar mouth 1425 to snap to a pose)
based on a predetermined range of motion of the first facial
feature (e.g., a range of motion expressed as magnitude values with
respect to an initial (e.g., resting) value). In some embodiments,
the detected movement of the one or more facial features causes the
first pose criteria to be met when the movement of the first facial
feature is within a second range of possible first facial feature
values (e.g., a range of values for user mouth 1420 that cause
avatar mouth 1425 to snap to a predefined pose) different from the
first range of possible first facial feature values. In some
embodiments, modifying the first appearance of the first avatar
feature (e.g., avatar mouth 1425) in response to detected changes
in pose of the face in the field of view of the one or more cameras
includes modifying the first appearance of the first avatar feature
within a first range of appearance values (e.g., a range of
positions for the first avatar feature) corresponding to the first
range of possible first facial feature values (e.g., moving avatar
mouth 1425 along non-snapping poses). In some embodiments,
modifying the virtual avatar to display the first avatar feature
with the second appearance includes displaying the first avatar
feature having a second appearance value (e.g., a value
corresponding to a predefined, snapped pose (e.g., large smile pose
1425-1) of avatar mouth 1425) within a second range of appearance
values different from the first range of appearance values and
corresponding to the second range of possible first facial feature
values. In some embodiments, the second range of appearance values
for the second appearance is a range of values that is limited so
as to still associate the pose of the first avatar feature with the
second appearance (e.g., so that distortions to the second
appearance (e.g., in response to detected changes in pose of the
face in the field of view of the camera) are still associated with
the second appearance). In other words, the second range is limited
to a range of positions that a user would still identify or
recognize as having the second appearance. For example, when the
first avatar feature is an avatar mouth (e.g., 1425), and the
second appearance is a smiling pose (e.g., large smile pose
1425-1), the second range of appearance values are a range of
smiling poses of the mouth that resemble an initial smiling pose of
the second appearance (e.g., the smiling pose that the mouth is
snapped to when the first pose criteria are met). For example, in
avatar state 1412-5, avatar mouth 1425 is distorted at corner
1425a, but avatar mouth 1425 still maintains the snapped large
smile pose 1425-1. This serves to anchor the avatar feature to the
second appearance so that the user can more easily maintain the
second appearance of the first avatar feature, which provides a
control scheme for operating and/or composing a virtual avatar on a
display of an electronic device, wherein the system detects and
processes input in the form of changes to facial features of a user
(and the magnitude and/or direction of those changes), and through
an iterative feedback loop provides the desired output in the form
of the appearance of the virtual avatar, while eliminating the need
for manual handling of the user interface (e.g., providing touch
inputs on the display). This provides improved visual feedback to
the user regarding how to manipulate the display to control and/or
compose the virtual avatar using facial movements. This enhances
operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more
efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and
reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)
which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life
of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly
and efficiently. Additionally, this control scheme can require
fewer inputs to generate or control animations of the virtual
avatar than would be necessary if a different animation control
scheme were used (e.g., a control scheme requiring manipulation of
individual control points for each frame of an animation sequence).
Moreover, this type of animation control can be done in real time
during, for example, a conversation such as a text conversation or
a video conversation, whereas manual animation control of an avatar
would have to be done before the conversation started or after it
had ended.
[0521] In some embodiments, the detected movement of the one or
more facial features causes the second pose criteria to be met when
the movement of the first facial feature (e.g., user mouth 1420) is
within a third range of possible first facial feature values (e.g.,
a range of user mouth poses that cause avatar mouth 1425 to snap to
a different predefined pose (e.g., wide mouth pose 1425-2))
different from the first range of possible first facial feature
values and the second range of possible first facial feature
values. In some embodiments, the electronic device modifies the
virtual avatar to display the first avatar feature (e.g., avatar
mouth 1425) with the third appearance includes displaying the first
avatar feature having a third appearance value within a third range
of appearance values (e.g., a value of avatar mouth 1425
corresponding to the snapped mouth pose (e.g., wide mouth pose
1425-2)) different from the first range of appearance values and
the second range of appearance values and corresponding to the
third range of possible first facial feature values. In some
embodiments, modifications to the third appearance are similarly
limited to a range of appearance values for the third appearance so
that distortions to the third appearance (e.g., in response to
detected changes in pose of the face in the field of view of the
camera) are still associated with the third appearance. In some
embodiments, the range of appearance values for the third
appearance (e.g., a range of sad mouth positions) are different
from the range of appearance values for the second appearance and
the range of appearance values for the first appearance. This
provides a control scheme for operating and/or composing a virtual
avatar on a display of an electronic device, wherein the system
detects and processes input in the form of changes to facial
features of a user (and the magnitude and/or direction of those
changes), and through an iterative feedback loop provides the
desired output in the form of the appearance of the virtual avatar,
while eliminating the need for manual handling of the user
interface (e.g., providing touch inputs on the display). This
provides improved visual feedback to the user regarding how to
manipulate the display to control and/or compose the virtual avatar
using facial movements. This enhances operability of the device and
makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping
the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the
user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. Additionally,
this control scheme can require fewer inputs to generate or control
animations of the virtual avatar than would be necessary if a
different animation control scheme were used (e.g., a control
scheme requiring manipulation of individual control points for each
frame of an animation sequence). Moreover, this type of animation
control can be done in real time during, for example, a
conversation such as a text conversation or a video conversation,
whereas manual animation control of an avatar would have to be done
before the conversation started or after it had ended.
[0522] In some embodiments, the electronic device is configured to
transmit (e.g., transmit in a messaging application) a first
predefined emoji (e.g., a smiling emoji) and a second predefined
emoji (e.g., a sad emoji). In some embodiments, the second
appearance of the first avatar feature corresponds to (e.g., has
the appearance of) an appearance of the first predefined emoji
(e.g., an emoji having an opened-mouth smiling expression) (e.g.,
the avatar mouth responds to changes in the user's face with a
slight animation to assume the position of the mouth of an emoji
having an opened mouth smile) (e.g., the entire virtual avatar
responds to changes in the user's face with slight animations of
the avatar mouth, avatar eyes, and rotation of the avatar head to
assume the appearance of an emoji having an opened mouth smile). In
some embodiments, the third appearance of the first avatar feature
corresponds to (e.g., has the appearance of) an appearance of the
second predefined emoji (e.g., an emoji having a sad expression)
(e.g., the avatar mouth responds to changes in the user's face with
a slight animation to assume the position of the mouth of an emoji
having a sad expression) (e.g., the entire virtual avatar responds
to changes in the user's face with slight animations of the avatar
mouth, avatar eyes, and rotation of the avatar head to assume the
appearance of a sad emoji). Displaying the first and second
features of the avatar having appearances that correspond to
features of different predefined emoji characters allows the avatar
to achieve more easily recognized facial expressions, because the
features correspond to well-known emoji characters. This provides a
control scheme for operating and/or composing a virtual avatar on a
display of an electronic device, wherein the system detects and
processes input in the form of changes to facial features of a user
(and the magnitude and/or direction of those changes), and through
an iterative feedback loop provides the desired output in the form
of the appearance of the virtual avatar, while eliminating the need
for manual handling of the user interface (e.g., providing touch
inputs on the display). This provides improved visual feedback to
the user regarding how to manipulate the display to control and/or
compose the virtual avatar using facial movements. This enhances
operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more
efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and
reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)
which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life
of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly
and efficiently. Additionally, this control scheme can require
fewer inputs to generate or control animations of the virtual
avatar than would be necessary if a different animation control
scheme were used (e.g., a control scheme requiring manipulation of
individual control points for each frame of an animation sequence).
Moreover, this type of animation control can be done in real time
during, for example, a conversation such as a text conversation or
a video conversation, whereas manual animation control of an avatar
would have to be done before the conversation started or after it
had ended.
[0523] In some embodiments, while the first avatar feature (e.g.,
avatar mouth 1425) is displayed with the second appearance (e.g.,
large smile pose 1425-2), the electronic device detects a change in
pose of the face in the field of view of the one or more cameras.
In some embodiments, in response to detecting the change in pose of
the face in the field of view of the one or more cameras, in
accordance with a determination that the detected change in pose of
the face in the field of view of the one or more cameras includes
movement of a second facial feature (e.g., user mouth 1420) to a
pose that is outside a first range of poses (e.g., a range of poses
that trigger the large smile pose 1425-2) (e.g., a range of second
facial feature values) for the second facial feature (e.g., the
second facial feature has a pose that is outside a range of poses
associated with the second appearance), the electronic device
modifies the first avatar feature to have the first appearance
(e.g., avatar mouth 1425 has a non-snapped pose such as in avatar
state 1412-6). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the
change in pose of the face in the field of view of the one or more
cameras, in accordance with a determination that the detected
change in pose of the face in the field of view of the one or more
cameras includes movement of the second facial feature to a pose
that is within the first range of poses for the second facial
feature (e.g., the second facial feature has a pose that is within
the range of poses associated with the second appearance), the
electronic device maintains display of the first avatar feature
having the second appearance (e.g., despite being distorted at
corner 1425a, avatar mouth 1425 has large smile pose 1425-1 in
avatar state 1412-5) (e.g., slightly modifying the first avatar
feature based on the movement of the second facial feature) (e.g.,
foregoing modifying the first avatar feature based on the movement
of the second facial feature) (e.g., the first avatar feature
maintains the second appearance (e.g., the snapped pose) when the
detected movement of the second facial feature causes the pose of
the second facial feature to be within the range of poses
associated with the second appearance, and transitions to the first
appearance (e.g., the non-snapped pose) when the detected movement
of the second facial feature causes the pose of the second facial
feature to be outside the range of poses associated with the second
appearance). In some embodiments, requiring movement of a facial
feature (e.g., the facial feature corresponding to the avatar
feature) to a pose outside a range of poses in order to modify the
avatar feature to something other than the second appearance works
as a hysteresis to anchor the avatar feature to the second
appearance so that the user can more easily maintain the second
appearance of the first avatar feature. Accordingly, minor detected
changes to the facial feature of the user (e.g., achieving poses of
the facial feature that are within the range of poses associated
with the second appearance) do not change the avatar feature, or do
not change the position of the avatar feature to a position that is
not recognized as the second appearance (e.g., the avatar feature
is slightly distorted but still recognized as having the second
appearance). This behavior serves to bias the respective avatar
features to various poses making it easier for a user to achieve
(e.g., via the snapping behavior) and maintain (e.g., via the
hysteresis) avatar poses such as, for example, poses that are
common for communicating with other users (e.g., poses
corresponding to different emoji expressions). The
snapping/hysteresis of the poses can be applied at an individual
avatar feature basis (e.g., affecting avatar features individually
such as by snapping a single avatar feature (e.g., mouth) to
different feature poses (e.g., different emoji mouth poses) without
snapping different avatar features (e.g., eyes)) or to the entirety
of the virtual avatar (e.g., affecting the entire virtual avatar
(e.g., multiple avatar features) such as by simultaneously snapping
multiple avatar features to different emoji facial
expressions).
[0524] In some embodiments, the one or more avatar features further
includes a second avatar feature (e.g., avatar eyes 1415) with a
fourth appearance (e.g., a non-snapped pose (e.g., side-glancing
eyes 1415 in avatar state 1412-6)) that is modified in response to
detected changes in pose of the face in the field of view of the
one or more cameras.
[0525] In some embodiments, further in response to detecting the
change in pose of the face in the field of view of the one or more
cameras, in accordance with a determination that the detected
movement of the one or more facial features causes third pose
criteria to be met, the electronic device modifies the virtual
avatar to display the second avatar feature (e.g., avatar eyes
1415) with a fifth appearance (e.g., a snapped pose (e.g., squinty
eye pose 1415-3)), different from the fourth appearance (e.g., a
non-snapped pose), that is modified in response to detected changes
in pose of the face in the field of view of the one or more
cameras. In some embodiments, further in response to detecting the
change in pose of the face in the field of view of the one or more
cameras, in accordance with a determination that the detected
movement of the one or more facial features meets criteria for
maintaining display of the second avatar feature with the fourth
appearance, the electronic device modifies the virtual avatar to
display the second avatar feature by modifying the fourth
appearance of the second avatar feature in response to detected
changes in pose of the face in the field of view of the one or more
cameras (e.g., avatar eyes 1415 are modified based on movement of
user eyes 1410 in avatar state 1412-6).
[0526] In some embodiments, while the second avatar feature is
displayed with the fifth appearance (e.g., the snapped pose (e.g.,
squinty eye pose 1415-3)), the electronic device detects a second
change in pose of the face in the field of view of the one or more
cameras. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the second
change in pose of the face in the field of view of the one or more
cameras, in accordance with a determination that the detected
change in pose of the face in the field of view of the one or more
cameras includes movement of a third facial feature (e.g., user
mouth 1425) to a pose that is outside a second range of poses
(e.g., a range of user mouth poses that trigger a snapping pose of
avatar mouth 1425) (e.g., a range of third facial feature values)
for the third facial feature that is different from (e.g., having a
greater or lesser range of poses for the third facial feature than
the first range of poses for the second facial feature) the first
range of poses for the second facial feature (e.g., the third
facial feature has a pose that is outside a range of poses
associated with the fifth appearance), the electronic device
modifies the second avatar feature to have the fourth appearance
(e.g., the avatar eyes 1415 return to a non-snapped pose). In some
embodiments, in response to detecting the second change in pose of
the face in the field of view of the one or more cameras, in
accordance with a determination that the detected change in pose of
the face in the field of view of the one or more cameras includes
movement of the third facial feature to a pose that is within the
second range of poses for the third facial feature (e.g., the third
facial feature has a pose that is within the range of poses
associated with the fifth appearance), the electronic device
maintains display of the second avatar feature having the fifth
appearance (e.g., the avatar eyes 1415 remain in the snapped pose.
For example, user eyes 1410 squint slightly in user states 1411-3
and 1411-4, but the avatar eyes 1415 remain in the neutral avatar
eye pose 1415-1 in avatar states 1412-3 and 1412-4) (e.g., slightly
modifying the second avatar feature based on the movement of the
third facial feature) (e.g., foregoing modifying the second avatar
feature based on the movement of the third facial feature) (e.g.,
the second avatar feature maintains the fifth appearance (e.g., the
snapped pose) when the detected movement of the third facial
feature causes the pose of the third facial feature to be within
the range of poses associated with the fifth appearance, and
transitions to the fourth appearance (e.g., the non-snapped pose)
when the detected movement of the third facial feature causes the
pose of the third facial feature to be outside the range of poses
associated with the fifth appearance. In some embodiments, the
ranges of poses of the second and third facial features have
different ranges of values (e.g., the first range is shorter than
the second range) to achieve a different hysteresis for each
respective avatar feature. Applying different ranges for the
different features allows for the different avatar features to have
different ranges of hysteresis. This allows for some features to be
more biased to a particular pose, and others to track more easily
with the user's facial poses. This provides a control scheme for
operating and/or composing a virtual avatar on a display of an
electronic device, wherein the system detects and processes input
in the form of changes to facial features of a user (and the
magnitude and/or direction of those changes), and through an
iterative feedback loop provides the desired output in the form of
the appearance of the virtual avatar, while eliminating the need
for manual handling of the user interface (e.g., providing touch
inputs on the display). This provides improved visual feedback to
the user regarding how to manipulate the display to control and/or
compose the virtual avatar using facial movements. This enhances
operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more
efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and
reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)
which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life
of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly
and efficiently. Additionally, this control scheme can require
fewer inputs to generate or control animations of the virtual
avatar than would be necessary if a different animation control
scheme were used (e.g., a control scheme requiring manipulation of
individual control points for each frame of an animation sequence).
Moreover, this type of animation control can be done in real time
during, for example, a conversation such as a text conversation or
a video conversation, whereas manual animation control of an avatar
would have to be done before the conversation started or after it
had ended.
[0527] In some embodiments, the first avatar feature is an avatar
mouth (e.g., 1425). In some embodiments, the second avatar feature
is one or more avatar eyes (e.g., 1415). In some embodiments, the
second range of poses is greater than the first range of poses. In
some embodiments, the avatar eyes tend to be a rounded shape except
for a few limited poses in which the eyes have a squinting shape,
and the avatar mouth tends to snap to a larger range of poses
(e.g., sad, neutral, little smile, big smile, big smile with teeth,
etc.). Thus, for such embodiments, the hysteresis for the avatar
eyes is greater than the hysteresis for the avatar mouth so that
the avatar mouth can more easily transition to different poses
(including both predefined poses (e.g., snapped poses) and poses
based on the position of the user's mouth) while the avatar eyes
tend to bias towards either a rounded shape or a squinted shape
(e.g., when movement of the user's eyes is a substantial degree of
movement such as when squinting). This provides a control scheme
for operating and/or composing a virtual avatar on a display of an
electronic device, wherein the system detects and processes input
in the form of changes to facial features of a user (and the
magnitude and/or direction of those changes), and through an
iterative feedback loop provides the desired output in the form of
the appearance of the virtual avatar, while eliminating the need
for manual handling of the user interface (e.g., providing touch
inputs on the display). This provides improved visual feedback to
the user regarding how to manipulate the display to control and/or
compose the virtual avatar using facial movements. This enhances
operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more
efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and
reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)
which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life
of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly
and efficiently. Additionally, this control scheme can require
fewer inputs to generate or control animations of the virtual
avatar than would be necessary if a different animation control
scheme were used (e.g., a control scheme requiring manipulation of
individual control points for each frame of an animation sequence).
Moreover, this type of animation control can be done in real time
during, for example, a conversation such as a text conversation or
a video conversation, whereas manual animation control of an avatar
would have to be done before the conversation started or after it
had ended.
[0528] In some embodiments, while the virtual avatar is displayed
having a first orientation (e.g., avatar state 1412-17) (e.g.,
relative to a fixed virtual point positioned relative to the
virtual avatar) (e.g., the fixed virtual point is a pivot point
located at a center location of the virtual avatar), the electronic
device displays a three-dimensional effect (e.g., light effect
1455) (e.g., a light effect such as a glare that gives an
impression of the virtual avatar having a shape of a
three-dimensional object such as a sphere) at a first location on
the virtual avatar (e.g., on a forehead region of the virtual
avatar) (e.g., the first location on the virtual avatar has a first
relationship to the fixed virtual point). In some embodiments, the
electronic device detects a change in orientation of the face in
the field of view of the one or more cameras (e.g., user state
1411-18 or 1411-19) (e.g., a rotational movement of the face). In
some embodiments, in response to detecting the change in
orientation of the face, the electronic device modifies the virtual
avatar based on the detected change in orientation of the face
(e.g., avatar state 1412-18 or 1412-19) (e.g., rotating the virtual
avatar based on the rotation of the face). In some embodiments, the
virtual avatar is a spherical shape (e.g., a smiley face) and
modifying the virtual avatar based on the change in orientation of
the face includes rotating the face of the avatar about a pivot
point located at a center location of the virtual avatar (as
opposed to a pivot point located at a base of the virtual avatar
such as a neck region).). In some embodiments, modifying the
virtual avatar based on the detected change in orientation of the
face includes changing an orientation of one or more features
(e.g., facial features such as eyes 1415, eyebrows, and/or a mouth
1425) of the avatar by a respective amount that is determined based
on a magnitude of the detected change in orientation of the face
(e.g., the avatar's head is rotated based on the rotation of the
face) (e.g., the avatar's head is rotated 5, 10, 15, 25, or 40
degrees (e.g., avatar is looking to the left), in response to a 5,
10, 15, 25, or 40-degree-rotation of the user's face) while
changing an orientation of the three-dimensional effect by less
than the respective amount (e.g., forgoing rotation of the
three-dimensional effect). In some embodiments, changing an
orientation of the three-dimensional effect by less than the
respective amount includes displaying the three-dimensional effect
at the first location (e.g. on the side of the avatar's head) on
the virtual avatar that has the first relationship to the fixed
virtual point (e.g., the first location no longer has the first
relationship to the fixed virtual point) (e.g., the position of the
three-dimensional effect remains fixed with respect to the fixed
virtual point, while the face of the avatar rotates (e.g., the
three-dimensional effect does not rotate with the face of the
avatar)). Displaying the orientation of the one or more avatar
features while changing the orientation of the three-dimensional
effect by a lesser amount give the appearance of the virtual avatar
having a three-dimensional shape that changes dynamically within an
environment (e.g., turning and rotating, while still retaining a
three-dimensional shape such as a sphere). This provides a control
scheme for operating and/or composing a virtual avatar on a display
of an electronic device, wherein the system detects and processes
input in the form of changes to facial features of a user (and the
magnitude and/or direction of those changes), and through an
iterative feedback loop provides the desired output in the form of
the appearance of the virtual avatar, while eliminating the need
for manual handling of the user interface (e.g., providing touch
inputs on the display). This provides improved visual feedback to
the user regarding how to manipulate the display to control and/or
compose the virtual avatar using facial movements. This enhances
operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more
efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and
reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)
which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life
of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly
and efficiently. Additionally, this control scheme can require
fewer inputs to generate or control animations of the virtual
avatar than would be necessary if a different animation control
scheme were used (e.g., a control scheme requiring manipulation of
individual control points for each frame of an animation sequence).
Moreover, this type of animation control can be done in real time
during, for example, a conversation such as a text conversation or
a video conversation, whereas manual animation control of an avatar
would have to be done before the conversation started or after it
had ended.
[0529] In some embodiments, the one or more avatar features further
includes a fourth avatar feature (e.g., an avatar feature different
from the first avatar feature) (e.g., avatar eyes 1415) with a
sixth appearance (e.g., a non-snapped pose) that is modified in
response to detected changes in pose of the face in the field of
view of the one or more cameras. In some embodiments, further in
response to detecting the movement of the one or more facial
features, in accordance with the determination that the detected
movement of the one or more facial features causes the first pose
criteria to be met, the electronic device modifies the virtual
avatar to display the fourth avatar feature having a seventh
appearance different from the sixth appearance (e.g., the first
avatar feature (e.g., avatar mouth 1425) is snapped to the second
appearance (e.g., 1425-1) and the avatar eyes (e.g., 1415) are
snapped to the seventh appearance (e.g., a squinty eye pose
1415-3)), that is modified in response to detected changes in pose
of the face in the field of view of the one or more cameras. In
some embodiments, further in response to detecting the movement of
the one or more facial features, in accordance with the
determination that the detected movement of the one or more facial
features causes the second pose criteria to be met, the electronic
device modifies the virtual avatar to display the fourth avatar
feature having an eighth appearance, different from the sixth
appearance and the seventh appearance (e.g., the first avatar
feature (e.g., avatar mouth 1425) is snapped to the third
appearance (e.g., 1425-2) and the avatar eyes are snapped to the
eighth appearance (e.g., a surprised eye pose 1415-2)), that is
modified in response to detected changes in pose in the face in the
field of view of the one or more cameras. In some embodiments,
further in response to detecting the movement of the one or more
facial features, in accordance with a determination that the
detected movement of the one or more facial features meets criteria
for maintaining display of the fourth avatar feature with the sixth
appearance (e.g., detected changes in the face of the user do not
trigger snapping the first avatar feature or the fourth avatar
feature to a particular pose), the electronic device modifies the
virtual avatar to display the fourth avatar feature by modifying
the sixth appearance of the fourth avatar feature in response to
detected changes in pose of the face in the field of view of the
one or more cameras. A second avatar feature can be snapped to
different poses independently from the first avatar feature. This
provides a control scheme for operating and/or composing a virtual
avatar on a display of an electronic device, wherein the system
detects and processes input in the form of changes to facial
features of a user (and the magnitude and/or direction of those
changes), and through an iterative feedback loop provides the
desired output in the form of the appearance of the virtual avatar,
while eliminating the need for manual handling of the user
interface (e.g., providing touch inputs on the display). This
provides improved visual feedback to the user regarding how to
manipulate the display to control and/or compose the virtual avatar
using facial movements. This enhances operability of the device and
makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping
the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the
user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. Additionally,
this control scheme can require fewer inputs to generate or control
animations of the virtual avatar than would be necessary if a
different animation control scheme were used (e.g., a control
scheme requiring manipulation of individual control points for each
frame of an animation sequence). Moreover, this type of animation
control can be done in real time during, for example, a
conversation such as a text conversation or a video conversation,
whereas manual animation control of an avatar would have to be done
before the conversation started or after it had ended.
[0530] In some embodiments, the first avatar feature (e.g., avatar
mouth 1425) includes a first state (e.g., 1425-2) (e.g., a state in
which the avatar mouth is snapped to a sad pose) and a second state
(e.g., 1425-1) (e.g., a state in which the avatar mouth is snapped
to a big smile pose). In some embodiments, the states of an avatar
feature correspond to appearances of the respective avatar feature
(e.g., corresponding to the first, second, and third appearances of
the first avatar feature). In some embodiments, the one or more
avatar features further includes a fifth avatar feature (e.g.,
avatar eyes 1415) that is modified in response to detected changes
in pose of the face in the field of view of the one or more
cameras, the fifth avatar feature including a third state (e.g., a
state in which the avatar eyes are snapped to a surprised pose
(e.g., 1415-2)) and a fourth state (e.g., a state in which the
avatar eyes are snapped to a squinty pose (e.g., 1415-3)).
[0531] In some embodiments, further in response to detecting the
movement of the one or more facial feature, in accordance with a
determination that a first set of criteria are met, the electronic
device displays the first avatar feature having the first state
(e.g., 1425-2) (e.g., the avatar mouth is snapped to the sad pose)
and displays the fifth avatar feature having the third state (e.g.,
the avatar eyes are snapped to the surprised pose (e.g., 1415-2)).
In some embodiments, further in response to detecting the movement
of the one or more facial feature, in accordance with a
determination that a second set of criteria are met, the electronic
device displays the first avatar feature having the second state
(e.g., 1425-1) (e.g., the avatar mouth is snapped to the big smile
pose) and displays the fifth avatar feature having the third state
(e.g., the avatar eyes are snapped to the surprised pose (e.g.,
1415-2)). In some embodiments, further in response to detecting the
movement of the one or more facial feature, in accordance with a
determination that a third set of criteria are met, the electronic
device displays the first avatar feature having the first state
(e.g., 1425-2) (e.g., the avatar mouth is snapped to the sad pose)
and displays the fifth avatar feature having the fourth state
(e.g., the avatar eyes are snapped to the squinty pose (e.g.,
1415-3)). In some embodiments, further in response to detecting the
movement of the one or more facial features, in accordance with a
determination that a fourth set of criteria are met, the electronic
device displays the first avatar feature having the second state
(e.g., 1425-1) (e.g., the avatar mouth is snapped to the big smile
pose) and displays the fifth avatar feature having the fourth state
(e.g., the avatar eyes are snapped to the squinty pose (e.g.,
1415-3)). Different avatar features can be snapped or modified in
accordance with the magnitude and direction of movement of the
facial feature (e.g., a non-snapped appearance) to achieve
different poses independently of each other. This provides a
control scheme for operating and/or composing a virtual avatar on a
display of an electronic device, wherein the system detects and
processes input in the form of changes to facial features of a user
(and the magnitude and/or direction of those changes), and through
an iterative feedback loop provides the desired output in the form
of the appearance of the virtual avatar, while eliminating the need
for manual handling of the user interface (e.g., providing touch
inputs on the display). This provides improved visual feedback to
the user regarding how to manipulate the display to control and/or
compose the virtual avatar using facial movements. This enhances
operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more
efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and
reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)
which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life
of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly
and efficiently. Additionally, this control scheme can require
fewer inputs to generate or control animations of the virtual
avatar than would be necessary if a different animation control
scheme were used (e.g., a control scheme requiring manipulation of
individual control points for each frame of an animation sequence).
Moreover, this type of animation control can be done in real time
during, for example, a conversation such as a text conversation or
a video conversation, whereas manual animation control of an avatar
would have to be done before the conversation started or after it
had ended.
[0532] In some embodiments, the first avatar feature is one or more
avatar eyes (e.g., 1415). In some embodiments, the first state is a
state in which the one or more avatar eyes have a round eye
appearance (e.g., 1415-2) (e.g., eyes wide open; a surprised pose).
In some embodiments, the second state is a state in which the one
or more avatar eyes have a squinting appearance (e.g., 1415-3)
(e.g., eyes are squinted such as when laughing; a squinty
pose).
[0533] In some embodiments, the first avatar feature is an avatar
mouth (e.g., 1425). In some embodiments, the first state is a state
in which the avatar mouth has a first expression (e.g., 1425-1)
(e.g., frowning, indifference (e.g., "meh"), smiling, smiling wide,
smiling wide and showing teeth). In some embodiments, the second
state is a state in which the avatar mouth has a second expression
different from the first expression (e.g., 1425-2) (e.g., the
avatar mouth is a frown in the first state, and is a smile in the
second state) (e.g., the avatar mouth is a "meh" pose (a pose of
the avatar mouth when the avatar face is an expression of
indifference) in the first state, and is a frown in the second
state) (e.g., the avatar mouth is a smiling wide and showing teeth
pose in the first state, and a smiling wide pose in the second
state). In some embodiments, the mouth transitions between
different poses (e.g., transitioning to the different states) as
the user moves their mouth. For example, as the user moves their
mouth from a frown to a large smile, the avatar mouth transitions
between different mouth poses. For example, the avatar mouth starts
in a frowning pose, then transitions to a meh pose, then to a
smiling pose, then to a smiling wide pose, and then finally to a
smiling wide and showing teeth pose. In some embodiments, the
avatar mouth mirrors the user's mouth when moving between the
different mouth poses, and then snaps to the mouth pose when the
user's mouth moves to a range of mouth positions that cause the
avatar to snap to the mouth pose.
[0534] In some embodiments, the first avatar feature is a set of
avatar eyebrows (e.g., 1435). In some embodiments, the first state
is a state in which the set of avatar eyebrows are displayed (e.g.,
avatar state 1412-8). In some embodiments, the second state is a
state in which the set of avatar eyebrows are not displayed (e.g.,
avatar state 1412-6).
[0535] Note that details of the processes described above with
respect to method 1500 (e.g., FIG. 15) are also applicable in an
analogous manner to the methods described above. For example,
methods 700, 800, 1000, 1200, 1300, 1700, and 1800 optionally
includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods
described above with reference to method 1500. For example, an
avatar can be displayed and used in a user interface in a manner
similar to that described above. For brevity, these details are not
repeated below.
[0536] FIGS. 16A-16X illustrate exemplary devices and user
interfaces for sharing contact information, in accordance with some
embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to
illustrate the processes described below, including the processes
in FIGS. 17 and 18.
[0537] FIGS. 16A-16X illustrate three different devices, each of
which belongs to a respective user. Electronic device 600 is Johnny
Appleseed's phone 600, which is configured to receive
communications at 415-555-1234. Electronic device 1602 is Jack
Smith's phone 1602, which is configured to receive communications.
Electronic device 1604 is Jane Smith's phone 1604, which is
configured to receive communications at 415-555-5555.
[0538] At FIG. 16A, Johnny's phone 600 is displaying Johnny's
address book 1610, as part of the address book application. Address
book 1610 includes a contact entry 1610a for Jack, including Jack's
name ("JACK SMITH") and phone number. However, as shown in FIG. 16A
on Johnny's phone 600, Johnny's address book 1610 does not include
Jane's contact information (e.g., name, phone number, email).
[0539] At FIG. 16A, Jack's phone 1602 is displaying details 1612 of
a contact entry for Johnny. The details 1612 of the contact entry
include representation 1632c for Johnny, name 1612b ("JONATHAN
APPLESEED") for Johnny, and phone number 1612c for Johnny.
Representation 1632c is a monogram representation (e.g., that Jack
selected to represent Johnny using, for example, the technique
described with respect to FIGS. 9A-9AG).
[0540] At FIG. 16A, Jane's phone 1604 is displaying Jane's address
book 1614, as part of the address book application. Address book
1614 includes a contact entry 1614a for Jack, including Jack's name
("JACK SMITH") and phone number. However, as shown in FIG. 16A on
Jane's phone 1604, Jane's address book 1614 does not include
Johnny's contact information (e.g., name, phone number).
[0541] At FIGS. 16B-16D, Johnny uses his phone 600 to configure
name and photo sharing (of his own contact information) during a
setup process. At FIG. 16B, Johnny's phone 600 displays setup user
interface 1616a that includes an option 1616b for Johnny to choose
a name and photo for himself and an option 1616c to set up name and
photo sharing at a later time. The device detects a tap 1660a on
option 1616b to choose a name and photo. As a result, Johnny's
phone 600 displays the choose photo and name user interface 1616d
of FIG. 16C.
[0542] At FIG. 16C, Johnny's phone 600 has received user inputs
from Johnny (e.g., via a virtual keyboard at phone 600) to create
an avatar 1616e that represents Johnny, such as by using the
techniques and user interfaces described above with respect to
FIGS. 11A-11AD. At FIG. 16C, Johnny has also updated his name such
that his first name 1616f is "JONATHAN" (e.g., rather than Johnny,
John, Jon, etc). In some embodiments, the device provides the user
with several options for names from among which the user should
selected (e.g., "J. Appleseed", "Jonathan A."). Johnny has not
changed his last name 1616g, and it remains "APPLESEED." At FIG.
16C, Johnny's phone 600 detects tap 1660b on affordance 1616h for
selecting users with which Johnny's new contact information should
be shared.
[0543] At FIG. 16D, Johnny's phone 600 displays sharing user
interface 1616i, which includes a plurality of sharing options
1616j-16161. Contacts only option 1616j is an option which enables
Johnny's phone 600 to automatically share Johnny's updated contact
information with individuals that have a contact entry in Johnny's
address book 1610 (e.g., Jack, but not Jane). Everyone option 1616k
is an option which enables Johnny's phone 600 to share Johnny's
updated contact information with all individuals, regardless of
whether they have an entry in Johnny's address book 1610 (e.g.,
Jack and Jane). Always ask option 16161 is an option which enables
Johnny's phone 600 to prompt whether Johnny's updated contact
information should be shared with each individual, regardless of
whether they have an entry in Johnny's address book 1610 (e.g.,
Jack and Jane).
[0544] At FIG. 16D, Johnny's phone 600 has received a tap at
contacts only option 1616j, as indicated by checkmark 1616m. At
FIG. 16D, Johnny's phone 600 detects a tap 1660c on done affordance
1616n to select contacts only option 1616j and finish the name and
photo sharing setup process. After detecting tap 1660c, Johnny's
phone 600 is configured to share Johnny's contact information
(e.g., avatar 1616e, name 1616f-1616g) with individuals with whom
Johnny communicates.
[0545] At FIG. 16E, Johnny's phone 600 displays home screen 1618,
including application icons for some of the applications on
Johnny's phone 600. Johnny's phone 600 detects tap 1660d on
messages icon 1618a. In response to detecting tap 1660d on messages
icon 1618a, Johnny's phone 600 displays, at FIG. 16F, a list of
messaging conversations as part of conversations list user
interface 1620a. Conversations list user interface 1620a includes
settings affordance 1620b, new message affordance 1620c (for
starting a new message conversation), and multiple representations
of messaging threads, including representation 1620d for a
messaging thread that includes an instant messaging conversation
between Jack and Johnny. At FIG. 16F, Johnny's phone 600 detects
tap 1660e on representation 1620d for the messaging thread between
Jack and Johnny.
[0546] At FIG. 16G, in response to detecting tap 1660e on
representation 1620d, Johnny's phone 600 displays conversation user
interface 1622. Conversation user interface 1622 includes Jack's
name 1622b (e.g., as entered by Johnny and stored in Johnny's
address book) and representation 1622c of Jack (e.g., an image, as
selected by Johnny). As illustrated in FIG. 16G, Johnny has just
sent (e.g., after setting up name and photo sharing) Jack a message
1622a. Because Johnny has recently updated his contact information
(his name and his photo) and because Jack has an entry in Johnny's
address book (since Johnny selected to share his contact
information with "contacts only"), Johnny's phone 600 transmits
Johnny's updated contact information to Jack's phone 1602. In some
embodiments, the updated contact information is transmitted in
conjunction with message 1622a. In some embodiments, the updated
contact information is transmitted a predetermined time after
transmitting message 1622a. In contrast, because Johnny has not
sent Jane a message (and also because Jane is not in Johnny's
address book), Johnny's phone 600 does not transmit Johnny's
updated contact information to Jane's phone 1604. In this example,
because Johnny has updated both his name and his photo, Johnny's
phone 600 transmits both the new name and the new photo to Jack's
phone 1604.
[0547] At FIG. 16G, Jack's phone 1602 displays conversation user
interface 1632 (e.g., in response to receiving a request from Jack
to display the messaging conversation). Conversation user interface
1632 includes Johnny's name 1632b (e.g., as entered by Jack) and
representation 1632c of Johnny (e.g., a monogram "JA", as selected
by Jack), both of which are retrieved from Jack's address book
entry 1612 for Johnny. As illustrated in FIG. 16G, Jack's phone
1602 has received Johnny's message 1632a and updated contact
information. Jack's phone 1602 displays message 1632a
(corresponding to message 1622a) concurrently with notification
1634. Notification 1634 includes Johnny's new photo 1634a (an
avatar) and Johnny's new name 1634b ("JOHNNY APPLESEED"). Although
Jack's phone 1602 has received this information, Jack's address
book has not automatically been updated to include this
information.
[0548] At FIG. 16H, Jack's phone 1602 detects tap 1670a on accept
affordance 1634d to initiate a process for updating Jack's address
book with Johnny's updated contact information. In contrast,
dismiss affordance 1634c, when activated, causes notification 1634
to be dismissed without updating Jack's address book with Johnny's
updated contact information.
[0549] At FIG. 16I, in response to detecting tap 1670a on accept
affordance 1634d, Jack's phone 1602 displays menu 1636. Menu 1636
includes a first option 1636a to update Jack's address book entry
1612 for Johnny using both the updated photo and name received from
Johnny, a second option 1636b to update Jack's address book entry
1612 for Johnny using the updated photo only and not the name
received from Johnny, a third option 1636c to update Jack's address
book entry 1612 for Johnny using the updated name only and not the
photo received from Johnny, and a fourth option 1636d to not update
Jack's address book entry 1612 for Johnny using the name or photo.
At FIG. 16I, Jack's phone 1602 detects tap 1670b on first option
1636a to update Jack's address book entry 1612 for Johnny using
both the photo and the name received from Johnny.
[0550] At FIG. 16J, in response to detecting tap 1670b on first
option 1636a to update Jack's address book entry 1612 for Johnny
using both the photo and the name, Jack's phone 1602 updates Jack's
address book entry 1612 for Johnny using both the photo and the
name received from Johnny. This updated is reflected in FIG. 16J,
as representation 1632c for Johnny now reflects the updated photo
received from Johnny and the name 1632b ("JOHNNY APPLESEED")
reflects the updated name received from Johnny.
[0551] At FIG. 16J, in response to detecting tap 1670b on first
option 1636a, Jack's phone 1602 displays auto update menu 1638.
Auto update menu 1638 includes a first update option 1638a to
configure Jack's phone 1602 to prompt Jack to approve future photo
updates received from Johnny (e.g., do not automatically update
Jack's address book entry 1612 for Johnny using future photos
received from Johnny) and a second update option 1638b to configure
device 1602 to automatically update Jack's address book entry 1612
for Johnny using future photos received from Johnny. In some
embodiments, Jack's phone 1602 also provides a corresponding option
to configure device 1602 to automatically update Jack's address
book entry 1612 for Johnny using future names received from Johnny.
At FIG. 16J, Jack's phone 1602 detects tap 1670c on second update
option 1638b and, in response, configures device 1602 to
automatically update Jack's address book entry 1612 for Johnny
using future photos received from Johnny (e.g., received as part of
updated contact information in conjunction with receiving a
message).
[0552] As illustrated in FIG. 16K, Jack's phone 1602 has updated
Jack's address book using the updated contact information received
from Johnny. Thus, Jack's phone displays conversation user
interface 1632 including the updated name "JOHNNY APPLESEED" 1632b
(e.g., as received from Johnny) and updated representation 1632c of
Johnny (e.g., an avatar, as received from Johnny).
[0553] At FIG. 16L, Johnny has transmitted a second message 1622b
to Jack. However, because Johnny's phone 600 has not received
updates to Johnny's contact information (e.g., Johnny hasn't
changed has photo or name) since the last time Johnny's phone 600
transmitted updated contact information to Jack, Johnny's phone 600
transmits the second message 1622b to Jack without transmitting
updates to Johnny's contact information. Thus, in some embodiments,
updates to contact information are transmitted to recipients of a
message, in conjunction with the message, when the contact
information has been updated since the last transmission of contact
information to those recipients (and not when the contact
information has not been updated since the last transmission of
contact information to those recipients). Accordingly, at FIG. 16L,
Jack's phone 1602 displays the second message 1632b without
displaying a notification of updated contact information (e.g., in
contrast to FIG. 16G).
[0554] At FIG. 16M, Johnny's phone 600 receives user input (e.g.,
via the displayed keyboard) and, in response, transmits message
1640a to both Jack and Jane via group message conversation 1640.
Jack is an approved recipient for Johnny's contact information
because Jack is in Johnny's address book. However, Johnny's phone
600 does not transmit updated contact information to Jack's phone
1602 because, as before, Johnny has not updated his contact
information since the last time Johnny's phone 600 transmitted
updated contact information to Jack. In contrast, in view of
Johnny's selection of contacts only option 1616j, Jane is not an
approved recipient for Johnny's contact information because
Johnny's address book does not have an entry for Jane. Thus,
although Johnny has updated his contact information, Johnny's phone
600 does not transmit the updated contact information to Jane's
phone 1604.
[0555] As shown in FIG. 16M, Johnny's phone 600 displays that
message 1640a has been transmitted to Jack and 415-555-1234 (which
is Jane's phone number), as indicated by name and number 1644a for
group message conversation 1640 and photos 1644b representing Jack
and Jane. In addition, in accordance with a determination that
updated contact information for Johnny is available to be sent to
Jane and that Jane is not an approved recipient for Johnny's
contact information, Johnny's phone 600 displays notification 1642
for transmitting Johnny's updated contact information to Jane.
Notification 1642 includes an indication 1642c ("415-555-5555") of
the proposed recipient of the contact information, and the contact
information 1642a-1642b (Johnny's photo and name) proposed to be
shared. Dismiss affordance 1642d, when activated, dismisses
notification 1642 without transmitting Johnny's updated contact
information to Jane. Share affordance 1642e, when activated,
transmits Johnny's updated contact information to Jane.
[0556] At FIG. 16M, Jack's phone 1602 displays (as part of group
message conversation 1650) message 1650a, which was received from
Johnny, but does not display any notification for updated contact
information (because no updated contact information has been
received). Group message conversation 1650 includes name
indications 1654a and photos 1654b of the other conversation
participants.
[0557] At FIG. 16M, Jane's phone 1604 displays (as part of group
message conversation 1680) message 1680a, which was received from
Johnny. Group message conversation 1680 also includes name/number
indications 1684a and photos 1684b of the other conversation
participants. Because Jane has received a message from Johnny and
because Jane has updated contact information to share with Johnny,
Jane's phone 1604 displays notification 1682 for transmitting
Jane's updated contact information to Johnny. Notification 1682
includes an indication 1682c ("415-555-1234") of the proposed
recipient of the contact information, and the contact information
1682a-1682b (Jane's photo and name) proposed to be shared. Dismiss
affordance 1682d, when activated, dismisses notification 1682
without transmitting Jane's contact information to Johnny. Share
affordance 1682e, when activated, transmits Jane's contact
information to Johnny.
[0558] At FIG. 16N, Johnny's phone 600 detects tap 1660f on share
affordance 1642e. In response to detecting tap 1660f on share
affordance 1642e, Johnny's phone 600 transmits Johnny's contact
information to Jane. As illustrated in FIG. 16N, in response to
receiving Johnny's contact information, Jane's phone 1604 displays
a second notification 1686 concurrently with notification 1682 and
message 1680a (corresponding to message 1640a).
[0559] Notification 1686 includes Johnny's new photo 1686a (an
avatar corresponding to 1616e of FIG. 16C) and Johnny's name 1686b
(corresponding to 1616f-1616g of FIG. 16C), as received from
Johnny. Although Jane's phone 1604 has received this new contact
information, Jane's address book has not automatically been updated
to include this information.
[0560] At FIG. 16O, Johnny's phone 600 ceases to display
notification 1642 because Johnny's contact information has been
transmitted to Jane. At FIG. 16O, Jane's phone 1604 detects tap
1690a on accept affordance 1686d to initiate a process for updating
Jane's address book to include Johnny's contact information. In
contrast, dismiss affordance 1686c, when activated, causes
notification 1686 to be dismissed without initiating the process
for updating Jane's address book to include Johnny's contact
information.
[0561] At FIG. 16P, in response to detecting tap 1690a on accept
affordance 1686d, Jane's phone 1604 displays menu 1624. Menu 1624
includes a first option 1624a to update Jane's address book to add
a new entry for Johnny (e.g., using the photo and/or the name
received from Johnny) and a second option 1624b to update an
existing entry in Jane's address book using the photo and/or name
received from Johnny (without adding a new entry in the address
book). At FIG. 16P, Jane's phone 1604 detects tap 1690b on first
option 1624a to update Jane's address book to add a new entry for
Johnny using the contact information received from Johnny.
[0562] At FIG. 16Q, in response to detecting tap 1690b on first
option 1624a, Jane's phone 1604 displays auto update menu 1626.
Auto update menu 1626 includes a first update option 1626a to
configure Jane's phone 1604 to prompt Jane to approve future photo
updates received from Johnny (e.g., do not automatically update
Jane's address book entry for Johnny using future photos received
from Johnny) and a second update option 1626b to configure device
1604 to automatically update Jane's address book entry for Johnny
using future photos received from Johnny. In some embodiments,
Jane's phone 1604 also provides a corresponding option to configure
Jane's phone 1604 to automatically update Jane's address book entry
for Johnny using future names received from Johnny. At FIG. 16Q,
Jane's phone 1604 has added a new entry for Johnny in Jane's
address book by using the photo and the name received from Johnny,
as evidenced by group message conversation 1680 being updated to
include Johnny's name ("JOHNNY") in indication 1684a and Johnny's
photo as part of photos 1684b.
[0563] In some embodiments, Jane's phone 1604 also provides (e.g.,
prior to displaying auto update menu 1626) a first option to update
Jane's address book entry for Johnny using both the photo and the
name received from Johnny, a second option to update Jane's address
book entry for Johnny using the photo only and not the name
received from Johnny, and a third option to update Jane's address
book entry for Johnny using the name only and not the photo
received from Johnny.
[0564] At FIG. 16Q, Jane's phone 1604 detects tap 1690c on first
update option 1626a, and in response, configures device 1604 to
prompt Jane to approve future photo updates received from Johnny
before updating Jane's address book entry for Johnny with the
updated photo (e.g., do not automatically update Jane's address
book entry for Johnny using future photos received from Johnny). At
FIG. 16R, Jane's phone 1604 ceases to display notification 1686,
but continues to display notification 1682 because Jane's phone
1604 has not received a tap on dismiss affordance 1682d (which,
when activated, dismisses notification 1682 without transmitting
Jane's contact information to Johnny) or share affordance 1682e
(which, when activated, transmits Jane's contact information to
Johnny).
[0565] At FIG. 16R, both Johnny and Jack start a process to change
their names and/or photos. Johnny's phone 600 displays, at FIG.
16R, a list of messaging conversations as part of conversations
list user interface 1620a, including settings affordance 1620b.
Johnny's phone 600 detects tap 1660g on settings affordance 1620b.
Similarly, Jack's phone 1602 displays, at FIG. 16R, a list of
messaging conversations as part of conversations list user
interface 1620e, including settings affordance 1620f. Jack's phone
1602 detects tap 1670d on settings affordance 1620f.
[0566] At FIG. 16S, in response to tap 1660g on settings affordance
1620b, Johnny's phone 600 blurs out conversations list user
interface 1620a and displays a menu with option 1620g to change
Johnny's name and/or photo. Similarly, at FIG. 16S, in response to
tap 1670d on settings affordance 1620f, Jack's phone 1602 blurs out
conversations list user interface 1620e and displays a menu with
option 1620h to change Jack's name and/or photo.
[0567] At FIG. 16S, Johnny's phone 600 detects tap 1660h on option
1620g to change Johnny's name and/or photo and Jack's phone 1602
detects tap 1670e on option 1620h to change Jack's name and/or
photo.
[0568] At FIG. 16T, Johnny's phone 600 displays a name/photo change
user interface and detects a set of inputs to: (1) change Johnny's
name from "JOHNNY APPLESEED" to "JOHN APPLESEED" 1616q, (2) change
Johnny's photo to monkey photo 928 (e.g., corresponding to 928 of
FIG. 9F, using the technique described above with respect to FIGS.
9E-9AG), and (3) select everyone option 1616k (as compared to
contacts only option 1616j). Everyone option 1616k is an option
which enables Johnny's phone 600 to share Johnny's updated contact
information (e.g., name, photo) with all individuals, regardless of
whether they have an entry in Johnny's address book 1610 (e.g.,
Jack and Jane). At FIG. 16T, Johnny's phone 600 detects a tap 1660i
on done affordance 1616o.
[0569] At FIG. 16T, Jack's phone 1602 similarly detects a set of
inputs to: (1) change Jack's photo to a new photo 1616t (e.g.,
using the technique described above with respect to FIGS. 9E-9AG)
and (2) select everyone option 1616r. Jack does not change his name
1616u. Everyone option 1616r is an option which enables Jack's
phone 1602 to share Jack's updated contact information (e.g., name,
photo) with all individuals, regardless of whether they have an
entry in Jack's address book. At FIG. 16T, Jack's phone 1602
detects tap 1670f on done affordance 1616s.
[0570] As illustrated in FIGS. 16T-16U, Johnny's phone 600 does not
transmit updated contact information to Jane or Jack (because
Johnny has not sent a message to Jane or Jack after Johnny updated
his contact information), and Jack's phone 1602 does not transmit
updated contact information to Jane or Johnny (because Jack has not
sent a message to Jane or Johnny after Jack updated his contact
information).
[0571] At FIG. 16U, Jane's phone 1604 detects tap 1690d on dismiss
affordance 1682d and, in response, Jane's phone 1604 dismisses
(e.g., stop displaying) notification 1682, as shown in FIG.
16V.
[0572] At FIG. 16V, Johnny's phone 600 receives user input (e.g.,
via the displayed keyboard) and, in response, transmits message
1640b to both Jack and Jane via group message conversation 1640.
Jack is an approved recipient for Johnny's contact information
because Johnny has selected to share his contact information with
everyone, regardless of whether they are in Johnny's address book
(and in this example, Jack is in Johnny's address book). Jane is
also an approved recipient for Johnny's contact information because
Johnny has selected to share his contact information with everyone,
regardless of whether they are in Johnny's address book (and in
this example, Jane is not in Johnny's address book). Johnny's phone
600 transmits Johnny's updated contact information to Jack's phone
1602 and Jane's phone 1604 because Johnny has updated his contact
information since the last time Johnny's phone 600 transmitted
contact information to Jack and Jane. Johnny's phone 600 transmits
Johnny's updated contact information to Jack's phone 1602 and
Jane's phone 1604 in conjunction with transmitting message
1640b.
[0573] As shown in FIG. 16V, Johnny's phone 600 displays that
message 1640b has been transmitted to Jack and 415-555-1234 (which
is Jane's phone number), as indicated by name and number 1644a for
group message conversation 1640 and photos 1644b representing Jack
and Jane.
[0574] At FIG. 16V, Jack's phone 1602 displays (as part of group
message conversation 1650) message 1650b (corresponding to message
1640b), which was received from Johnny, and concurrently displays
notification 1646 for Johnny's updated name as part of Johnny's
updated contact information. Jack's phone 1602 has received both
Johnny's updated photo (monkey photo) and updated name ("JOHN
APPLESEED"). Because Jack's phone 1602 is configured to
automatically update Jack's address book entry 1612 for Johnny
using photos received from Johnny (e.g., based on tap 1670c in FIG.
16J), Jack's address book entry 1612 for Johnny has been
automatically updated (e.g., without requiring additional user
input at Jack's phone 1602 after receiving the updated photo) using
Johnny's new photo, as reflected by monkey photo 1654b in FIG. 16V.
Because Jack's phone 1602 is not configured to automatically update
Jack's address book entry 1612 for Johnny using updated names
received from Johnny, Jack's address book entry 1612 for Johnny has
not been automatically updated to reflect Johnny's new name ("JOHN
APPLESEED"), as evidenced by name indications 1654a (still
including "JOHNNY"). Instead of automatically updating Johnny's
name in Jack's address book, at FIG. 16V, Jack's phone 1602
displays notification 1646. Notification 1646 includes Johnny's new
photo 1646a and Johnny's new name ("JOHN APPLESEED") 1646b.
[0575] At FIG. 16V, Jane's phone 1604 displays (as part of group
message conversation 1680) message 1680b (corresponding to message
1640b), which was received from Johnny, and concurrently displays
notification 1688 for Johnny's updated contact information (name
and photo). Jane's phone 1604 has received both Johnny's updated
photo (monkey photo) and updated name ("JOHN APPLESEED"). Because
Jane's phone 1604 is not configured to automatically update Jane's
address book entry for Johnny using names or photos received from
Johnny (e.g., based on tap 1690c in FIG. 16Q), Jane's address book
entry for Johnny has not been automatically updated using Johnny's
new name or photo, as reflected by Johnny's old photo 1684b in FIG.
16V (as compared to Johnny's new photo 1688a in notification 1688)
and by Johnny's old name ("JOHNNY") in name indications 1684a (as
compared to Johnny's new name 1688b ("JOHN APPLESEED") in
notification 1688). Instead of automatically updating Johnny's name
and photo in Jane's address book, at FIG. 16V, Jane's phone 1604
displays notification 1688. Notification 1688 includes Johnny's new
photo 1688a and Johnny's new name ("JOHN APPLESEED") 1688b.
[0576] At FIG. 16W, Jack's phone 1602 receives user input (e.g.,
via the displayed keyboard) and, in response, transmits message
1650c to both Johnny and Jane via group message conversation 1650.
Johnny is an approved recipient for Jack's contact information
because Jack has selected to share his contact information with
everyone, regardless of whether they are in Jack's address book
(and in this example, Johnny is in Jack's address book). Jane is
also an approved recipient for Jack's contact information because
Jack has selected to share his contact information with everyone,
regardless of whether they are in Jack's address book (and in this
example, Jane is in Jack's address book). Jack's phone 1602
transmits Jack's updated photo as part of updated contact
information to Johnny's phone 600 and Jane's phone 1604 because
Jack is transmitting a message and has updated his photo (though
not his name) since the last time Jack's phone 1602 transmitted
contact information to Johnny and Jane. Jack's phone 1602 transmits
Jack's updated contact information (the new photo) to Johnny's
phone 600 and Jane's phone 1604 in conjunction with transmitting
message 1650c.
[0577] At FIG. 16W, Johnny's phone 600 displays (as part of group
message conversation 1640) message 1640c (corresponding to message
1650c), which was received from Jack, and concurrently displays
notification 1652 for Jack's updated photo as part of Jack's
contact information. Johnny's phone 600 has received Jack's updated
photo (photo 1652a), but Johnny's phone 600 has not received an
updated name for Jack because Jack did not update his name since
the last time Jack sent Johnny his contact information. Because
Johnny's phone 600 has not been configured to automatically update
Johnny's address book entry for Jack using updated photos received
from Jack, Johnny's address book entry for Jack has not been
automatically updated using Jack's new photo, as reflected by
Jack's old photo 1644b (with no hat) in FIG. 16W (as compared to
Jack's new photo 1652a with a hat). Instead of automatically
updating Jack's photo in Johnny's address book, at FIG. 16W,
Johnny's phone 600 displays notification 1652. Notification 1652
includes Jack's new photo 1652a and identifies Jack by name
1652b.
[0578] At FIG. 16W, Jack's phone 1602 detects tap 1670g on accept
affordance 1646c and, in response, updates Jack's address book
entry for Johnny to include Johnny's updated name ("JOHN
APPLESEED"), as reflected in name indications 1654a of group
message conversation 1650 in FIG. 16X.
[0579] At FIG. 16W, Jane's phone 1604 displays (as part of group
message conversation 1640) message 1680c (corresponding to message
1650c), which was received from Jack, and concurrently displays
group update notification 1656, which replaces notification 1688.
Group update notification 1656 indicates that updated contact
information has been received from multiple individuals (e.g., "2
PEOPLE", in this case from both Johnny and Jack). For example,
Jane's phone 1604 received Jack's updated contact information
(Jack's updated photo 1656a) in conjunction with receiving message
1680c.
[0580] At FIG. 16W, Jane's phone 1604 detects tap 1690e on group
update notification 1656. At FIG. 16X, in response to detecting tap
1690e on group update notification 1656, Jane's phone 1604 replaces
display of group update notification 1656 and, optionally, messages
1680a-1680b, with display of a plurality of notifications 1688 and
1692. Notification 1692 includes Jack's updated contact information
(new photo with hat), which was received in conjunction with Jack's
message 1680c (corresponding to 1650c). Notification 1692 includes
Jack's updated photo 1692a, an indication of Jack 1692b, and accept
affordance 1692c, which, when activated, initiates a process for
updating Jane's address book with Jack's updated contact
information.
[0581] FIG. 17 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for
providing contact information using an electronic device in
accordance with some embodiments. Method 1700 is performed at a
device (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600, 1602, and 1604) with one or more
communication devices (e.g., wireless communication devices, such
as cellular antenna, wifi antenna). In some examples, a user is
associated with the electronic device. For example, the electronic
device can store contact information of a user of the electronic
device in a contact card identified as being of the user of the
device. Some operations in method 1700 are, optionally, combined,
the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some
operations are, optionally, omitted.
[0582] As described below, method 1700 provides an intuitive way
for providing contact information. The method reduces the cognitive
burden on a user for providing contact information, thereby
creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For
battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to provide
contact information faster and more efficiently conserves power and
increases the time between battery charges.
[0583] In some embodiments, an electronic device receives (1702) a
request (e.g., a tap input on a "send" affordance in a messaging
user interface) to transmit a first message (e.g., that does not
include the contact information of the user associated with the
electronic device, an instant message, an electronic mail) to a set
of contactable users (e.g., a set including only a first
contactable user and no other users, a set including a first
contactable user and a second contactable user). In some
embodiments, the set of contactable users includes a first
contactable user (that is different from the user of the electronic
device).
[0584] In some embodiments, in response (1704) to receiving the
request to transmit the first message, in accordance with a
determination (1706) that a set of sharing criteria is satisfied
for the first contactable user, the set of sharing criteria
including a first sharing criterion that is satisfied when the
first contactable user corresponds to an approved recipient (and
not satisfied when does not correspond to an approved recipient):
the electronic device transmits (1708), via the one or more
communication devices, to the first contactable user: the first
message (e.g., 1622a, 1622b, 1640a), and contact information of the
user associated with the electronic device (e.g., graphical
representation such as an avatar, photo, and/or monogram
representing the user of the electronic device and/or a name of the
user of the electronic device). For example, the contact
information is the contact information of a user of the electronic
device accessed from a contact card (in an address database or
application) identified as being of the user of the device.
[0585] In some embodiments, the contact information includes
information corresponding to an avatar (e.g., a simulated
three-dimensional avatar). In some embodiments, the information
corresponding to the avatar includes pose information that
identifies a pose of the avatar (e.g., from a plurality of
different poses). User interfaces for initiating a process for
selecting an avatar to use as a representation are described in
greater detail above, such as with respect to FIGS. 9A-9AG.
[0586] In some embodiments, in response (1704) to receiving the
request to transmit the first message, in accordance (1710) with a
determination that the set of sharing criteria is not satisfied for
the first contactable user: the electronic device transmits (1712),
to the first contactable user, via the one or more communication
devices, the first message (e.g., 1622b) without transmitting the
contact information of the user associated with the electronic
device.
[0587] In some embodiments, determining whether the first
contactable user should receive the contact information enables the
device to selectively share the contact information to only
approved recipients, thereby improving security. Selecting
transmitting the contact information to approve recipients
increases the security of the device by preventing the sharing of
the contact information with unintended recipients. Further,
selectively transmitting the contact information to approved
recipients while transmitting the first message to all recipients
alleviates the need for the user to provide different sets of
inputs for transmitting the message and for transmitting the
contact information, thereby reducing the number of inputs required
to perform the operations. Reducing the number of inputs required
enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device
interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device, by reducing false negatives
of authentication) which, additionally, reduces power usage and
improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the
device more quickly and efficiently.
[0588] In some embodiments, the request to transmit is a request to
transmit using a primary source identifier (e.g., a unique
identifier that is associated with a communication protocol or
application used to transmit the communication such as an email
address, phone number, account name) that serves to identify the
source of the message (e.g., for that particular communication).
For example, in a traditional SMS, the primary source identifier
may be the phone number of the sending device. In some embodiments,
the user may configure their device to have the primary source
identifier be their email address for instant messaging techniques,
and thus instant messages sent using that device will include the
user's email address as the source of the message (e.g., in a
"From" field). In contrast, the contact information is information
other than that primary source identifier that serves to identify
the user associated with the electronic device to the contactable
user without regard to whether the contact information is a unique
identifier (e.g., the first and/or last name of the user, a set of
initials for the user, a picture of the user, and/or a virtual
avatar created or selected by the user). In some embodiments, the
receiving device associates the contact information with the
primary source identifier after the contact information is
received. For example, the receiving device associates a name and a
graphical representation received as part of contact information
with the primary source identifier (e.g., the primary source
identifier of the message in which the contact information was
received).
[0589] In some embodiments, in response to receiving the request to
transmit the first message, in accordance with the determination
that the set of sharing criteria is not satisfied for the first
contactable user, the electronic device concurrently displays the
first message (e.g., 1640a, a speech balloon in a messaging
application that shows the content of the first message) and an
indication (e.g., 1642) that the contact information was not
transmitted to the first contactable user. In some embodiments, the
indication that the contact information was not transmitted
includes an affordance, which when activated, initiates a process
for transmitting, to the first contactable user, the contact
information of the user associated with the electronic device.
Initiating a process for transmitting, to the first contactable
user, the updated contact information when the user activates the
indication that the contact information was not transmitted enables
the user to transmit any new/updated contact information to the
contactable user without needing to access an unnecessary number of
user interfaces and providing an unnecessary number of using
inputs. Reducing the number of user inputs to perform the function
enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device
interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide
proper inputs when operating/interacting with the device) which,
additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the
device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and
efficiently.
[0590] Providing the user with a visual indication that the device
user's contact information has not been transmitted to the first
contactable user provides the user with feedback that the set of
sharing criteria is not satisfied for the first contactable user
(e.g., that the first contactable user does not correspond to an
approved recipient) and that the first contactable user has not yet
received the updated contact information (e.g., the name and/or
graphical representation). Providing improved feedback to the user
enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device
interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide
proper inputs when operating/interacting with the device) which,
additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the
device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and
efficiently.
[0591] In some embodiments, the set of contactable users includes a
second contactable user. In some embodiments, in response to
receiving the request to transmit the first message, in accordance
with a determination that the set of sharing criteria is satisfied
for the second contactable user, the set of sharing criteria
including the first sharing criterion that is satisfied when the
second contactable user corresponds to an approved recipient (and
not satisfied when does not correspond to an approved recipient),
the electronic device transmits, via the one or more communication
devices, to the second contactable user: the first message and
contact information of the user associated with the electronic
device (e.g., graphical representation such as an avatar, photo,
and/or monogram representing the user of the electronic device
and/or a name of the user of the electronic device). For example,
the contact information is the contact information of a user of the
electronic device accessed from a contact card (in an address
database or application) identified as being of the user of the
device. In some examples, the device sends different contact
information to the first contactable user as compared to the second
contactable user. For example, if the first contactable user has
recently received an update of a name but not an update of the
graphical representation of the device user, the device transmits
(to the first contactable user) the updated graphical
representation without retransmitting the updated name and, if the
second contactable user has not received an update of the name nor
the graphical representation of the device user, the device
transmits (to the second contactable user) both the updated name
and the updated graphical representation. In some embodiments, in
response to receiving the request to transmit the first message, in
accordance with a determination that the set of sharing criteria is
not satisfied for the second contactable user, the electronic
device transmits, to the first contactable user, via the one or
more communication devices, the first message (e.g., 1640a) without
transmitting the contact information of the user associated with
the electronic device. In some embodiments, set of sharing criteria
includes a recipient sharing criterion that is satisfied when a
respective contactable user is a recipient of a message. Thus,
updated contact information is not transmitted to contacts that are
not in the set of contactable users that the message is bring
transmitted to.
[0592] Determining which ones of the plurality of contactable users
identified as recipients of the message should receive the contact
information enables the device to selectively share a single
message with the plurality of contactable users while potentially
limiting transmission of the contact information to only approved
recipients. Selectively transmitting the contact information to
approved recipients while transmitting the first message to all
recipients alleviates the need for the user to provide different
sets of inputs for transmitting the message and for transmitting
the contact information, thereby reducing the number of inputs
required to perform the operations. Reducing the number of inputs
required enhances the operability of the device and makes the
user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing user
mistakes when operating/interacting with the device, by reducing
false negatives of authentication) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the
user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0593] In some embodiments, subsequent to receiving the request to
transmit the first message to the set of contactable users (and,
optionally, subsequent to transmitting to the first contactable
user: the first message and contact information of the user
associated with the electronic device), the electronic device
receives a second request to transmit a second message (e.g.,
1640a) to a second set of one or more contactable users, wherein
the second set of one or more contactable users includes the first
contactable user. In some embodiments, the set of contactable users
is different from the second set of contactable users. In some
embodiments, in response to receiving the second request to
transmit the second message, in accordance with a determination
that the set of sharing criteria is satisfied for the first
contactable user, the set of sharing criteria including a second
sharing criterion that is satisfied when the contact information
has been updated (revised) since the contact information was most
recently transmitted to the first contactable user (and is not
satisfied when the contact information has not been revised since
the contact information was most recently transmitted to the first
contactable user), the electronic device transmits, via the one or
more communication devices, to the first contactable user, the
second message and contact information of the user associated with
the electronic device (e.g., graphical representation such as an
avatar, photo, and/or monogram representing the user of the
electronic device and/or a name of the user of the electronic
device). For example, the contact information is the contact
information of a user of the electronic device accessed from a
contact card (in an address database or application) identified as
being of the user of the device. In some embodiments, in response
to receiving the second request to transmit the second message, in
accordance with a determination that the set of sharing criteria is
not satisfied for the first contactable user: the electronic device
transmits, to the first contactable user, via the one or more
communication devices, the second message without transmitting the
contact information of the user associated with the electronic
device.
[0594] In some embodiments, prior to receiving the request to
transmit the first message to the set of contactable users: the
electronic device receives user input to update the contact
information (e.g., graphical representation such as an avatar,
photo, and/or monogram representing the user of the electronic
device and/or a name of the first contactable user) of the user
(also referred to as the device user) associated with the
electronic device. In some embodiments, in response to receiving
the user input to update the contact information of the user
associated with the electronic device, the electronic device
updates the contact information (e.g., storing at the electronic
device updates to the contact information, transmitting updates to
the contact information to a remote server to store) of the user
associated with the electronic device without transmitting to the
first contactable user (or to any contactable users) the contact
information (e.g., the updated portions of the contact information)
of the user associated with the electronic device in response to
the user input to update the contact information. Thus, the
electronic device receives the device user's input to update the
device user's contact information, but does not transmit the
updated contact information to any contactable users. Instead, the
device maintains a record of the updated contact information and
whether the updated contact information has been send to particular
contactable users (e.g., to the first contactable user). The
updated contact information is held and transmitted (e.g., to the
first contactable user) when the device user sends a message to the
first contactable user. In some embodiments, to receive the user
input to update the contact information, the device displays a user
editing user interface (e.g., an interface for editing information
at the electronic device for the user associated with the
electronic device (e.g., for others to contact via telephone,
email, messaging, etc.); a single interface screen), as described
above as a contactable user editing user interface with respect to
FIGS. 9A-9AG, but for the user associated with the electronic
device, rather than a contactable user.
[0595] In some embodiments, updating the contact information of the
device user without transmitting the contact information enables
storage of the updates without requiring usage of communication
bandwidth (e.g., cellular bandwidth) and processing power to
transmit the update. This is particularly helpful when the device
maintains a large list of contactable users, as the device is able
to avoid sending the updated contact information to contactable
users that the device user no longer communicates with. Avoiding
sending the updated contact information reduces bandwidth usage and
processer usage, thereby reducing power usage and improving battery
life of the device.
[0596] In some embodiments, prior to receiving the request to
transmit the first message to the set of contactable users (and,
optionally, prior to receiving the user input to update the contact
information of the user associated with the electronic device): the
electronic device provides a plurality of predetermined options
(e.g., by displaying one or more user interfaces including
affordances for selecting from the predetermined options) to
identify whether a respective contactable user corresponds to an
approved recipient. In some embodiments, the plurality of
predetermination options includes one or more of: a first recipient
option that contactable users in a set of contactable users
associated with the user of the electronic device (e.g., a list of
contacts, such as a virtual address book including an entry for the
first contactable user that includes a contact name and a
communication method (e.g., phone number, email address) for the
first contactable user) correspond to (e.g., are identified as, are
set as) approved recipients and that contactable users not in the
set of contactable users associated with the user of the electronic
device do not correspond to approved recipients (e.g., an option
that, when selected, configures the device using the selected
relationships/correspondence), a second recipient option that all
contactable users (regardless of whether they are listed in the
address book) correspond to approved recipients, and a third
recipient option that no contactable users (regardless of whether
they are listed in the address book) correspond to approved
recipients. Thus, the device user can specify in advance which
contactable users should automatically receive updates to the
device user's contact information when the device users sends the
contactable user a message.
[0597] Providing the user with the ability to select which
contactable users are automatically provided with the user's
private contact information enables the user to securely control
the propagation of the private contact information. Providing
features to securely control the propagation of the private contact
information enhances the security of the device by preventing
private information from being transmitted to an unintended
contactable user.
[0598] In some embodiments, prior to receiving the request to
transmit the first message to the set of contactable users (and,
optionally, prior to receiving the user input to update the contact
information of the user associated with the electronic device), the
electronic device receives a set of one or more inputs that
includes input selecting a graphical object (e.g., during a setup
process, as described above as a contactable user editing user
interface with respect to FIGS. 9A-9AG, but for the user associated
with the electronic device, rather than contactable users) to
select a graphical representation (such as an avatar, photo, and/or
monogram representing the user of the electronic device) of the
user associated with the electronic device (e.g., 1660a-1660c). In
some embodiments, prior to receiving the request to transmit the
first message to the set of contactable users, in response to
receiving the user input to select the graphical representation:
the electronic device updates the contact information (e.g.,
storing at the electronic device updates to the contact
information, transmitting updates to the contact information to a
remote server to store) of the user associated with the electronic
device to include the selected graphical representation (e.g.,
replacing a previous graphical representation of the device user
with the selected graphical representation of the device user)
without transmitting (e.g., to the first contactable user, to any
contactable users) the contact information (e.g., the updated
portions of the contact information) of the user associated with
the electronic device.
[0599] In some embodiments, to receive the user input to update the
contact information, the device displays a user editing user
interface (e.g., an interface for editing information at the
electronic device for the user associated with the electronic
device (e.g., for others to contact via telephone, email,
messaging, etc.); a single interface screen), as described above as
a contactable user editing user interface with respect to FIGS.
9A-9AG, but for the user associated with the electronic device,
rather than contactable users.
[0600] In some embodiments, prior to receiving the request to
transmit the first message to the set of contactable users (and,
optionally, prior to receiving the user input to update the contact
information of the user associated with the electronic device), the
electronic device accesses, from a set of contactable users
associated with the user of the electronic device (e.g., an entry
in the address book corresponding to the user of the device), a
name of the user associated with the electronic device. In some
embodiments, prior to receiving the request to transmit the first
message to the set of contactable users, the electronic device
displays the name of the user in an editable format (e.g., in an
editable text field). In some embodiments, prior to receiving the
request to transmit the first message to the set of contactable
users, the electronic device receives user input (e.g., during a
setup process, modification of the name and confirmation input
(such as "save" or "ok")) to edit (or confirm) the name of the user
associated with the electronic device. In some embodiments, rather
than (or in addition to) an editable pre-populated name, the device
provides the user with options for selecting from among a plurality
of predefined proposed names that are concurrently displayed). In
some embodiments, prior to receiving the request to transmit the
first message to the set of contactable users, in response to
receiving the user input to edit the name: the electronic device
updates the contact information (e.g., storing at the electronic
device updates to the contact information, transmitting updates to
the contact information to a remote server to store) of the user
associated with the electronic device to include the selected name
(e.g., replacing a previous name of the device user with the
selected name) without transmitting (e.g., to the first contactable
user, to any contactable users) the contact information (e.g., the
updated portions of the contact information) of the user associated
with the electronic device. In some embodiments, prior to receiving
the request to transmit the first message to the set of contactable
users, in response to receiving the user input to edit the name:
the electronic device provides (or otherwise making available) the
contact information, including the selected name, to a plurality of
applications (e.g., a phone application, an email application, an
instant messaging application, a maps application, first-part
applications provided by the manufacturer of the electronic device)
of the electronic device.
[0601] In some embodiments, prior to receiving the request to
transmit the first message to the set of contactable users, the
electronic device concurrently displays the first message (e.g.,
the first message as received from the user prior to being sent, in
a draft email, in an input field of an instant messaging
conversation) and an affordance that, when selected, causes the
device to display a user interface that includes one or more
options for configuring whether the first contactable user
corresponds to an approved recipient. In some embodiments, the
electronic device provides the affordance such that the device user
to configure whether the recipient(s) of the message will
automatically be sent updated contact information of the device
user. In some embodiments, the affordance includes an indication of
whether the set of contactable users are approved recipients.
[0602] In some embodiments, the set of sharing criteria includes a
second sharing criterion that is satisfied when the contact
information has been updated (e.g., revised, changed) since the
contact information was most recently transmitted to the first
contactable user (and is not satisfied when the contact information
has not been revised since the contact information was most
recently transmitted to the first contactable user). Thus, the
electronic device transmits new updates to contactable users,
rather than sending the device user's contact information to the
approved contactable users every time the device user sends an
approved contactable user a message. In some embodiments, only the
portion of the contact information that has been updated (revised)
is transmitted, rather than the device user's full contact
information. In some embodiments, the device determines which parts
of the contact information (or the full contact information) to
transmit to a particular contactable user based on which parts have
previously been transmitted to that particular contactable
user.
[0603] In some embodiments, the electronic device provides (or
otherwise makes available) the contact information, including the
selected graphical representation, to a plurality of applications
(e.g., a phone application, an email application, an instant
messaging application, a maps application, first-part applications
provided by the manufacturer of the electronic device) of the
electronic device.
[0604] Note that details of the processes described above with
respect to method 1700 (e.g., FIG. 17) are also applicable in an
analogous manner to the methods described below and above. For
example, methods 700, 800, 1000, 1200, 1300, 1500, and 1800
optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the
various methods described above with reference to method 1700. For
brevity, these details are not repeated below.
[0605] FIG. 18 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for
receiving contact information using an electronic device in
accordance with some embodiments. Method 1800 is performed at a
device (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600, 1602, and 1604) with a display
device and one or more communication devices (e.g., wireless
communication devices, such as cellular antenna, wifi antenna).
Some operations in method 1800 are, optionally, combined, the
orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some
operations are, optionally, omitted.
[0606] As described below, method 1800 provides an intuitive way
for receiving contact information. The method reduces the cognitive
burden on a user for receiving contact information, thereby
creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For
battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to receive
contact information faster and more efficiently conserves power and
increases the time between battery charges.
[0607] An electronic device receives (1802) (e.g., from a first
contactable user), via the one or more communication devices, a
first message (e.g., 1632a, an instant message, an electronic mail)
(e.g., the first message is received as part of a messaging
conversation that includes a first contactable user).
[0608] Subsequent to receiving the first message, the electronic
device receives (1804) a request (e.g., tap input on a displayed
identifier of the first message) to display the first message.
[0609] In response (1806) to receiving the request to display the
first message, in accordance with (1808) a determination that a set
of prompting criteria is satisfied for a first contactable user,
wherein the set of prompting criteria includes a first prompting
criterion that is satisfied when updated (e.g., different from
contact information stored at the electronic device in a contact
card of the first contactable user (in a contact list or address
book)) contact information (e.g., graphical representation such as
an avatar, photo, and/or monogram representing the user of the
electronic device and/or a name of the first contactable user)
corresponding to the first contactable user has been received
(e.g., from the first contactable user), the electronic device
concurrently displays (1810), on the display device, the first
message (e.g., 1632a) and a visual indication (e.g., 1634) that
updated contact information is available for the first contactable
user. In some embodiments, the visual indication that updated
contact information is available for the first contactable user
includes at least a portion (e.g., the update name and/or the
updated graphical representation of the first contactable user) of
the received updated contact information.
[0610] In some embodiments, the electronic device is associated
with a user. In response to receiving the request to display the
first message, in accordance with a determination that a set of
sharing criteria is not satisfied for the first contactable user,
the set of sharing criteria including a first sharing criterion
that is satisfied when the first contactable user corresponds to an
approved recipient (and not satisfied when does not correspond to
an approved recipient), the electronic device concurrently display,
with the first message (and, optionally, concurrent with the visual
indication that updated contact information is available for the
first contactable user), an indication (e.g., 1682) that updated
contact information of the user of the electronic device is
available to be transmitted to the first contactable user. In some
embodiments, the indication that updated contact information is
available to be transmitted includes an affordance, which when
activated, initiates a process for transmitting, to the first
contactable user, the contact information of the user associated
with the electronic device.
[0611] Providing the user with a visual indication that the device
user's contact information has not been transmitted to the first
contactable user (but is available to be transmitted) provides the
user with feedback about the status of contact information sharing.
Providing improved feedback to the user enhances the operability of
the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient
(e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces
power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the
user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0612] In some embodiments, the set of prompting criteria includes
a second prompting criterion that is satisfied when the first
message is a part of a messaging conversation in which the first
contactable user is a participant (and is not satisfied when the
first message is not part of a messaging conversation in which the
first contactable user is a participant). For example, the second
prompting criteria is satisfied when the received first messaged is
part of an instant messaging thread that includes the first
contactable user and the user of the electronic device (and,
optionally, other contactable users). For another example, the
second prompting criteria is met when the first message is an email
message that includes the first contactable user in the "from,"
"to," or "cc" fields, the user of the electronic device in the "to"
or "cc" fields, and optionally other contactable users in the
"from," "to," or "cc" fields).
[0613] In some embodiments, the electronic device detects
activation of (e.g., tap on) the visual indication that updated
contact information is available for the first contactable user. In
some embodiments, in response to detecting activation of the visual
indication that updated contact information is available for the
first contactable user, in accordance with a determination that the
first contactable user does not correspond to an existing entry in
a set of contactable users associated with the user of the
electronic device, the electronic device displays a selectable
option (e.g., 1624a) to create a new entry in the set of
contactable users associated with the user of the electronic device
for the first contactable user using the contact information (e.g.,
using the received graphical representation such as an avatar,
photo, and/or monogram representing the user of the electronic
device and/or using the name of the contactable user). In some
embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the first
contactable user does not correspond to an existing entry in an
address book of the electronic device, the device displays
(alternative to the first selectable option or in addition to the
first selectable option) a selectable option to add the received
contact information to an existing entry of the address book. For
example, activation of the option to add to an existing entry
enables the user of the electronic device to select an existing
entry to which the received name, the received graphical
representation, and/or the communication method (e.g., phone
number, email address) of the message is added.
[0614] In some embodiments, the electronic device detects
activation of (e.g., tap on) the visual indication that updated
contact information is available for the first contactable user. In
some embodiments, in response to detecting activation of the visual
indication that updated contact information is available for the
first contactable user, in accordance with a determination that the
first contactable user corresponds to an existing entry in the set
of contactable users associated with the user of the electronic
device and that the received contact information includes a revised
graphical representation of the first contactable user and a
revised name for the contactable user, the electronic device
displays a plurality of selectable options that include two or more
of: a selectable option to update the existing entry in the set of
contactable users associated with the user of the electronic device
with the revised graphical representation of the first contactable
user and the revised name of the contactable user, a selectable
option to update the existing entry in the set of contactable users
associated with the user of the electronic device with the revised
graphical representation of the first contactable user without
updating the existing entry with the revised name of the
contactable user, and a selectable option to update the existing
entry in the set of contactable users associated with the user of
the electronic device with the revised name of the first
contactable user without updating the existing entry with the
revised graphical representation of the contactable user.
[0615] In some embodiments, the electronic device detects
activation of (e.g., tap on) the visual indication that updated
contact information is available for the first contactable user. In
some embodiments, in response to detecting activation of the visual
indication that updated contact information is available for the
first contactable user, in accordance with a determination that the
first contactable user corresponds to an existing entry in the set
of contactable users associated with the user of the electronic
device and that the received contact information includes a revised
graphical representation of the first contactable user without
including a revised name for the contactable user, the electronic
device updates the existing entry with the revised graphical
representation of the contactable user (e.g., updating
automatically, updating without requiring any further user inputs).
In some embodiments, in response to detecting activation of the
visual indication that updated contact information is available for
the first contactable user, and in accordance with a determination
that the first contactable user corresponds to an existing entry in
the set of contactable users associated with the user of the
electronic device and that the received contact information
includes a revised graphical representation of the first
contactable user without including a revised name for the
contactable user, the device prompts the user asking for
confirmation to update the existing entry with the revised
graphical representation of the contactable user.
[0616] In some embodiments, the electronic device detects
activation of (e.g., tap on) the visual indication that updated
contact information is available for the first contactable user. In
some embodiments, in response to detecting activation of the visual
indication that updated contact information is available for the
first contactable user, in accordance with a determination that the
first contactable user corresponds to an existing entry in the set
of contactable users associated with the user of the electronic
device and that the received contact information includes a revised
name for the first contactable user without including a revised
graphical representation of the contactable user, the electronic
device updates the existing entry with the revised name of the
contactable user (e.g., updating automatically, updating without
requiring any further user inputs).
[0617] In some embodiments, the first message is received in a
conversation that includes the first contactable user and a second
contactable user. In some embodiments, the electronic device has
received updated contact information for the first contactable user
and updated contact information for the second contactable user
(without having updated an entry in an address book of the
electronic device using the updated contact information of the
first and second contactable users). In some embodiments, the
electronic device detects activation of the visual indication that
updated contact information is available for the first contactable
user. In some embodiments, in response to detecting activation of
the visual indication that updated contact information is available
for the first contactable user, the electronic device displays
(e.g., by replacing display of the conversation) a second visual
indication that updated contact information is available for the
first contactable user, wherein the second visual indication
includes a visual representation of at least a portion of the
received updated contact information for the first contactable user
and a third visual indication that updated contact information is
available for the second contactable user, wherein the third visual
indication includes a visual representation of at least a portion
of the received updated contact information for the second
contactable user.
[0618] In some embodiments, the visual indication that updated
contact information is available for the first contactable user is
displayed concurrently with a visual representation of at least a
portion of a messaging conversation that includes a plurality of
messages, the plurality of messages including a second message
transmitted (e.g., from the electronic device) to the first
contactable user and a third message received from the first
contactable user.
[0619] In some embodiments, in response (1806) to receiving the
request to display the first message, in accordance with (1812) a
determination that the set of prompting criteria is not satisfied
for the first contactable user, the electronic device displays
(1814), on the display device, the first message without displaying
the visual indication that updated contact information is available
for the first contactable user. In some embodiments, the electronic
device does not display the visual indication if user of the device
has previously selected to ignore the updated contact information
for the first contactable user. Thus, the set of prompting criteria
optionally includes a prompting criterion that is satisfied when
the device has not received a request to ignore the updated contact
information for the first contactable user.
[0620] In some embodiments, the received message includes a primary
source identifier (e.g., a unique identifier that is associated
with a communication protocol or application used to transmit the
communication such as an email address, phone number, account name)
that serves to identify the source of the message (e.g., for that
particular communication). For example, in a traditional SMS, the
primary source identifier may be the phone number of the sending
device. In some embodiments, the sending user may configure their
device to have the primary source identifier be their email address
for instant messaging techniques, and thus instant messages
received from that device will include the sending user's email
address as the source of the message (e.g., in a "From" field). In
contrast, the contact information is information other than that
primary source identifier that serves to identify the user not
associated with the electronic device (e.g., the first contactable
user) to the user associated with the electronic device without
regard to whether the contact information is a unique identifier
(e.g., the first and/or last name of the user, a set of initials
for the user, a picture of the user, and/or a virtual avatar
created or selected by the contactable user). In some embodiments,
the receiving device associates the contact information with the
primary source identifier after the contact information is
received. For example, the receiving device associates a name and a
graphical representation received as part of contact information
with the primary source identifier (e.g., the primary source
identifier of the message in which the contact information was
received).
[0621] In some embodiments, the received contact information
includes a revised graphical representation of the first
contactable user (and the received contact information optionally
includes a revised name for the first contactable user). In some
embodiments, the first contactable user corresponds to an existing
entry in a set of contactable users associated with the user of the
electronic device. In some embodiments, the electronic device
receives user input to update the existing entry using the revised
graphical representation of the first contactable user (and
optionally the revised name). In some embodiments, in response to
receiving the user input to update the existing entry using the
revised graphical representation of the first contactable user (and
optionally the revised name), the electronic device updates the
existing entry in the set of contactable users associated with the
user of the electronic device using (optionally, the revised name,
and) the revised graphical representation of the first contactable
user (e.g., by replacing a previous graphical representation of the
contactable user). In some embodiments, in response to receiving
the user input to update the existing entry using the revised
graphical representation of the first contactable user (and
optionally the revised name), the electronic device displays a
selectable affordance that, if selected, enables (e.g., displaying
a prompt for) the electronic device to automatically (e.g., without
requiring additional user input/authorization) update the graphical
representation for the first contactable user in the future (e.g.,
for subsequently received revisions of the graphical representation
of the first contactable user) (and, optionally, without prompting
for approval to automatically update the name of the contactable
user).
[0622] The electronic device prompts the user to approve automatic
updates for graphical representations of the first contactable
user, thereby providing the user with an option to eliminate the
need to provide user inputs at the electronic device to update the
graphical representation of the first contactable user in the
future. Reducing the number of inputs required enhances the
operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more
efficient (e.g., by reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device, by reducing false negatives
of authentication) which, additionally, reduces power usage and
improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the
device more quickly and efficiently. Further, the device optionally
does not enable the user to approve updates for a name of the first
contactable user to avoid potential security issues, such as
someone portraying themselves as somebody they are not.
[0623] In some embodiments, the contact information includes a name
of the first contactable user or a graphical representation of the
first contactable user. In some embodiments, the electronic device
updates the set of contactable users associated with the user of
the electronic device (e.g., in response to user input requesting
the updating) with a revised name of the first contactable user or
a revised graphical representation of the contactable user. In some
embodiments, the contact information in the set of contactable
users associated with the user of the electronic device, including
the revised name or the revised graphical representation, is
available to a plurality of applications (e.g., a phone
application, an email application, an instant messaging
application, a maps application, first-part applications provided
by the manufacturer of the electronic device) of the electronic
device.
[0624] In some embodiments, the contact information of the first
contactable user includes information corresponding to an avatar
(e.g., a simulated three-dimensional avatar). In some embodiments,
the information corresponding to the avatar includes pose
information that identifies a post of the avatar (e.g., from a
plurality of different poses). User interfaces for initiating a
process for selecting an avatar to use as a representation are
described in greater detail above, such as with respect to FIGS.
9A-9AG.
[0625] Note that details of the processes described above with
respect to method 1800 (e.g., FIG. 18) are also applicable in an
analogous manner to the methods described above. For example,
methods 700, 800, 1000, 1200, 1300, 1500, and 1700 optionally
includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods
described above with reference to method 1800. For brevity, these
details are not repeated below.
[0626] The foregoing description, for purpose of explanation, has
been described with reference to specific embodiments. However, the
illustrative discussions above are not intended to be exhaustive or
to limit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Many
modifications and variations are possible in view of the above
teachings. The embodiments were chosen and described in order to
best explain the principles of the techniques and their practical
applications. Others skilled in the art are thereby enabled to best
utilize the techniques and various embodiments with various
modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated.
[0627] Although the disclosure and examples have been fully
described with reference to the accompanying drawings, it is to be
noted that various changes and modifications will become apparent
to those skilled in the art. Such changes and modifications are to
be understood as being included within the scope of the disclosure
and examples as defined by the claims.
[0628] As described above, one aspect of the present technology is
the gathering and use of data available from various sources to
display and use an avatar. The present disclosure contemplates that
in some instances, this gathered data may include personal
information data that uniquely identifies or can be used to contact
or locate a specific person. Such personal information data can
include demographic data, location-based data, telephone numbers,
email addresses, twitter IDs, home addresses, data or records
relating to a user's health or level of fitness (e.g., vital signs
measurements, medication information, exercise information), date
of birth, or any other identifying or personal information.
[0629] The present disclosure recognizes that the use of such
personal information data, in the present technology, can be used
to the benefit of users. For example, the personal information data
can be used to present recommended images for contact
representations. Further, other uses for personal information data
that benefit the user are also contemplated by the present
disclosure. For instance, health and fitness data may be used to
provide insights into a user's general wellness, or may be used as
positive feedback to individuals using technology to pursue
wellness goals.
[0630] The present disclosure contemplates that the entities
responsible for the collection, analysis, disclosure, transfer,
storage, or other use of such personal information data will comply
with well-established privacy policies and/or privacy practices. In
particular, such entities should implement and consistently use
privacy policies and practices that are generally recognized as
meeting or exceeding industry or governmental requirements for
maintaining personal information data private and secure. Such
policies should be easily accessible by users, and should be
updated as the collection and/or use of data changes. Personal
information from users should be collected for legitimate and
reasonable uses of the entity and not shared or sold outside of
those legitimate uses. Further, such collection/sharing should
occur after receiving the informed consent of the users.
Additionally, such entities should consider taking any needed steps
for safeguarding and securing access to such personal information
data and ensuring that others with access to the personal
information data adhere to their privacy policies and procedures.
Further, such entities can subject themselves to evaluation by
third parties to certify their adherence to widely accepted privacy
policies and practices. In addition, policies and practices should
be adapted for the particular types of personal information data
being collected and/or accessed and adapted to applicable laws and
standards, including jurisdiction-specific considerations. For
instance, in the US, collection of or access to certain health data
may be governed by federal and/or state laws, such as the Health
Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA); whereas
health data in other countries may be subject to other regulations
and policies and should be handled accordingly. Hence different
privacy practices should be maintained for different personal data
types in each country.
[0631] Despite the foregoing, the present disclosure also
contemplates embodiments in which users selectively block the use
of, or access to, personal information data. That is, the present
disclosure contemplates that hardware and/or software elements can
be provided to prevent or block access to such personal information
data. In addition to providing "opt in" and "opt out" options, the
present disclosure contemplates providing notifications relating to
the access or use of personal information. For instance, a user may
be notified upon downloading an app that their personal information
data will be accessed and then reminded again just before personal
information data is accessed by the app.
[0632] Moreover, it is the intent of the present disclosure that
personal information data should be managed and handled in a way to
minimize risks of unintentional or unauthorized access or use. Risk
can be minimized by limiting the collection of data and deleting
data once it is no longer needed. In addition, and when applicable,
including in certain health related applications, data
de-identification can be used to protect a user's privacy.
De-identification may be facilitated, when appropriate, by removing
specific identifiers (e.g., date of birth, etc.), controlling the
amount or specificity of data stored (e.g., collecting location
data a city level rather than at an address level), controlling how
data is stored (e.g., aggregating data across users), and/or other
methods.
[0633] Therefore, although the present disclosure broadly covers
use of personal information data to implement one or more various
disclosed embodiments, the present disclosure also contemplates
that the various embodiments can also be implemented without the
need for accessing such personal information data. That is, the
various embodiments of the present technology are not rendered
inoperable due to the lack of all or a portion of such personal
information data. For example, content can be recommended to users
by inferring preferences based on non-personal information data or
a bare minimum amount of personal information, such as the content
being requested by the device associated with a user, other
non-personal information available, or publicly available
information.
* * * * *